UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

Bachelor of Political Science (Hons.)

Undergraduate Curriculum Framework- 2022 (UGCF)

(Effective from Academic Year 2022-23)

Applicable for students registered with Regular Colleges, Non Collegiate

Women’s Education Board and School of Open Learning

1
 List of Contents Page No.

Preamble 3
1. Objectives of the Undergraduate Curriculum Framework- 2022 (UGCF) 4
2. Features of UGCF 5
3. B.A. Political Science (Hons) based on Undergraduate Curriculum
Framework (UGCF) 6
3.1. Nature and Extent of the Programme in B.A. Political Science (Hons) 6
3.2. Aims of Bachelor Degree Programme in B.A. Political Science (Hons) 6
4. Graduate Attributes in B.A. (Hons) Political Science 7
5. Programme Learning Outcomes for in B.A. Political Science (Hons) 9
6. Structure of B.A. Political Science (Hons) 12
6.1.Credit Distribution for B.A. Political Science (Hons) 12
6.2.Semester-wise Distribution of Courses 14
6.3. Definitions 16
7. Courses for Programme B.A. Political Science (Hons) 18
(With course wise learning objective, learning outcomes and reading
list)
Discipline Specific Core (DSC) Courses 18
Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Courses 111
Generic Elective (GE) Courses 199
Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) 234

2
 Preamble
The Preamble of the Undergraduate Curriculum Framework-2022 underlines the historical
perspective, philosophical basis, and contemporary realities of higher education as enshrined in
the National Education Policy 2020 and endeavours to synchronize these cornerstones while
charting the road ahead for the state of higher education.
The University of Delhi, a premier seat of teaching, learning, and research in higher education,
acclaimed nationally and internationally, has nurtured the quest for reaching the peak in every
sphere of education, in its true sense, in the process of its contribution to the nation-building. Being
a Central University, mandated to act as the torchbearer in expanding the horizons of human
resource development through expansion of higher education, it has always paid adequate
premium towards constructive and meaningful innovation as a regular feature in its undergraduate
curriculum development over the years.
A reflection of such sustained and continued endeavour is amply exemplified in the successive
revision of undergraduate curricular framework over the decades and especially in the last two
decades, keeping pace with the emerging trends in higher education in the new millennium
globally and its critical importance in enriching the youth of our nation, well equipped with the
prevailing priorities of skill development through innovative and practical oriented teaching-
learning more than anything else.
To actualise the noble objective, as succinctly brought out in the National Education Policy 2020,
the university has endeavoured to explore the possibility of further restructuring and refinement of
its undergraduate curriculum framework in line with the objective and underlying philosophy of
the NEP 2020 to capture the imagination of the youth of our nation which depicts the contemporary
realities of our demographic advantage globally.
The resultant outcome of this comprehensive exercise undertaken by the university is the
Undergraduate Curriculum Framework-2022 (UGCF-2022) which not only underlines the heart
and soul of the NEP 2020 in letter and spirit but also goes on to create a teaching-learning
framework at the undergraduate level to attract the young minds towards research, innovation,
apprenticeship, social outreach, entrepreneurship and similar such areas of human knowledge and
endeavour while imbibing the truly charged academic environ of the university and its constituent
colleges.
This Institution of Eminence (IoE) has left no stones unturned in its quest for excellence in higher
education in the last century, and UGCF-2022 is destined to take this rich tradition ahead in the
new millennium on the historic occasion of the Centenary Celebrations of the university.
The new curriculum of B.A. (Hons) Political Science has been structured in a way that they
introduce the student to the vast canvas of subjects that concern the discipline of political science.
Beginning with a focus on concepts and theories which have been quintessential to the discipline,
they move on to fleshing out how these concepts are translated into practice. The courses are not
only structured to impart received knowledge but also encourage the student to think critically and
raise questions which can contribute to a new understanding and explanation. In analysing specific
issues and events, the curriculum does not lose sight of the broader issues and larger questions;
thereby training the student to traverse these levels of analysis effortlessly while also remaining
mindful of the linkages.

3
1. Objectives of the Undergraduate Curriculum Framework- 2022 (UGCF)
The Undergraduate Curriculum Framework- 2022 (UGCF) is meant to bring about systemic change in the
higher education system in the University and align itself with the National Education Policy 2020. The
following objectives of NEP are kept in perspective while framing UGCF:

• to promote holistic development of students having the worldview of a truly global citizen;
• to provide flexibility to students so that learners have the ability to choose their learning
trajectories and programmes, and thereby choose their paths in life according to their talents
and interests;
• to eliminate harmful hierarchies among disciplines/fields of study and silos between different
areas of learning;
• multidisciplinarity and holistic education to ensure the unity and integrity of all knowledge;
• to promote creativity and critical thinking and to encourage logical decision-making and
innovation;
• to promote ethics and human & Constitutional values;
• to promote multilingualism and the power of language in learning and teaching;
• to impart life skills such as communication, cooperation, teamwork, and resilience;
• to promote outstanding research as a corequisite for outstanding education and development;
• to incorporate Indian Knowledge System relevant for a particular discipline or field of studies.

4
2. Features of UGCF
The aforementioned objectives of the NEP have been reflected in various features of UGCF:

• Holistic development of the students shall be nurtured through imparting life skills in initial
years. These life skill courses shall include courses on ‘Environment and Sustainable
Development Studies’, ‘Communication Skills’, ‘Ethics and Culture’, ‘Science and Society’,
‘Computational Skills’, ‘IT & Data Analytics’, and similar such skills which shall make the
students better equipped to deal with the life’s challenges.
• Flexibility to the students to determine their learning trajectories and pursuance of programmes
of study has been well ingrained in the UGCF. The Framework allows students to opt for one,
two, or more discipline(s) of study as a core discipline(s) depending on his/her choice. He/she
has been provided the option of focusing on studying allied courses of his/her selected
discipline(s) (DSEs) or diversifying in other areas of study of other disciplines. Students have
also been provided with the flexibility to study SECs or opt for Internships or Apprenticeship
or Projects or Research or Community Outreach at an appropriate stage. In the fourth year,
students are provided flexibility to opt for writing a dissertation (on major, minor, or
combination of the two) or opt for Academic Projects or Entrepreneurship depending upon
their choice and their future outlook, post completion of their formal education.
• Given the extent of plurality of the Indian society and the diverse background to which students
belong, multiple exits and provision of re-entry have been provided at various stages of the
undergraduate programme to accommodate their requirement and facilitate them to complete
their studies depending upon their priorities of life. The earning and accumulation of credits in
the Academic Bank of Credit (ABC), and the flexibility to redeem the requisite credit for award
of appropriate Certificate / Diploma/ Degree, as the per the norms laid down by the UGC and
the University, shall be made available to the students to provide the opportunity for lifelong
learning as well as for availing academic outreach beyond the superstructure of the programme
of study in another University / Institution at the national /international level depending upon
individual choice of the student(s).
• UGCF has incorporated multidisciplinary education by embedding within the framework the
need to opt for at least four elective papers from any other discipline(s) other than the one opted
as core discipline(s). In fact, a student who pursues a single-core discipline programme may
obtain minor in a particular discipline, other than the core discipline, if he/she earns at least 28
credits in that particular discipline.
• The framework does not maintain/support hierarchy among fields of study/disciplines and silos
between different areas of learning. As long as a student fulfils the pre-requisites of a course
of study, he/she shall be able to study it. Modules or systems of study shall be meaningfully
laid down so as to guide the students in choosing the track/academic paths for the desired
outcome.

5
3. B.A. Political Science (Hons.) based on Undergraduate
Curriculum Framework (UGCF)

3.1. Nature and Extent of the B.A. Political Science (Hons) Programme
The undergraduate syllabus of Political Science under the Undergraduate Curriculum Framework-2022
provides students with multiple exit options. The courses are divided into eight semesters with option of
exit after one year, two years, three years and four years. It includes a total of twenty Discipline Specific
Core Courses (DSC), twenty-one Discipline Specific Electives (DSE), eight Skill Enhancement Courses
(SEC), and ten Generic Elective courses (GE) spread across eight semesters. DSCs, DSEs and SECs are
the courses that the department teaches exclusively to students who are enrolled in the department of
Political Science while the GE courses are offered to students from other departments. The syllabus lists
twenty-one DSEs and ten GEs which departments and students can choose from and study.

The twenty DSCs include four courses which cover concepts, debates and western ideologies, three courses
on Indian political thought, four courses on Indian politics, and three courses on international relations and
global politics, three courses on public administration and public policy, and three courses on comparative
politics. One courses from each of the six sub-disciplines is offered in first three years of the course.

Twenty DSEs are grouped in a way that students are given the option of selecting one out of two DSEs
offered as a group. One DSE course on Research Methods is kept separately, to be offered during semester
VI and VII. The DSEs include a wide array of courses covering all six sub-disciplines. The six SECs are
aimed at introducing students about their rights as citizens, management of elections, the making and
implementation of public policy, training students in methods in survey research while also imparting
knowledge of the legal system, the process of law making, and issues of peace and conflict.

The courses have been structured in a way that they introduce the student to the vast canvas of subjects that
concern the discipline of political science. Beginning with a focus on concepts and theories which have
been quintessential to the discipline, they move on to fleshing out how these concepts are translated into
practice. The courses are not only structured to impart received knowledge but also encourage the student
to think critically and raise questions which can contribute to a new understanding and explanation. In
analysing specific issues and events, the curriculum does not lose sight of the broader issues and larger
questions; thereby training the student to traverse these levels of analysis effortlessly while also remaining
mindful of the linkages.

3.2. Aims of B.A. Political Science (Hons) Programme

The B.A. Honours in Political Science aims to provide students with both a conceptual and a practical grasp
of the discipline, and to encourage them to draw connections between Political Science and other social
science disciplines by offering courses of an inter-disciplinary nature. The Core Courses offered by the
programme are designed to equip the student with a robust foundation in Political Science, whereas the
Discipline-Specific Electives are designed simultaneously around classically important areas of enquiry,
and newly emergent ones. The Skill-Enhancement Courses acquaint the student with the applied aspects of
this fascinating discipline, allowing him or her to use the skills learnt to solve problems that arise in the real
world. The courses offered in this Programme, taken together, equip the student to pursue higher studies,

6
and also to make his or her way outside academics – whether in the governmental or non-governmental
sector.

The curriculum aims to make the student proficient in Political Science as well as in certain inter-
disciplinary areas, through the transfer of knowledge in the classroom, and practical knowledge obtained
through real-world interactions and field experiences. Classroom teaching will be undertaken through
lectures, delivered through the medium of blackboard and chalk, charts, power point presentations, and the
use of audio-visual resources (films, documentaries, and material from the internet) when deemed
appropriate. An interactive mode of teaching will be used. The student will be encouraged to participate in
discussions and make presentations on various topics. The emphasis will be on problem-solving and on the
inculcation of analytical and critical capacities in the student. Theoretical analysis will go hand in hand with
a stress on the practical; this will make for a fuller and more grounded understanding of concepts. Students
will participate in field trips, workshops, and seminars; their association with governmental institutions
and/or NGOs and/or research institutes in the capacity of interns will facilitate an understanding of the
applied aspects of the programme, and further allow them to gain exposure to sites of possible future
employment and work.

4. Graduate Attributes in B.A. Political Science (Hons)

The following are the graduate attributes in B.A. (Hons) Political Science
i. Disciplinary knowledge
Foundational knowledge of Political Science and a thorough grasp of the theoretical and applied aspects of
the discipline

ii. Communication Skills

Ability to express thoughts and ideas effectively in writing and orally, to communicate with others using
appropriate media and to confidently share one’s views and express oneself; the ability to listen carefully,
and present complex information in a clear and concise manner to people from diverse backgrounds in
diverse contexts.

iii. Moral and ethical awareness/reasoning

Capacity to identify ethical issues related to one’s work, and commit not to resort to unethical behaviour
such as plagiarism, falsification of data, misrepresentation of facts, and the violation of intellectual property
rights; capacity to appreciate the ethical nature of the current debates on the environment, development,
social media, artificial intelligence, and so on; capacity to uphold truthfulness and integrity in all aspects of
one’s research and one’s work.

iv. Multicultural competence

An awareness pertaining to the values and beliefs of multiple cultures; a global and cosmopolitan
perspective, and a capacity to effectively engage in a multicultural society and interact respectfully with
diverse communities and groups

7
 v. Information/digital literacy
Capacity to use Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in a variety of learning situations; the
ability to access, evaluate, and use a variety of information sources

vi. Reflective thinking

Critical sensibility to lived experiences, and an awareness of how one’s position as a researcher/investigator
shape and impacts the knowledge one produces

vii. Cooperation/Team work

Ability to work effectively and respectfully with people from diverse backgrounds; capacity to cooperate
with others and make a coordinated effort as part of a group, and work as a member of a team in the interests
of a common cause.

viii. Research-related skills

A sense of inquiry and a capacity for asking relevant and appropriate questions and for problematizing; the
ability to recognise cause-and-effect relationships, define problems, formulate hypotheses, test hypotheses,
and analyse, interpret and draw conclusions from data; the ability to plan, design, and execute research and
investigations and concisely report the results thereof

ix. Communication Skills

Ability to express thoughts and ideas effectively in writing and orally, to communicate with others using
appropriate media and to confidently share one’s views and express oneself; the ability to listen carefully,
and present complex information in a clear and concise manner to people from diverse backgrounds in
diverse contexts

x. Problem solving
Capacity to extrapolate from what one has learned and apply one’s competencies to solve unfamiliar
problems, and to apply one’s learning to real-life situations

xi. Critical thinking

Capacity to evaluate evidence, arguments, claims, and beliefs with independence and originality, and to
assess practices, policies and theories unhindered by the influence of schools of thought considered trendy
or fashionable

8
5. Programme Learning Outcomes for in B.A. Political Science (Hons)
A graduate in Political science is a person who embodies a curiosity towards the political puzzles that
confront her and is endowed with the ability to apply various tools to solve them. The undergraduate course
encourages raising questions and a problem-solving thought process in its students, which it believes is
central to the idea of shaping an informed graduate student and an active citizen. Political science graduates
receive a strong training in foundational concepts enabling them to distinguish and delineate features of
each. This level of inquiry is further complicated as they proceed through the curricular semesters; enabling
them to engage in systematic reflection of a kind that distinguishes their understanding from that of a lay
person.

The undergraduate course in Political science shapes graduate sensibilities such that students are alert to
instances of discrimination and deprivation; difference and diversity which they not only identify but can
also persuasively argue about. A Political science graduate is privy to the unique location of the discipline
within the social sciences and can contextual their learning within the disciplinary boundaries while
simultaneously and consciously using inter-disciplinary methods and concepts to understand inter-
connected social, economic and political realities. Political science graduates go through rigorous training
in academic writing which includes writing logical and coherent essays as well as longer research articles
in terms of term papers. Class room debate and discussion encourages them to think on their feet; sharpen
their submissions and argue persuasively. They are also introduced to a variety of writing including
commentaries and original manuscripts; government reports and alternative assessments as well as visual
and print media.

The discipline teaches students how to distinguish between various ideological orientations; the multiple
lens that may be used to make sense of the same political event or issue and thereby how to side-step biases
and partisan positions in presenting their findings. The discipline inculcates a culture of academic honesty
and investigative rigour to ensure authentic analytical outcomes. The syllabus of the undergraduate course
on Political science also encourages students to get hands on experience of how research in the discipline
is conducted. They are encouraged to draw up research questionnaires, select the field and decide on sample
size and method of selection, conduct interviews with respondents as well as focused group discussions and
finally translate the responses into a coherent write up. These exercises are not limited to election analysis
and collecting voter responses but are primarily conducted to teach the student how to transition from the
level of policy to the practice of politics. Political science graduates are uniquely positioned as the
undergraduate course also imparts extensive understanding of international relations and global politics
which allows them to move beyond the traditional area and concerns of the discipline. The course not only
introduces them to various theories and concepts within international relations but also includes detailed
discussion of contemporary international events and decisions made by state and non-state actors apart from
also looking at the functioning of global and multinational organisations and institutions. The perspective
sharpens their understanding of the national and they can better appreciate the nuances of state policies. The
comparative perspective which students imbibe through courses in two semesters highlights the differences
in states mapped along various indices such as development trajectories and state formation. Along with a
richer understanding of select areas students are also encouraged to reflect and think critically about western
frameworks of knowledge and understanding and how these may be challenged by alternative frameworks
emerging in what is broadly referred to as the ‘Global South’ Courses on Public administration familiarize

9
the student with the complexities of state and bureaucratic functioning as well as policy making and
advocacy. The student learns about the concepts of organisation and management and their application
which is extremely relevant to unravelling the intricacies of large public organisations and corporate bodies.

The study of Indian politics provides the student a means to navigate the labyrinth that politics in India
reflects. Students decode this through various categories including gender, caste, class, ethnicity and others
while also effortlessly transiting across various levels of the national, sub-national and local. These courses
anchor the indispensability of the inter and multi-disciplinary lens and provide a corrective and challenge
to the western frameworks and models of understanding political phenomena.

On the completion of the six semesters undergraduate course in Political science a graduate is therefore
equipped with an understanding of the six core areas in the discipline of political science namely Political
theory, Indian politics, Comparative politics, Public Administration, International relations and Indian
Political Thought. They carry with them an understanding of research methods and investigation as well as
field experience of institutional functioning and survey research. Given this diverse skill set and knowledge
basket that the graduates have; the learning outcomes enable them to seek gainful employment and
engagement in diverse sectors such as academics, journalism, law, social work, government agencies and
research organisations, human resource development, management, marketing and also the bureaucracy.

Teaching-Learning Process
The curriculum allows the use of varied pedagogic methods and techniques to covey and imparts knowledge
both within the formal structure of the classroom and beyond it. These include
• Lectures
• Tutorials
• Power-point presentations
• Project work
• Documentary films on related topics
• Debates, Discussions, Quiz
• Talks /workshops
• Interaction with subject and area experts
• Academic festivals and seminars
• Films about specific political events or issues
• Excursions and walks within the city
• Visit to the Parliament and museums
• Outstation field trips
• Survey research
• Internships

Assessment Methods
Apart from the end semester exams that the university conducts on a bi-annual basis; a continuous and
comprehensive system of assessment provides a mechanism for the teacher and student to take stock of
their progress and grasp of the syllabi content. These include:
• Written assignments

10
• Projects Reports
• Class presentations
• Participation in class discussions
• Ability to think critically and creatively to solve the problems
• Application of conceptual understanding to field-based variables
• Reflexive thinking
• Engagement with peers and group discussion
• Participation in extra and co-curricular activities
• Critical assessment of Films /Books etc.

11
 6. Structure of in B.A. (Hons) Political Science

6.1. Credit Distribution for B.A. (Hons) Political Science

Details of courses under B.A (Hons.)

Bachelor of Political Science (Hons.)

DSC DSE GE AEC SEC IAPC VAC Total
4 credits 4 credits 4 credits 2 2 credits 2 credits 2 credits each Credits
Sem
each each each credits each each
each
DSC-1 GE-1 AEC-1 SEC-1 VAC-1 22
credits
I DSC-2
DSC-3
DSC-4 GE-2 AEC-2 SEC-2 VAC-2 22
DSC-5 credits
II
DSC-6
Students on exit shall be awarded Undergraduate Certificate (in Political Science) 44
credits
DSC-7 AEC-3 SEC-3 VAC-3 22
DSE–1 OR credits
DSC-8 OR IAPC-1*
III
DSC-9 GE-3**

DSC-10 AEC-4 SEC-4 VAC-4 22

DSE–2 OR credits
IV DSC-11 OR IAPC-2*
GE-4 (4)**
DSC-12
Students on exit shall be awarded Undergraduate Diploma (in Political Science) 88
credits
DSC-13 DSE-3 GE-5 SEC-5 22
OR credits
V DSC-14
IAPC-3***
DSC-15
DSC-16 DSE-4 GE-6^ SEC-6 22
DSC-17 OR credits
VI
IAPC-4***
DSC-18
Students on exit shall be awarded Bachelor of Political Science Honours (3 years) 132
credits

12
 DSC-19 DSE-5 + DSE-6 + Dissertation on 22
DSE-7 Major (6) OR credits
OR Dissertation on
DSE-5 + DSE-6 + Minor (6) OR
VII
GE-7 ^ Academic project/
OR Entrepreneurship
DSE-5 + GE+7 + (6)
GE-8#
DSC-20 DSE-8 + DSE-9 + Dissertation on 22
DSE-10 Major (6) OR credits
OR Dissertation on
DSE-8 + DSE-9 + Minor (6) OR
VIII
GE-9 Academic project/
OR Entrepreneurship
DSE-8 + GE+9 + (6)
GE-10#
Students on exit shall be awarded Bachelor of Political Science (Honours with 176
Research/Academic Projects/Entrepreneurship) or (Honours with Research in credits
Discipline-1 (Major) with Discipline-2 (Minor)
There shall be choice in III and IV Semesters to choose either one ‘SEC’ or in the alternative
‘Internship/Apprenticeship/Project/Community Outreach’ in each Semester for two credits each.
** There shall be choice in Semester III and IV to either choose a DSE or a GE.
*** There shall be choice in V and VI Semesters to choose either one ‘SEC’ or in the alternative
‘Internship/Apprenticeship/Project/Research/Community Outreach’ in each Semester for two credits each.
# There shall be four choices in VII and VIII Semesters –
(i) to choose three DSEs of 4 credits each OR
(ii) to choose two DSEs and one GE of 4 credits each OR
(iii) to choose one DSE and two GEs of 4 credits each.
^ ‘Research Methodology’ shall be offered as one of the DSE courses in VI and VII Semesters. Students
can opt for it either in VI semester or VII semester.
Suppose a student wishes to study the Research Methodology course offered by another discipline (as one
of its DSEs). In that case, he/she may opt for it provided such discipline is his minor discipline. The
Research Methodology of another discipline so opted shall be treated as GE for him/her.
Abbreviations
1. ‘AEC’ indicates ‘Ability Enhancement Course’
2. ‘B.A.’ indicates ‘Bachelor of Arts’
3. ‘DSC’ indicates ‘Discipline Specific Core’
4. ‘DSE’ indicates ‘Discipline Specific Elective’
5. ‘GE’ indicates ‘Generic Elective’
6. ‘NHEQF’ indicates ‘National Higher Education Qualification Framework’
7. ‘SEC’ indicates ‘Skill Enhancement Course’
8. ‘VAC’ indicates ‘Value Addition Course’
9. ‘IAPC’ indicates ‘Internship/Apprenticeship/Project/Community Outreach’

13
 6.2. Semester-wise Distribution of Courses

B.A. Political Science (Hons.)

Semester-wise list of DSC Courses for Bachelor of Political Science (Hons.)
Year Semes- Course Course Name No. of Component#
ter code credits
L T P
DSC-1 Understanding Political Theory 4 3 1
I DSC-2 Ideas and Institutions in Indian Political Thought 4 3 1
DSC-3 Colonialism and Nationalism in India 4 3 1
First DSC-4 Perspectives on Public Administration 4 3 1
Year
Methods and Approaches in Comparative 4 3 1
DSC-5
II Political Analysis
Introduction to International Relations: Theories, 4 3 1
DSC-6 Concepts and Debates

DSC-7 Political Theory: Concepts and Debates 4 3 1

DSC-8 Ancient and Medieval Indian Political Thought 4 3 1

III
Constitutional Government and Democracy in 4 3 1
Second DSC-9 India
Year
DSC-10 Public Administration in India 4 3 1
IV DSC-11 Concepts in Comparative Political Analysis 4 3 1

DSC-12 Global Politics 4 3 1

DSC-13 Western Political Philosophy - I 4 3 1

V DSC-14 Modern Indian Political Thought 4 3 1

Third DSC-15 Political Process in India 4 3 1

Year DSC-16 Public Policy 4 3 1

VI DSC-17 Comparative Political Systems 4 3 1

DSC-18 India’s Foreign Policy: Challenges and Strategies 4 3 1

VII DSC-19 Western Political Philosophy - II 4 3 1
Fourth
Year Development Process and Social Movements in 4 3 1
VIII DSC-20 Contemporary India

#
L = Lecture; T = Tutorial; P = Practical

14
 Semester-wise list of DSE Courses for Bachelor of Political Science (Hons.) *
Year Sem Course Course Name No. of Component#
code credits
L T P

DSE-1a State Politics in India 4 3 1

III
DSE-1b Indian Constitution: Key Debates 4 3 1
Second
Year DSE-2a Citizenship in Globalizing World 4 3 1
IV DSE-2b India’s National Security: Major Challenges and 4 3 1
Strategic Thinking
DSE-3a International Political Economy 4 3 1
V
Third DSE-3b Understanding Savarkar 4 3 1
Year DSE-4a Understanding Security 4 3 1
VI
DSE-4b Understanding Ambedkar 4 3 1
DSE-5a Contemporary Debates in Indian Politics 4 3 1
DSE-5b The Idea of the Political: Perspectives from the 4 3 1
Indian Intellectual Tradition
VII DSE-6a Public Policy in India 4 3 1
DSE-6b Feminism: Theory and Practice 4 3 1
DSE-7a Power Dilemmas in International Relations 4 3 1
Fourth DSE-7b Contemporary Political Economy 4 3 1
Year DSE-8a Comparative Constitutionalism 4 3 1
DSE-8b Dilemmas in Politics 4 3 1
DSE-9a Citizenship and Governance 4 3 1
VIII DSE-9b Development and Migration in Comparative 4 3 1
Perspective
DSE-10a Gandhi and the Contemporary World 4 3 1
DSE-10b Ethics, Politics and Governance 4 3 1
Third/ 4 3 1
VI/
Fourth DSE-11 Research Methods in Politics
Year
VII
* Students can opt for one DSE course from each numbered group. For example, in Sem-III, the student
can take either DSE-1a or DSE-1b.
#
L = Lecture; T = Tutorial; P = Practical

15
 Semester-wise list of GE Courses for Bachelor of Political Science (Hons.)
Year Sem Course Course Name No. of Components#
code credits
L T P

I GE-1 Ideas in Indian Political Thought 4 3 1

First
Year II GE-2 Introduction to the Indian Constitution 4 3 1

III GE-3 Nationalism in India 4 3 1

Second
Year IV GE-4 Understanding International Relations 4 3 1

V GE-5 Governance: Issues and Challenges 4 3 1

Third
Year VI GE-6 Western Political Philosophy 4 3 1

GE-7 Politics of Globalisation 4 3 1

VII
GE-8 Introduction to Public Policy 4 3 1
Fourth
Year Women and Politics in India: Concepts and 4 3 1
GE-9
VIII Debates
GE-10 Digital Social Sciences 4 3 1
#
L = Lecture; T = Tutorial; P = Practical

Semester-wise list of SEC Papers for Bachelor of Political Science (Hons.)

Year Sem Course Course Name No. of Components#
code credits L T P
I SEC-1 Your Laws, Your Rights 2 2
First
Year Conduct of Elections in India: Voters, 2 2
II SEC-2
Candidates and Campaigns
Mapping the Policy Process: Research, 2 2
Second III SEC-3
Writing and Analysis
Year 2 2
IV SEC-4 Legislative Practices and Procedures
V SEC-5 Peace and Conflict Studies 2 2
Third
Year VI SEC-6 Public Opinion and Survey Research 2 2
#
L = Lecture; T = Tutorial; P = Practical

6.3. Definitions
1. Academic credit – An academic credit is a unit by which the course work is measured. It determines
the number of hours of instructions required per week. One credit is equivalent to one hour of teaching
(lecture or tutorial) or two hours of practical work/field work per week.
2. Courses of study – Courses of the study indicate pursuance of study in a particular discipline. Every
discipline shall offer three categories of courses of study, viz. Discipline Specific Core courses (DSCs),
Discipline Specific Electives (DSEs) and Generic Electives (GEs).

16
 a) Discipline Specific Core (DSC): Discipline Specific Core is a course of study, which
should be pursued by a student as a mandatory requirement of his/her programme of
study. DSCs shall be the core credit courses of that particular discipline which will be
appropriately graded and arranged across the semesters of study, being undertaken by
the student, with multiple exit options as per NEP 2020. The DSCs specified in the
framework would be identified by the concerned Department as core courses to be
taught in a Programme.
b) Discipline Specific Elective (DSE): The Discipline Specific Electives (DSEs) shall be
a pool of credit courses of that particular discipline which a student chooses to study.
There shall be a pool of DSEs from which a student may choose a course of study.
c) Generic Elective (GE): Generic Electives shall be a pool of courses which is meant to
provide multidisciplinary or interdisciplinary education to students. GEs shall consist
of a pool of courses offered by various disciplines of study (excluding the GEs offered
by the parent discipline), in groups of odd and even semesters, from which a student
can choose.

In case a student opts for DSEs beyond his/her discipline specific course(s) of study, such DSEs
shall be treated as GEs for that student.

d) Ability Enhancement course (AEC), Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) & Value
Addition Course (VAC)

These three courses shall be a pool of courses offered by all the Departments in groups of odd and
even semesters from which students can choose. A student who desires to make Academic
Project/Entrepreneurship as Minor has to pick the appropriate combination of courses of GE, SEC,
VAC, & Internship/ Apprenticeship/Project/ Community (IAPC) which shall be offered in the
form of various modules as specified in the scheme of studies.

(i) AEC courses are the courses based upon the content that leads to knowledge
enhancement through various areas of study. They are Language and Literature and
Environmental Science and Sustainable Development which will be mandatory for all
disciplines.
(ii) SEC are skill-based courses in all disciplines and are aimed at providing hands-on-
training, competencies, proficiency and skills to students. SEC courses may be chosen
from a pool of courses designed to provide skill-based instruction. Every discipline
may provide skill-based courses, some of which may be offered to students of its
discipline while the rest can be open to students of all other disciplines.
(iii) VAC courses are common pool of courses offered by different disciplines and aimed
towards personality building; embedding ethical, cultural and constitutional values;
promote critical thinking, Indian Knowledge Systems, scientific temperament,
communication skills, creative writing, presentation skills, sports & physical education
and team work which will help in all round development of students.

17
 DSC 1: Understanding Political Theory

Course Objective
This course introduces the various ways of theorizing politics. The idea is to introduce andassess
the conventional as well as contemporary approaches to understanding politics.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading the course, the learner would
• Understand the various traditions and approaches of political theory and appreciate how
they get reflected in organizing social living
• Understand multiple frames by which the idea of political community is debated
• Understand the significance of theorizing and relating theory to practice.

Unit 1: What is Politics: Theorizing the ‘Political’

Unit 2: Approaches to Political Theory: Normative, Historical and Empirical

Unit 3: Traditions of Political Theory: Liberal, Marxist, Anarchist and Conservative

Unit 4: Critical Perspectives in Political Theory: Feminist and Postmodern

Unit 5: The Idea of Political Community: Political Obligation

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1
McKinnon, C. (2008) ‘Introduction’. Issues in Political Theory. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘What is Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political
Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 2-16.
Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘Why do we need Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds),
Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 17-36.
Unit 2
Glaser, D. (1995) ‘Normative Theory’, in Marsh, D. And Stoker, G. (eds), Theory and Methodsin
Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 21-40.
Sanders, D. (1995) ‘Behavioral Analysis’, in Marsh, D. And Stoker, G. (eds), Theory andMethods
in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 58-75.
Ball, T. (2004). ‘History and the Interpretation of Texts’, in Gerald F. Gaus and Chandran
Kukathas (eds), Handbook of Political Theory. New Delhi: SagePublications, pp. 18-30.

18
Unit 3 and 4
Heywood, A. (1992) Political Ideologies. Basingstoke: Macmillan Turner, R. (1993) ‘Anarchism:
What is it?’ Politics Review 3 (1): 28-32.
Chapman, J. (1995) ‘The Feminist Perspectie’, in in Marsh, D. And Stoker, G. (eds), Theory and
Methods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 94-114.
Chambers, C. (2008) ‘Gender’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 265-288.
Bannett, J. (2004) ‘Postmodern Approach to Political Theory’, in Kukathas, C. and Gaus G. F.
(eds), Handbook of Political Theory. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 46-54.
Unit 5
Shorten, A. (2016). ‘Political Community’, in Contemporary Political Theory. Palgrave, pp. 18-
45.
Brighouse, H. (2008) ‘Citizenship’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 241-264.
Roy, A. (2008) ‘Citizenship’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 130-146.
Hyums, K. (2008) ‘Political Authority and Obligation’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political
Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 9-26.
Martin, Rex. (2003) ‘Political Obligation’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew(eds), Political
Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 41-51.
Knowles, D. (2001). ‘Political Obligation’, in Political Philosophy. London: Routledge, pp. 239-
298.
Additional Resources
Bellamy, R. (1993) ‘Introduction: The Demise and Rise of Political Theory’, in Bellamy, R.(ed.),
Theory and Concepts of Politics. New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 1-14.
Vincent, A. (2004) The Nature of Political Theory. New York: Oxford University Press.
Jaggar, A. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. Forbes Boulevard: Rowman and Litlefield.
Vattimo, Gianni, 1988 [1985], The End of Modernity: Nihilism and Hermeneutics in Postmodern
Culture, Jon R. Snyder (trans.), Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Klosko, G. (2005) Political Obligations. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Readings in Hindi

भागर्व, राजीव और अशोक आचायार् (सं.), राजनीितक िसद्धांत : एक पिरचय, िदल्ली : िपयसर्न, 2008.
कुमार, संजीव (सं.), राजनीित िसद्धांत की समझ, िदल्ली: ओिरएं ट ब्लैकस्वान, 2019.

19
 DSC 2: Ideas and Institutions in Indian Political Thought

Course Objective
This paper seeks to introduce students to certain broadly familiar terms that provide conceptual
and theoretical anchorage to social and political thought of ancient India. They explain the forms,
structure and nature of government. The students will be taught about the institutions which existed
and the broader norms, roles and responsibilities which guided the state and its important
apparatuses. As it is difficult to bring in all the diverse traditions and institutions, attempts have
been made to introduce those ones which have been most talked about. In this paper students are
expected to explore the complex sematic history of these terms along with the conceptual shifts
that resulted in their multiple readings and scholarly interpretations.

Course Learning Outcomes

• Students will be able to answer about the nature and form of statecraft that existed in
Ancient India.
• They will be able to explain how the texts in ancient India interpreted Dharma and Danda
• Students will be able to answer what were sources and mechanisms to practice Nyay in
ancient India.
• They will be able to make distinction between Rastra and Rajya.
• They will able to explain the meaning and foundations of Varna and how are they different
from caste.

Unit 1: Statecraft in Ancient India

Unit 2: Dharma, Dhamma, Danda

Unit 3: Nyaya, Niti

Unit 4: Sabha, Samiti

Unit 5: Rajya, Rashtra

Unit 6: Varna, Jati

Unit wise reading list

Dharma, Dhamma, Danda
Rupert Gethin, “He who sees Dhamma sees Dhammas: Dhamma in Early Buddhism” in Journal
of Indian Philosophy. Vol 32, No5/6 (December 2004) pp.513-542
Margaret Chatterjee, “The Concept of Dharma” in M.C.Doeser and J.N.Kraay (eds.) Facts and
Values. Philosophical reflections from Western and Non-Western Perspectives, Martinus Nijhoff
Publishers, Dordrecht. 1986, PP177-188

20
John Ross Carter, Traditional Definitions of the Term "Dhamma" Philosophy East and West,
Vol. 26, No. 3 (Jul., 1976), pp. 329-337
Donald R. Davis Jr, “rectitude and rehabilitation (danda) in The Spirit of Hindu Law, Cambridge
University Press, NY, 2010, PP.128-143
Radha Krishna Choudhry, “Theory of Punishment in Ancient India” in Proceedings of the Indian
History Congress, Vol 10 1947, PP 166-171.
Nyaya, Niti
Amartya Sen, “Introduction” in The Idea of Justice, Harvard University Press. 2009
Sarkar, Benoy Kumar Political Institutions, and theories of comparative Politics - pp 158-162
Ghoshal U.N (1983) A History of Hindu Political theory OUP: London pp 213- 222, 247-259
Sabha, Samiti
Jagadish P. Sharma, “Non-Monarchical Governments in Vedic India” Republics in Ancient
India. Brill, Leiden, 1968, pp.15-60
R.S.Sharma, “Sabha and Samiti” in Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India.
Motilal Banarsidass Publishers. Delhi 1999, reprint. Pp105-118
Rajya, Rashtra
A.S. Altekar, “Origin and Types of the State” in State and Government in Ancient India. Motilal
Banarsidass, Banaras. 1949 pp. 12-23
Partha Chatterjee, “All Nations are Modern” in The Truths and Lies of Nationalisms: As narrated
by Charvak. Permanent Black. 2021. Pp.5-25
Varna, Jati
Sudhakar Chattopadhyaya, “Varna-Jati (caste system)” in Social Life in Ancient India.
Academic Publishers, Calcutta, 1965, Pp.7-29
Dipankar Gupta, “From Varna to Jati: The Indian Caste System, from the Asiatic to the Feudal
Mode of Production”, Journal of Contemporary Asia, Vol-10:3, 2008. pp.249-271
Additional Readings:
Prasad, Beni (1927), Theory of Government in Ancient India (post Vedic), Abhijeet publications,
New Delhi
Jayaswal, K.P. (2013), Hindu Polity, Vishvabharti Publications, New Delhi.
Sharma, R.S. (2005), Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Motilal
Banarsidass, New Delhi.

21
 DSC 3: Colonialism and Nationalism in India

Course Objective
The purpose of this course is to help students understand historically the advent of colonialism in
India and the emergence of the discourse on nationalism as a response to it. The aim is to engage
with theoretical explanations of colonialism and nationalism in India at the same time study the
social, political and institutional practices that unfolded in that period, gradually paving way
towards independence and democracy in India.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students would be able to:
• Show an understanding of the nature of colonial rule in India and the various developments
through which it consolidated itself.
• Demonstrate awareness of the specific impacts of colonialism on Indian economy
• Show knowledge of the gradual emergence of the nationalist movement in India in
response to the colonial rule
• Demonstrate an understanding of the distinct periods of the nationalist movement and the
nature of resistance politics adopted in different phases
• Show awareness of the various social movements, the kind of questions they raised and
their contributions in the nationalist movement

Unit 1. Colonialism and Nationalism:

• Main perspectives on colonialism: Liberalism, Marxism, Postcolonialism
• Approaches to the study of nationalism in India: Nationalist, Imperialist, Marxist, and
Subaltern

Unit 2. Colonial Rule in India and its impact:

• Constitutional developments and the colonial state
• Colonial ideology of civilizing mission: Utilitarians and Missionaries
• Impact on agriculture, land relations, industry and ecology

Unit 3. Reform and Resistance:

• The 1857 war of Independence
• Major social and religious movements
• Education and the rise of the new middle class

Unit 4. Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base

• Phases of the Nationalist Movement: Liberal constitutionalist, Swadeshi and the Radicals,
Formation of the Muslim League

22
 • Gandhi and mass mobilisation: Non-cooperation, Civil Disobedience, and Quit India
Movements
• Revolutionaries, Socialists and Communists
• Communalism in Indian Politics
• The two-nation theory, negotiations over partition

Unit 5. Social Movements

Peasants, Tribals, Workers, Women and anti-caste movements

Unit wise reading list

Essential Readings
1. Colonialism and Nationalism:
Chandra, B. (1999) Essays on Colonialism, Hyderabad. Orient Longman, pp.1-22.
Chandra, B. (1988) India’s Struggle for Independence, New Delhi. Penguin, pp.13-30.
Fulcher, J. (2004) Capitalism: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Datta, G. Sobhanlal. (2007) ‘Imperialism and Colonialism: Towards a Postcolonial
Understanding’, in Dasgupta, Jyoti Bhusan (ed.) Science, Technology, Imperialism and War. New
Delhi: Centre for Studies in Civilization Publication and DK, pp 423-466.
Guha, Ranajit. (1982). Subaltern Studies, I. Oxford University Press. Delhi. pp.1-8.
Metcalf, T. (1995) ‘Liberalism and Empire’ in Metcalf, Thomas. Ideologies of the Raj. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, pp.28-65.
Young, R. (2003) Postcolonialism: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
pp. 9-68.
Thapar, R. (2000) ‘Interpretations of Colonial History: Colonial, Nationalist, Post-colonial’, in
DeSouza, P.R. (ed.) Contemporary India: Transitions. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 25-36.
2. Colonial Rule in India and its impact:
Bandopadhyay, S. (2015 revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 37-65; 66-138.
Chandra, B. (1999) Essays on Colonialism. Hyderabad: Orient Longman, pp. 58-78. Metcalf and
Metcalf. (2002) A Concise History of India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 55-80.
Sarkar, S. (1983) Modern India (1885-1847). New Delhi: Macmillan.
Sen, A.P. (2007), ‘The idea of Social reform and its critique among Hindus of Nineteenth Century
India’, in Bhattacharya, Sabyasachi (ed.) Development of Modern Indian Thought and the Social
Sciences. Vol X. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

23
Guha, R. and Gadgil, M. (1989) ‘State Forestry and Social Conflict in British India’, in Guha, R.
and Gadgil, M. Past and Present: A Journal of Historical Studies. May: 123, pp. 141-177.
Mann, M. (2004) ‘Torchbearers Upon the Path of Progress: Britain's Ideology of a Moral and
Material Progress in India’, in Mann, M. and Fischer-Tine, H. (eds.) Colonialism as Civilizing
Mission: Cultural Ideology in British India. London: Anthem, pp. 1-26.
3. Reform and Resistance:
Bandopadhyay, S. (2015, revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 139-169.
Sen, A.P. (2007), ‘The idea of Social reform and its critique among Hindus of Nineteenth Century
India’, in Bhattacharya, Sabyasachi (ed.) Development of Modern Indian Thought and the Social
Sciences. Vol X. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Bandopadhyay, S. (2008) Eighteen-Fifty-Seven and Its Many Histories, in 1857: Essays from
Economic and Political Weekly, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan. pp.1-22.
4. Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base
Bandopadhyay, S. (2015 revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 227-323; 405-438.
Sarkar, S. (1983) Modern India (1885-1847). New Delhi: Macmillan.
Jalal, A. and Bose, S. (1997) Modern South Asia: History, Culture, and Political Economy.
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 109-119; 128-134; 135-156.
5. Social Movements:
Bandopadhyaya, S. (2015 revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 334-381.
Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Crusade Against Caste System, in Social Background of
Indian Nationalism, Sage.
Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Crusade Against Untouchability, in Social Background of
Indian Nationalism, Sage.
Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Movement for the Emancipation of Women, in Social
Background of Indian Nationalism, Sage.
Additional Readings
Chandra, B. (1988) India’s Struggle for Independence, New Delhi. Penguin.
Chatterjee, P. (2010) ‘A Brief History of Subaltern Studies’, in Chatterjee, Partha Empire &
Nation: Essential Writings (1985-2005). New Delhi: Permanent Black.
Metcalf, T. (1995) Ideologies of the Raj. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 132- 148.
Islam, S. (2004) ‘The Origins of Indian Nationalism’, in Religious Dimensions of Indian
Nationalism. New Delhi: Media House, pp. 71-103.

24
Islam, S. (2006) ‘Rashtravaad: Ek Siddhanthik Pareepeksha’, in Bharat Mein Algaovaadaur
Dharm. New Delhi: Vani Prakashan, pp. 33-51.
Pradhan, Ram Chandra. (2008) Raj to Swaraj. New Delhi: Macmillan.
Sangari, Kumkun and Vaid, S. (1989) Recasting Woman: Essays in Colonial History. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
Mani, B.R. (2005) Debrahmanising History, Dominance and Resistance in Indian Society. New
Delhi: Manohar Publishers.

25
 DSC 4: Perspectives on Public Administration
Course Objective
The course provides an introduction to the discipline of public administration. This paper
encompasses public administration in its historical context with an emphasis on the various
classical and contemporary administrative theories. The course also explores some of the non-
mainstream trends, including feminism and perspectives from the Global South on public
administration.

Course Learning Outcomes

On completion of this course, the student can be expected to
• have a comprehensive understanding of the conceptual roots of the discipline of Public
Administration
• understand how theorising is done in this discipline
• how new perspectives like that of gender influence the orientation of both theory and
practice in the discipline.

Unit 1. Public Administration as a Discipline

a. Ancient Roots of Public Administration: Perspectives from India (Kautilya’s
Arthashastra)
b. Modern PA: An overview of the theoretical journey
c. Principles of Public Administration
d. Theorising Public Administration

Unit 2. Mainstream/ Traditional Theoretical Perspectives:

a. Scientific management (F.W.Taylor)
b. Ideal-type bureaucracy (Max Weber)
c. Human relations theory (Elton Mayo)
d. Rational decision-making (Herbert Simon)
e. Ecological approach (Fred Riggs) aj complete

Unit 3. Contemporary Theoretical Perspectives

a. New Public Management, New Public Service
b. Multiple Perspectives on Governance: Good Governance, Collaborative Governance,
Network Governance, Digital Governance

Unit 4. Gender Perspectives on Public Administration

a. Gender and Governance
b. Gender sensitivity and participation in administration

26
 Unit wise reading list
Unit 1. Public Administration as a Discipline
a. Ancient Roots of Public Administration
Kumar, A. Administration in Kautilya’s Arthashastra in M.M. Shankhder & G. Kaur Politics in
India Deep and Deep Publicaitons, New Delhi, 2005, pp. 83-94.
Muniyapan, B. Kautilya’s Arthashastra and Perspectives on Organizational Management Asian
Social Science Vol. 4, No. 1 January 2008, PP. 30-34.
b. Modern PA: An overview of the theoretical journey
D. Rosenbloom, R. Kravchuk. and R. Clerkin (2022), Public Administration: Understanding
Management, Politics and Law in Public Sector, 9th edition, Routledge, New York, pp. 1-40.
W. Wilson (2004) ‘The Study of Administration’, in B. Chakrabarty and M. Bhattacharya (eds),
Administrative Change and Innovation: a Reader, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 85-
101.
c. Principles of Public Administration
Nicholas Henry, Public Administration and Public Affairs, Prentice Hall, Ch 2(Paradigms of
Public Administration).
d. Theorising Public Administration
F. H. George, K. B. Smith, C. W. Larimer and M. J. Licari (2015) The Public Administration
Theory Primer, Chapter Introduction: The Possibilities of Theory, Routledge.
Unit 2. Mainstream/ Traditional Theoretical Perspectives:
D. Gvishiani (1972) Organisation and Management, Moscow: Progress Publishers.
F. Taylor (2004), ‘Scientific Management’, in J. Shafritz, and A. Hyde (eds.) Classics of Public
Administration, 5th Edition. Belmont: Wadsworth.
P. Mouzelis (2003), ‘The Ideal Type of Bureaucracy’ in B. Chakrabarty, And M. Bhattacharya
(eds), Public Administration: A Reader, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
D. Ravindra Prasad, Y. Pardhasaradhi, V. S. Prasad and P. Satyrnarayana (eds.) (2010),
Administrative Thinkers, Sterling Publishers.
M. Weber (1946), ‘Bureaucracy’, in C. Mills, and H. Gerth, From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Warren G. Bennis (1973), Beyond Bureaucracy, Mc Graw Hill.
R. Arora (2003) ‘Riggs’ Administrative Ecology’ in B. Chakrabarty and M. Bhattacharya (eds),
Public Administration: A reader, New Delhi, Oxford University Press.
F. Riggs (1964) Administration in Developing Countries: The Theory of Prismatic Society Boston:
Houghton Miffin.

27
Unit 3. Contemporary Theoretical Perspectives
a. New Public Management, New Public Service
S.P. Osborne, & K. Mclaughlin, New Public Management in Context in S.P. Osborne, K.
Mclaughlin & E. Ferlie (eds). New Public Management: Current Trends and Future Prospects,
Routledge, London and New York, 2002, pp.7-33.
b. Multiple Perspectives on Governance
A. Manoharan and M. Holzer, E-Governance and Civic Engagement: Factors and Determinants
of E-Democracy, IGI Global: PA, USA, 2012.
S. Dhal, E-Governance and Citizen Engagement: New Directions in Public Administration, New
Delhi: Sage Publishers, 2022.
Unit 4. Gender Perspectives on Public Administration
C. Stivers, Gender Images in Public Administration: Legitimacy and the Administrative State,
California: Sage, 2002, Introduction.
A. S. Wharton, The Sociology of Gender, West Sussex: Blackwell-Wiley Publishers, 2012.
S. Dhall, Public Policy Discourse and Sexual Minorities: Balancing Democratic Aspirations,
Political Expediency and Moral Rights, Indian Journal of Public Administration, Jan-March 2022.

28
 DSC 5: Methods and Approaches in Comparative Political Analysis

Course Objective
This is a foundational course in comparative politics. The aim of this course is to introduce students
to the foundational concepts, methods, approaches and the historical legacy of the discipline. The
paper offers in-depth discussion on methods, different approaches in terms of their advantages and
disadvantages to help understand politics in a critical-comparative framework. Students would be
made familiar to the diversity of approaches to study politics such as institutionalism, political
culture, political economy and specific debates within each of the approaches. Discussion on a
diversity of approaches will highlight different tools, perspectives and parameters to understand
the behaviour and functioning of institutions in a political system. This paper would also impart
students the ability to use the analytical frame of gender with reference to specific issues like the
women’s political representation in comparative perspective. The paper will inculcate reflective
thinking and research aptitude in students as they will learn to apply these critical outlooks in
understanding politics and political processes, particularly from the perspective of developing
societies.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:

• An understanding of the nature, scope, methodology, and legacy of the sub-discipline.

• Awareness of the evolution of the sub-discipline of comparative politics and the challenge
of Eurocentrism in the discipline.
• An in-depth understating of various approaches to the study of politics in a comparative
framework.
• A basic training in comparative research.

Themes:

1. Understanding Comparative Politics

a. Nature and scope abhi downloaded nature and scope of cpa
landmann de rkhi h b. Why Compare
c. Understanding Comparative Method: How to compare countries: large n, small n,
single countries studies
d. Going beyond Eurocentrism reading is given here

Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics

2. Political System, Structural functional analysis reading from ignou

29
 3. Traditional and Neo-Institutionalisms
a. Historical Institutionalism
b. Rational Choice Theory
c. Sociological Institutionalism

4. Political Culture
a. Civic Culture (Sydney Verba)
b. Subculture (Dennis Kavanagh)
c. Hegemony (Antonio Gramsci)
d. Post materialism (Ronald Inglehart)
e. Social capital (R. Putnam)

5. Political Economy
a. Underdevelopment
b. Dependency
c. Modernisation given reading
d. World Systems Theory

6. Gendering Comparative Politics

a. The Gender Lacuna in Comparative Politics sol
b. Political Representation: Women in Government and Politics

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1. Understanding Comparative Politics

Essential Readings:
Landman, T. (2003). Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics: An Introduction, second edition.
London and New York: Routledge, pp. 3-22.
Gerring, J. (2007) The Case Study: What it Is and What it Does in Carles Boix and Susan C. Stokes
(eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, Oxford University Press, pp 90-122.
Lijphart, A. (1971). Comparative Politics and the Comparative Method. The American Political
Science Review, 65, No. 3, pp. 682-693.
Mohanty, M (1975) ‘Comparative Political Theory and Third World Sensitivity’, in Teaching
Politics, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 22-38
Chandhoke N (1996) ‘Limits of Comparative Political Analysis ‘, in Economic and
PoliticalWeekly, Vol. 31 (4), January 27, pp.PE 2-PE2-PE8
Kopstein J., and Lichbach, M. (eds) (2005) Comparative Politics: Interests, Identities, and

30
Institutions in a Changing Global Order. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.1-5; 16-36;
253-290.
Peters, B. Guy (2020) Approaches in comparative politics, in Caramani, D. (ed.) Comparative
Politics (5th Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Roy, A. (2001) ‘Comparative Method and Strategies of Comparison’, in Punjab Journal of
Politics. Vol. xxv (2), pp. 1-15.
Unit 2. Political System, Structural functional analysis
Almond, Gabriel et al. (2011) Comparing Political Systems, in Comparative Politics Today,
Pearson, pp. 28-38
Almond, Gabriel, Powell G. Bingham, Jr. (1966) An Overview (Ch 2), Comparative Politics, A
Developmental Approach, Stanford University.
Unit 3. Traditional and Neo-Institutionalisms
Blondel, J. (1996) ‘Then and Now: Comparative Politics’, in Political Studies. Vol. 47 (1), pp.
152-160.
Pennington, M. (2009) ‘Theory, Institutional and Comparative Politics’, in J. Bara and M.
Pennington. (eds.) Comparative Politics: Explaining Democratic System. Sage Publications, New
Delhi, pp. 13-40.
Hague, R. and M. Harrop and McCormick, J. (2016) Theoretical Approaches Comparative
Government and Politics: An Introduction. (Tenth Edition). London: Palgrave McMillan.
Hall, P., and Rosemary C.R. Taylor (1996) ‘Political Science and the Three New Institutionalism’,
Political Studies. XLIV, pp. 936-957.
Rakner, L. and R. Vicky (2011) ‘Institutional Perspectives’, in P. Burnell, et. al. (eds.) Political in
the Developing World. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 53-70.
Unit 4. Political Culture
Almond, Gabriel A. and Sidney Verba (1963). The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and
Democracy in Five Nations (Chapter 1).
Welzel, Christian and Ronald Inglehart (2020) Political culture, in Caramani, D. (ed.) Comparative
Politics (5th Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press
Huntington, Samuel P. (1993). The Clash of Civilizations. Foreign Affairs. 72 (3): 22–49.
Howard, M. (2009) ‘Culture in Comparative Political Analysis’, in M. Lichback and A.
Zuckerman, pp. 134- S. (eds.) Comparative Political: Rationality, Culture, and Structure.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Rosamond, B. (2008). Political Culture. In Axford, B., Browning, G. K., Huggins, R., &
Rosamond, B. (Eds.), Politics: An Introduction (2nd ed.). London and New York: Routledge, pp.
82-119.

31
Putnam, R. (2000) Thinking About Social Change in America (Ch 1), in Bowling Alone: The
Collapse and Revival of American Community, Simon and Schuster
Gransci, A., Hegemony (Civil Society) and Separation of Powers, in Prison Notebooks, Excerpt
from Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci, edited and translated by Quentin
Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith (1999) Elec Book, pp. 506-507.
Unit 5. Political Economy
Chilcote, R. H. (2000) Comparative Inquiry in Politics and Political Economy: Theories and
Issues, Oxford: Westview Press, pp. 31-52, pp. 57-81.
Esteva, G. (2010) Development in Sachs, W. (Eds.), The Development Dictionary: A Guide to
Knowledge as Power (2nd ed.). London: Zed Books, pp. 1-23.
So, A. Y. (1990) Social Change and Development: Modernization, Dependency and World-
System Theories. London: Sage, pp. 91-109.
Wallerstein, I. (1974) The Rise and Future Demise of the World Capitalist System: Concepts for
Comparative Analysis, Comparative Studies in Society and History, Vol. 16, pp. 387-415
Unit 6. Gendering Comparative Politics
Baldez, Lisa (2010) Symposium. The Gender Lacuna in Comparative Politics. March 2010 | Vol.
8/No. 199-205.
Beckwith, Karen (2010) Comparative Politics and the Logics of a Comparative Politics of Gender.
American Political Science Association. Vol. 8, No. 1 (March 2010), pp. 159-168
Hague, Rod, Martin Harrop and McCormick (2019) Political Participation in Comparative
Government and Politics: An Introduction (11th Edition) Red Globe Press. pp.223-225.
Krook Mona Lena (2011) Gendering Comparative Politics: Achievements and Challenges.
Politics & Gender 7(1), pp 99-105.

32
 DSC 6: Introduction to International Relations: Theories, Concepts and
Debates

Course Objective
This paper introduces students to some of the key theories, concepts and debates of international
relations. While historically contextualizing the evolution of mainstream IR theories, students will
also learn about the leading debates aimed at de-centering and pluralizing the knowledge-base of
IR. The debates and conversations on the genealogies of Indian perspectives on IR are anchored
in this backdrop. The students will learn how to critically engage with the Eurocentric view of IR
through decolonial accounts that foreground the agency of the colonial experience, race and culture
that not only identify proximately with the Global South but are also co-constitutive of European
modernity, the social sciences and the foundations of the IR discipline. The course weaves in some
of the major concepts—power, sovereignty, empire and international order—that push the
boundaries of the discipline through understandings derived from diverse standpoints. The final
segment–– Global IR and the relational turn in international relations–apprises the students with
the new directions in the discipline.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students would have acquired:
• Familiarization with key theories, concepts, and debates of International Relations.
• Comprehensive re-reading of the origin of IR and its mainstream theories and concepts,
with basic tools to question statist ontology and reification of eurocentrism.
• Appreciation of decolonial accounts that challenge the mainstream and parochial
International Relations.
• Understanding of the genealogy and contributions of the IR scholarship in India to the
disciplinary debates through a re-reading of its classical texts and, contemporary writings.
• Analysis of the assumptions and key concepts of IR such as power, sovereignty, empire
and international order.
• Learning about the new directions in IR via a critical engagement with Global IR and the
relational turn in IR.

Unit 1. What is IR and, its Contested Origins (9 lectures)

a. What is IR (1 lecture)
b. Reading the Big Bangs (3 lectures)
c. Bringing in De-colonial Accounts (3 lectures)
d. Understanding the genealogy of IR discipline in India (2 lectures)

33
Unit 2. Theories of IR (14 lectures)
a. Introduction to IR Theories (1 lecture)
b. Realpolitik (Kautilya)/ Realism/ Neo-Realism (3 lectures)
c. Liberalism/ Neo-liberalism (3 lectures)
d. Marxism/ Neo-Marxism (3 lectures)
e. Feminism (2 lectures)
f. Constructivism (2 lectures)

Unit 3. Concepts (8 lectures)

a. Power (2 lectures)
b. Sovereignty (2 lectures)
c. Empire (2 lectures)
d. International Order (2 lectures)

Unit 4. Exploring the Future Trajectories (4 lectures)

a. Global IR (2 lectures)
b. A Relational Turn? (2 lectures)

Unit wise reading list

Unit I. What is IR and the story of its contested origins
a. What is IR?
Essential Readings
marked ir
David Blaney, “Where, When and What is IR?”, Chapter three in ‘International Relations from the from global
Global South: World of Difference ’Edited by Arlene B, Tickner and Karen Smith. Routledge south
(2020): New York.
Robert Jackson, Georg Sørensen (2019). ‘chp 1- Why study IR’ in Introduction to International nb notes
Relations, Theories and Approaches, Oxford University Press: New York, pp.3-32.
Additional Readings
Nicholson, Michael (2002). ‘International Relations: A Concise introduction’, NYU Press: NY.
pp. 1-15.
Devetak, Richard (2012). An introduction to international relations: The origins and changing
agendas of a discipline”, in Richard Devetak, Anthony Burke and Jim George (eds.) An
Introduction to International Relations, 2nd ed, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 1-19.
b. Reading the Big Bangs
Essential readings
De Carvalho, B., Leira, H., & Hobson, J. M. (2011). The Big Bangs of IR: The Myths That Your nb
notes
Teachers Still Tell You about 1648 and 1919. Millennium, 39(3), 735–758.
Kevin Blachford. (2021). ‘From Thucydides to 1648: The “Missing” Years in IR and the Missing

34
Voices in World History’ International Studies Perspectives, 22:4, pp. 495-508.
Additional readings
Amitav Acharya & Barry Buzan (2019). ‘Introduction’ in A. Acharya & B. Buzan, The Making of
Global International Relations Origins and Evolution of IR at its Centenary, Cambridge
University Press: UK. pp. 1–7.
Havercroft, J. (2012). “Was Westphalia ‘all that’? Hobbes, Bellarmine, and the norm of non-
intervention”. Global Constitutionalism, [online] 1(01), pp.120-140. Available at:
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/global-constitutionalism/article/was-westphalia-all-
that-hobbes-bellarmine-and-the-norm-of-nonintervention/
Amitav Acharya & Barry Buzan (2019). ‘International Relations up to 1919: Laying the
Foundations’ in A. Acharya & B. Buzan, The Making of Global International Relations Origins
and Evolution of IR at its Centenary, Cambridge University Press: UK. pp. 33-66.
c. Bringing in De-colonial Account
Essential Readings
Peter Vale and Vineet Thakur (2020). ‘IR and the Making of the White Man’s World,’ in Arlene
B. Tickner and Karen Smith (eds.) International Relations from the Global South: Worlds of
Difference, London: Routledge, pp. 56-74.
Shampa Biswas (2020). ‘Postcolonialism’, in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith (Eds.)
International Relations Theories Discipline and Diversity, OUP: London, pp. 219-234.
वी एन ख'ना (2014) 'उप2नवेशवाद उ'मल
ू न तत
ृ ीय <व=व का उदय', अंतराCDEय सGब'ध, <वकास
पिKलकेशन. (पCृ ठ संNया: 449-469).

Additional Readings
Amitav Acharya, Barry Buzan (2017). “Why is there no Non-Western International Relations
Theory? Ten years on”, International Relations of the Asia-Pacific,17(3): September, pp. 341–
370.
Zeynep Gulsah Capan (2017). Decolonising International Relations? Third World
Quarterly, 38:1, 1-15.
Sankaran Krishna (2018). ‘Postcolonialism: The relevance for IR in a globalized world’ in
Randolph Persaud, Alina Sajed (Eds), Race, Gender, and Culture in International Relations
Postcolonial Perspectives, Routledge: NY, London.
Pinar Bilgin (2016). ‘How to remedy Eurocentrism in IR? A complement and a challenge for The
Global Transformation’, International Theory, 8(3), November: pp. 492-501.
d. Understanding the genealogy of IR discipline in India
Essential Readings
Navnita Chadha Behara (2007). “Re-imagining IR in India”, International Relations of the Asia-
Pacific 7(3): 341-68.

35
Kanti P. Bajpai and Siddharth Mallavarapu, eds. (2005). “International Relations in India:
Bringing Theory Back Home” New Delhi: Orient Longman. Chp.1. pp. 17-38
Additional Readings
Ramchandra Guha (2009). ‘Introduction’. In Tagore, R., Nationalism. New Delhi: Penguin.pp. vii-
ix.
T. V. Paul (2009).“ Integrating International Relations Scholarship in India into Global
Scholarship,” International Studies 46(1&2): 129-45.
Martin J. Bayly (2021). Lineages of Indian International Relations: The Indian Council on World
Affairs, the League of Nations, and the Pedagogy of Internationalism, The International History
Review, online first (pp. 1-17), DOI: 10.1080/07075332.2021.1900891.
S. Mallavarapu (2012). ‘Indian Thinking in International Relations’ in B.S.Chimni and Siddharth
Mallavarapu ed. International Relations: Perspectives for the Global South (New Delhi: Pearson,
2012), pp.22-38.
Unit 2. Theories of IR
a. Introduction to IR Theories
Essential Readings
Walt, Stephen M. (1998). “International Relations: One World, Many Theories.” Foreign Policy,
110: 29–46. https://doi.org/10.2307/1149275.
S. Mallavarapu (2009). Development of International Relations Theory in India. International
Studies, 46(1–2), 165–183. https://doi.org/10.1177/002088171004600211

<वCणु सतपथी और सWु मत कुमार पाठक (2010) 'अंतराXCDEय संबंधY के उपागम', तपन [ब\वाल (ए]डटर),
अंतराXCDEय सGब'ध, मैकWमलन पिKलशसX इं]डया WलWमटे ड (पCृ ठ संNया 1 -39).

वी एन ख'ना (2014) खंड एक: सैcधां2तक पdरवेश: अंतराXCDEय सGब'ध का पdरचय: यथाथXवाद,
नवयथाथXवाद, उदारवाद, नवउदारवाद (पCृ ठ संNया 1 -44), वी एन ख'ना, अंतराCDEय सGब'ध, <वकास
पिKलकेशन.

Additional Readings
Karen A. Mingst, Ivan M. Arreguín-Toft (2019). ‘Approaches to International Relations’ in
Essentials of International Relations (8th edition), Norton: Canada: pp. 3-18.
Toni Erskine (2013). Normative International Relations Theory in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and
Steve Smith (eds.) International Relations Theories, Discipline and Diversity. Oxford University
Press: UK, 3rd edition. pp. 36-58.
b. Realpolitique (Kautilya)/ Realism/ Neo-Realism
Essential Readings
Deepshikha Shahi (2019). "Kautilya Reincarnated: Steering Arthaśāstra Toward an Eclectic

36
Theory of International Relations” in Kautilya and the Non-Western IR Theory, Springer
International Publishing; Palgrave Pivot. pp.95-126.
Nirmal Jindal (2020). Kautilya’s Realpolitik’ in Nirmal Jindal, Kamal Kumar (eds.). International
Relations: Theory and Practice, Sage Publications, India. Pp.151-170.
Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith (eds.) (2013). International Relations Theories,
Discipline and Diversity. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 3rd edition. (Ch 3: Classical Realism,
pp. 59-76 by Richard Ned Lebow; and Ch 4: Structural Realism’ by John J. Mearsheimer- pp.77-
93).
Waltz, K.N (1990), ‘Realist Thought and Neorealist Theory’, Journal of International Affairs
Editorial Board, Vol.44, No.1, pp.21-37.
Additional Readings
S. Kalyanaraman (2015). ‘Arthashastra, Diplomatic History and the Study of International
Relations in India’, in Pradeep Kumar Gautam et. al. (eds.) Indigenous Historical Knowledge:
Kautilya and His Vocabulary, Volume 1, Pentagon Press: India, pp.1-4.
Medha Bisht (2015). ‘Revisiting the Arthasastra: Back to Understanding IR’ in Pradeep Kumar
Gautam et. al. (eds.) Indigenous Historical Knowledge: Kautilya and His Vocabulary, Volume 2,
Pentagon Press: New Delhi, pp. 20-31.
Cynthia Weber (2010). Realism: is international anarchy the permissive cause of war?’ In
International Relations Theory: A Critical Introduction, 3rd ed., New York: Routledge, pp. 13-36.
c. Liberalism/ Neo-liberalism
Essential Readings
Bruce Russett (2013). ‘Liberalism’ in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki and Steve Smith (eds.) International
Relations Theories, Discipline and Diversity, 3rd Edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp.
94-113.
Jennifer Sterling-Folker (2013). ‘Neoliberalism’ in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki and Steve Smith (eds.)
International Relations Theories, Discipline and Diversity, 3rd Edition, Oxford: Oxford University
Press, pp. 114-131.
Additional Readings
Robert Jackson, Georg Sørensen (2019). ‘Liberalism’ in Introduction to International Relations,
Theories and Approaches, Oxford University Press: New York, pp.107-142.
Jon C. W. Pevehouse and Joshua S. Goldstein (2018). International Relations, 11th Edition,
Pearson: US (Liberal and Social Theories, pp.83-121).
d. Marxism/ Neo-Marxism
Essential Readings
Mark Rupert (2013). ‘Marxism’ in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith (eds.) International
Relations Theories, Discipline and Diversity. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 3rd edition.
pp.153-170.

37
Cynthia Weber (2010). Neo-Marxism: is Empire the new world order? In International Relations
Theory A Critical Introduction, 3rd edition, New York: Routledge, pp.131-158.
Additional Readings
Stephanie Lawson (2015). Theories of International Relations, Contending Approaches to World
Politics, Polity Press: Cambridge, UK (Chapter 6-Marxism, Critical Theory and World Systems
Theory, pp.121-144).
Andrew Linklater (2005). ‘Marxism’ in Scott Burchill, Andrew Linklater, et al. Theories of
International Relations, Palgrave Macmillan, UK, US: pp. 110-137.
e. Feminism
Essential Reading
Ann Tickner, J. (2008). ‘Gender in World Politics’. in Baylis, J., Smith, S., and Owens, P. (eds.).
The Globalization of World Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press: pp. 262-277.
J. Ann Tickner and Laura Sjoberg. (2013). ‘Chapter 11-Feminism’ in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki,
and Steve Smith (eds.) International Relations Theories, Discipline and Diversity. Oxford
University Press: UK, 3rd edition. pp.205-222.

तपन [ब\वाल (2010) 'अंतराXCDEय संबंधY मf नारEवादE gि=टकोण: जे एन jटकनर ', अंतराXCDEय सGब'ध,
मैकWमलन पिKलशसX इं]डया WलWमटे ड, इं]डया। (पCृ ठ संNया 331-342)

Additional Reading
Helen M. Kinsella (2020) ‘Feminism’ in John Baylis, and Steve Smith, The globalisation of world
Politics An introduction to international relations, Oxford University Press, 8th Edition. pp 145-
159.
Chandra Talpade Mohanty (2003). Feminism without Borders Decolonizing Theory, Practicing
Solidarity, Duke University Press (‘Introduction-Decolonization, Anticapitalist Critique, and
Feminist Commitments’ pp. 1-16).
f. Constructivism
Essential Readings
Michael Barnett. (2020). ‘Chapter 12-Social constructivism’, in John Baylis, and Steve Smith, The
globalisation of world Politics An introduction to international relations, Oxford University Press,
8th Edition. pp. 192-206.
Robert Jackson, Georg Sørensen (2019). ‘Social Constructivism’ in Introduction to International
Relations, Theories and Approaches, Oxford University Press: New York, pp. 161-177.
Additional Readings
K. M. Fierke (2013). Constructivism in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith (Eds.),
International Relations Theories Discipline and Diversity, OUP: UK, NY, Sydney: pp. 187-204.
Stephanie Lawson (2015). Theories of International Relations, Contending Approaches to World

38
Politics, Polity Press: Cambridge (Ch 7: Social Theories of International Relations, pp.145-171).
Unit 3. Concepts
a. Power
Essential Readings
David A. Baldwin (2013). “Power and International Relations,” in Handbook of International
Relations, eds. Walter Carlsnaes, Thomas Risse, and Beth A. Simmons, Los Angeles, CA: Sage
Publications, pp. 273–274 & p. 280.
M. Barnett and R. Duvall (2005) Power in International Politics. International Organization 59
(1): pp. 39–75.
Additional Readings
Ohnesorge, H.W. (2020). Power in International Relations: Understandings and Varieties. In: Soft
Power. Global Power Shift. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-29922-4_2
Jan-Philipp N E Wagner (2014). The Effectiveness of Soft & Hard Power in Contemporary
International Relations. E-international Relations, May 14. Available at: https://www.e-
ir.info/2014/05/14/the-effectiveness-of-soft-hard-power-in-contemporary-international-relations/
b. Sovereignty
Essential Readings

Navnita Chadha Behera (2020).!"State and Sovereignty,#!in Arlene B. Tickner and Karen Smith,
eds., International Relations from the Global South: Worlds of Difference, London: Routledge:
pp.139-160.
Manish Kumar, ‘Revisiting Sovereignty through ancient Indian Notions of Dharma,’ Indian
Journal of Politics and International Relations, 11:1, 2018, pp. 23-37.
Additional Reading
Stephen D. Krasner (2001). “Sovereignty”, Foreign Policy,122 (Jan. - Feb): pp. 20-29.
A. Osiander (2001). Sovereignty, International Relations, and the Westphalian
Myth. International Organization, 55(2): pp.251-287.
c. Empire
Essential Readings
T. Barkawi (2010). Empire and Order in International Relations and Security Studies. Oxford
Research Encyclopedia of International Studies.
https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190846626.013.164
H. Münkler (2007). ‘What Is an Empire?’ (pp.1-18) and ‘Empire, Imperialism and Hegemony: A
Necessary Distinction’ (pp. 19-46) in Empires: The Logic of World Domination from Ancient
Rome to the United States. Cambridge: Polity Press.

39
Additional Readings
T. Barkawi and M. Laffey (2002). Retrieving the Imperial: Empire and International Relations.
Millennium, 31 (1), pp: 109–27.
Ferguson, Yale H. and Richard Mansbach, eds (2008). ‘Superpower, Hegemony, Empire’, in A
World of Polities: Essays on Global Politics, London: Routledge, pp. 200–215.
Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri (2000) Empire, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
(Chapter 1: ‘Political Constitution of the present’, sub part: ‘World Order'. pp. 3-21).
d. International Order
Essential Readings
Karen Smith (2020). ‘Order, Ordering and disorder’ in Tickner and Smith (Eds) IR from Global
South, London: Routledge. pp. 77-96.
Kanti P. Bajpai and Siddharth Mallavarapu (ed.) (2019). India, the West, and International Order.
Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, ‘Introduction’-pp.1-50.
Additional Readings
R. Baumann, K. Dingwerth (2015). Global governance vs empire: Why world order moves
towards heterarchy and hierarchy. Journal of International Relations and Development 18, 104–
128. https://doi.org/10.1057/jird.2014.6.
Upendra Baxi (2003). ‘Operation Enduring Freedom: Towards a New International Law and
Order?’ in Antony Anghie, Bhupinder Chimni, Karin Mickelson, and Obiora C. Okafor (eds.) The
Third World and International Order Law, Politics and Globalization, Brill Academic Publishers:
the Netherlands. Pp. 31-46.
Unit 4. Exploring the Future Trajectories
a. Global IR
Essential Readings
Amitav Acharya (2020) ‘Global International Relations’, in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve
Smith (Eds.) International Relations Theories Discipline and Diversity, 4th Edition, Oxford:
Oxford University Press. pp. 304-321.
F. Anderl and A. Witt (2020) Problematising the Global in Global IR. Millennium, 49 (1): 32-57.
Additional Readings
Deepshikha Shahi (2019). ‘Chapter 4: The Advaitic Theory of International Relations: Reconciling
Dualism and Monism in the Pursuit of the ‘Global’ in Advaita as a Global International Relations
Theory. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, NY: Routledge: pp.109-142.
Giorgio Shani and Navnita Chadha Behera (2021). ‘Provincialising International Relations
Through a Reading of Dharma,’ Review of International Studies. pp. 1-20.
https://doi.org/10.1017/S026021052100053X

40
b. A Relational Turn?
Essential Readings
Tamara A. Trownsell, Arlene B. Tickner, Amaya Querejazu, Jarrad Reddekop, Giorgio Shani,
Kosuke Shimizu, Navnita Chadha Behera and Anahita Arian, ‘Differing about difference:
relational IR from around the world’, International Studies Perspectives, 22:1, February 2021, pp.
25-64. https://doi.org/10.1093/isp/ekaa008
David L. Blaney, Tamara A. Trownsell (2021) Recrafting International Relations by Worlding
Multiply. Uluslararası İlişkiler Dergisi. pp. 45-62, https://dergipark.org.tr/en/download/article-
file/1937147.
Additional Readings
Tamara A. Trownsell, Amaya Querejazu, Giorgio Shani, Navnita Chadha Behera, Jarrad
Reddekop and Arlene B. Tickner Recrafting International Relations through Relationality,” E-
International Relations, January 2019, https://www.e-ir.info/2019/01/08/recrafting-international-
relations-through-relationality/;
Milja Kurki (2021). Relational revolution and relationality in IR: New conversations Review of
International Studies, page 1-16 doi:10.1017/S0260210521000127.

41
 DSC 7: Political Theory: Concepts and Debates

Course Objective
This course will familiarize students with the basic normative concepts in political theory and
encourage them to understand how they manifest in social practices while engaging in relevant
debates. The course will make use of these concepts, understood as values, in organizing our
collective life in a political community.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, the learner will be able to:
• Understand the dimensions of shared living through these political values and
concepts.
• Appreciate how these values and concepts enrich the discourses of political life,
sharpening their analytical skills in the process.

Unit 1: Freedom (3 weeks)

a) Liberty: Negative and Positive
b) Freedom, Emancipation, Swaraj
Debate: Free speech, expression and dissent

Unit 2: Equality (2 weeks)

a) Equality of opportunity and Equality of Outcome
b) Egalitarianism: Background inequalities and differential treatment
Debate: Affirmative action

Unit 3: Justice (2 weeks)

a) Justice: Procedural and Substantive
b) Rawls and his critics
Debate: Scope of Justice – National vs Global

Unit 4: Rights (2 weeks)

a) Rights: Natural, Moral and Legal
b) Rights and Obligations
Debate: Human Rights - Universalism or Cultural Relativism

Unit 5: Democracy (3 weeks)

a) Democracy: Idea and Practice
b) Liberal Democracy and its critics
c) Multiculturalism and Toleration Debate: Representation vs participation

42
 Unit wise reading list

1. Freedom
Riley, J. (2008) ‘Liberty’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York: Oxford
University Press, pp. 103-125.
Knowles, D. (2001) Political Philosophy. London: Routledge, pp. 69- 132.
Swift, A. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginner’s Guide for Students and Politicians.
Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 51-88.
Carter, I. (2003) ‘Liberty’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds), Political Concepts.
Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 4-15.
Smits, K. (2009). ‘Should Offensive Speech be Regulated?’, In Applying Political Theory: Issues
and Debates. Palgrave Macmillan, PP. 152-170.
Sethi, A. (2008) ‘Freedom of Speech and the Question of Censorship’, in Bhargava, R. and
Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 308-319.
2. Equality
Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginner’s Guide for Students and Politicians.
Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 91-132.
Casal, P. and William, A. (2008) ‘Equality’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 149-165.
Acharya, A. (2008) ‘Affirmative Action’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory:
An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 298-307.
Smits, K. (2009). ‘Is Affirmative Action Fair?’, in Applying Political Theory: Issues and Debates.
Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 65-85.
3. Justice
Menon, K. (2008) ‘Justice’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 74-86.
Wolf, J. (2008) ‘Social Justice’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 172-193.
Brock, G. (2008) ‘Global Justice’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 289-312.
4. Rights
Talukdar, P.S. (2008) ‘Rights’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 88-104.
Mckinnon, C. (2003) ‘Rights’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds), Political Concepts.
Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 16-27.

43
Campbell, T. (2008) ‘Human Rights’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 194-217.
V. Democracy
Srinivasan, J. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 106-128.
Owen, D. (2003) ‘Democracy’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds), Political Concepts.
Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 105-117.
Christiano, T. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 80-102.
Mookherjee, M. (2008) ‘Multiculturalism’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 218-240.
Seglow, J. (2003) ‘Multiculturalism’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds), Political
Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 156-168.
Galeotti, A. E. (2008) ‘Toleration’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 126-148.

Additional Resources:
Mill, J. S. (1991) On Liberty and Other Essays. ed. Jon Gray. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Berlin, I. (1969) ’Two Concepts of Liberty’, in Four Essays on Liberty. England: Oxford
University Press, pp. 118-172.
Rawls, J. (1971) A Theory of Justice. Harvard: Harvard University Press.
Dworkin, R. (1981) ‘What is equality? Part I: Equality of Welfare’, Philosophy and Public Affairs
10 (3), pp. 185-246.
Dworkin, R. (1981) ‘What is equality? Part II: Equality of Resources’, Philosophy and Public
Affairs 10 (3), pp. 185-243.
Dworkin, R. (1977) Taking Rights Seriously. London: Duckworth.
Dryzek, J. (2000) Deliberative Democracy and Beyond. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Miller, D. (2006) The Liberty Reader. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.
Knowles, Dudley. (2001) Political Philosophy. London: Routledge.
Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginner’s Guide for Students and Politicians.
Cambridge: Polity Press
Arblaster, A. (1994) Democracy. (2nd Edition). Buckingham: Open University Press.
Mendus, S. (ed.) (1999) The Politics of Toleration. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.

44
Readings in Hindi
भाग$व, र. और अशोक आचाया$ (सं), राजनी9तक ;सधांत: एक प@रचय, AदCलE: Fपएस$न, 2008.

कुमार, संजीव (सं.), राजनी9त ;सधांत कL समझ, AदCलE: ओ@रएंट PलैकRवान, 2019.

कुमार, संजीव (सं), राजनी9त ;सधांत : अवधारणाएँ और Fवमश$, नई AदCलE : सेज भाषा, 2021.

45
 DSC 8: Ancient and Medieval Indian Political Thought

Course Objective
The political thought which constitutes the dominant element of political Science is essentially
euro genetic and Eurocentric. What we study in our universities are ones which evolved and
developed with European and Anglo-American tradition. The conceptual framework and
discourses were product of societies and the forces amidst which they took birth and the shape.
That does not mean that India had no tradition of political thinking. This paper seeks to critically
engage with writers of ancient India who produced wonderful treatise on the statecraft and several
elements of government and governance. This includes the concept of monarchy, the forms of
government, the role of the state and state individual relationship.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading the course the students would be able to answer
1. What were the major institutions of government in ancient India and how did they
function?
2. How thinkers like Manu, Shukra, Brihaspati and Kautilya perceived the role of statecraft
in society?
3. What was the Nitisar tradition? How did it mark a difference from the Arthashastra
tradition?
4. The students will be able to answer how Kabir epitomised the syncretic traditions of India.
5. What was the political and economic ideas of Tiruvallur and what was his take on ethics?

Unit 1: Foundations of Indian Political Thought:

• An Overview on Sources of Indian Political Thought
• Cultural and Territorial conception of India
• Distinctive Features of Indian Political Thought

Unit 2 Manu:
• Authenticity of Manu smriti (Talking Point)
• Social Laws and Conception of Justice

Unit 3: Brihaspati: Statecraft, Justice, Inter-state Relations

Unit 4: Shukra/Usana
• Talking Point: Debate on the authenticity of Shukra-niti
• The Concept of Kingship and Statecraft in Shukra_Niti

46
Unit 5: Kautilya: Theory of State

Unit 6: Aggannasutta (Digha Nikaya): Theory of kingship

Unit 7: Tiruvalluvar: Ethical Life and Politics

Unit 8: Basavanna

Unit 9: Adi Shankracharya: Advaita

Unit 10: Kabir and Guru Nanak: Syncretism

Unit 11: Abu’l Fazl: Monarchy

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Foundations of Indian Political Thought:

V. R. Mehta (1992) Introduction, in Foundation of Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Manohar, pp.
1-11.
Brown, D. M. (1953). The Premises of Indian Political Thought. The Western Political Quarterly,
6(2), 243–249.
Suda, J. P. (1970). Dharma: Its Nature and Role in Ancient India. The Indian Journal of Political
Science, 31(4), 356–366.
Varma, Vishwanath Prasad (1953). Studies in Hindu Political Thought and its Metaphysical
Foundations, Motilal Banarsidas, Delhi.
Flood, Gavin (2003). The Blackwell Companion to Hinduism. Blackwell Publishing Ltd, UK.
Unit 2: Manu
Manu (2006) ‘Rules for Times of Adversity’, in P. Olivelle (ed. & trans.) Manu’s Code of Law: A
Critical Edition and Translation of the Manava- Dharamsastra, New Delhi: OUP, pp.208-213.
V. Mehta (1992) ‘The Cosmic Vision: Manu’, in Foundations of Indian Political Thought, Delhi:
Manohar, pp. 23- 39.
R. Sharma (1991) ‘Varna in Relation to Law and Politics (c 600 BC-AD 500)’, in Aspects of
Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, pp. 233- 251
P. Olivelle (2006) ‘Introduction’, in Manu’s Code of Law: A Critical Edition and Translation of
the Manava –Dharmasastra, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 3- 50.
Unit 3: Brihaspati: Statecraft, Justice, Inter-state Relations
Vajpeyi, Raghavendra (1966) Barhaspatya Rajya-Vyavastha: Political and Legal System of
Brhaspati. Chaukhamba Vidyabhawan, Varanasi.
Chousalkar Ashok S. (2018). Revisiting the Political Thought of Ancient India: Pre-Kautilyan

47
Arthashastra: SAGE Publications Pvt Ltd, Delhi.
Kane, P.V (1940). “Rajyashastras of Brihaspati, Usanas, Bhardwaj and Vishalaksh”. Journal of
the University of Bombay.
Unit 4: Shukra/Usana:
Nagar, Vandana (1985). Kingship in Shukra-Niti, Pushpa Prakashan, Delhi, India.
Varma, Vishwanath Prasad (December 1962). "Some Aspects of Public Administration in The
Sukraniti". Indian Journal of Political Science. 23 (1/4): 302–308.
Puntambekar, S. V. (1948). Some Aspects of Sukra’s Political Thought. The Indian Journal of
Political Science, 9(2/3), 1–12.
Unit 5: Kautilya: Theory of State
Kautilya (1997) ‘The Elements of Sovereignty’ in R. Kangle (ed. and trns.), Arthasastra of
Kautilya, New Delhi: Motilal Publishers, pp. 511- 514.
V. Mehta (1992) ‘The Pragmatic Vision: Kautilya and His Successor’, in Foundations of Indian
Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 88- 109.
R. Kangle (1997) Arthashastra of Kautilya-Part-III: A Study, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, pp. 116-
142.
Unit 6: Aggannasutta (Digha Nikaya): Theory of kingship
S. Collins (ed) (2001) Agganna Sutta: An Annotated Translation, New Delhi: Sahitya Academy,
pp. 44-49.
S. Collins (2001) ‘General Introduction’, in Agganna Sutta: The Discussion on What is Primary
(An Annotated Translation from Pali), Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, pp. 1- 26.
B. Gokhale (1966) ‘The Early Buddhist View of the State’, in The Journal of Asian Studies, Vol.
XXVI (1), pp. 15- 22.
Unit 7: Tiruvalluvar: Ethical Life and Politics
Maharajan, S. (2017), Makers of Indian Literature: Tiruvalluvar, Sahitya Akademi Publication,
New Delhi.
K. V. Nagarajan Thiruvalluvar’s Vision: Polity and Economy in Thirukkural, History of Political
Economy 37:1, 2005 by Duke University Press.
C.S. Srinivasachari, The Political Ideology of the Kural, Indian Journal of Political Science, Oct-
Dec 1949, pp 15-23
Norman Cutler, Interpreting Thirukural: The Role of the Commentary in the Creation of a Text,
Journal of the American Oriental Society, October- December 1992, Vol 112, No 4, pp 549-556
Unit 8: Basavanna
H. Thipperudraswamy, Basaveshwara, Sahitya Akademi, 1975.
Julia Leslie, Understanding Basava; History, Historiography, and a Modern Kannada Drama,
Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, university of London, 1998, Vol 61, No 2,
pp 228-261.

48
M. P. Samartha, Basava’s Spiritual Struggle, Religious Studies, Cambridge University Press, Sept
1977, Vol 13, No 3, pp 335-347.
Unit 9: Adi Shankracharya –Advaita
Koller, John, M. (2012) ‘Shankara’, in Chad Meister & Paul Copan (eds.), The Routledge
Companion to Philosophy of Religion, pp. 99 - 108.
Manilal Dvivedi, The Advaita Philosophy of Shankara, pp. 95-113. (Published by Department of
Oriental Studies, University of Vienna).
Chatterjee and Dutta (2007), An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, New Delhi: Rupa Publications,
pp 317 - 382.
Swami Mukhyananda (2006), Shri Shankaracharya: Life and Philosophy, Kolkata: Advaita
Ashram, pp. 1 - 64.
Unit 10: Kabir and Guru Nanak: Syncretism
Kabir. (2002) The Bijak of Kabir (translated by L. Hess and S. Singh), Delhi: Oxford University
Press, No. 30, 97, pp. 50- 51 & 69- 70.
V. Mehta (1992) Foundation of Indian Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 157- 183.
G. Omvedt (2008) ‘Kabir and Ravidas, Envisioning Begumpura’, in Seeking Begumpura: The
Social Vision of Anti Caste Intellectual, Delhi: Navayana, pp. 91- 107.
Unit 11: Abu’l Fazl: Monarchy
A. Fazl (1873) The Ain-i Akbari (translated by H. Blochmann), Calcutta: G. H. Rouse, pp. 47- 57.
V. Mehta (1992) ‘The Imperial Vision: Barni and Fazal’, in Foundations of Indian Political
thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 134- 156.
Additional Readings:
V.R.Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought. Delhi: 1992, Manohar
U.N.Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas: the ancient period and the period of transition
to the middle ages . OUP, Bombay, 1959
Himanshu Roy & M.P.Singh (eds.), Indian Political Thought, Pearson, Second edition, 2017.
Ankit Tomar & Suratha K Malik (eds.), Ancient and Medieval Indian Thought: Themes and
Traditions. Sage. 2020

49
 DSC 9: Constitutional Government and Democracy in India

Course Objective
The aim of this course is to enable students to know the constitutional design of government and
political institutions in India. The purpose is to understand how liberty, equality and justice,
territorial decentralization and federalism, development and democracy, serve as values on which
constitutional democracy in India is premised. The course traces the contestations over how these
values were incorporated in the Constitution, and demonstrates the manner in which they played
out in practice. It encourages students to see how institutional practices and constitutional design
are impacted by the political contexts within which they unfold. The relationship between
emergency provisions, constitutionalism and democracy offers significant insights into these
processes. The course helps develop an understanding of how the different organs of government
exist in an institutional matrix which is characterised by conflict and cooperation, division of
powers in an asymmetrical federal arrangement, protection of the vulnerable against
discrimination on the grounds of cases, class, ethnicity and gender, and decentralisation of power
to facilitate participatory governance at local levels. The course is expected to enable students to
develop the ability to comprehend the r relationships between constitutionalism, democracy and
governance by using concepts and analytical frameworks informed by the scholarly literature on
the subject buttressed by empirical details.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students will demonstrate:
• understanding the specificities of Indian constitutionalism through a reading of the
Constituent Assembly debates
• familiarity with the debates around constitutional architecture, institutional design and
practice, and constitutional democracy
• awareness of the manner in which government functions through its various organs
• understanding of the division of power between various organs of the government at
different levels.

Unit 1. The Constituent Assembly and the Constitution

a) Philosophy of the Constitution, the Preamble, and features of the Constitution.
b) Citizenship, Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles and Fundamental Duties

Unit 2. Organs of Government

a) The Legislature: Power and Functions of Parliament, Debates on Representation in
Parliament.
b) The Executive: Election, Power, Functions and the changing role of President and
Prime Minister.
c) The Judiciary: Appointment of Judges in High Courts and the Supreme Court, Power
and Functions of High Courts and the Supreme Court.

50
Unit 3. Federalism and Decentralization
a) Centre-State Relations, Asymmetrical Federalism
b) The Panchayats and Municipalities

Unit 4. Constitutional Provisions and National Security Laws

a) Emergency Provisions
b) Preventive Detention and National Security Laws

Classics

The Nehru Committee Report: An Anti-Separatist Manifesto (1928), The Committee Appointed by
the All Parties’ Conference, New Delhi: Michiko & Panjathan.

Shriman Narayan Agarwal (1946), Gandhian Constitution for Free India, Foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi, Kitabistan, Allahabad.

Shiva Rao (1968), The Framing of India’s Constitution, A Study, Indian Institute of Public
Administration, New Delhi, printed by Government of India Press, Nasik, distributed by N.M.
Tripathi Pvt. Ltd, Bombay.

Unit wise reading list

1. The Constituent Assembly and the Constitution

a. Philosophy of the Constitution, the Preamble, and Features of the Constitution
G. Austin (2010), ‘The Constituent Assembly: Microcosm in Action’, in The Indian Constitution:
Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 15th print, pp.1-25.
R. Bhargava (2008), ‘Introduction: Outline of a Political Theory of the Indian Constitution’, in R.
Bhargava (ed.) Politics and Ethics of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp. 1-40.
A. Thiruvengadam (2017), The Constitution of India, A Contextual Analysis, Oxford:
Bloomsbury, Ch. ‘Origins and the Crafting of the Constitution’, pp.11-38.
D.D. Basu (2012), Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi: Lexis Nexis.
S.K. Chaube (2009), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi: National Book
Trust [Ch.III: The Spirit of the Indian Constitution, pp.21-29].
Bipan Chandra, M Mukherjee, A Mukherjee (2000), India After Independence, 1947-2000, [Ch.4.
The Evolution of the Constitution and Main Provisions, pp.31-48, Ch.5. The Architecture of the
Constitution: Basic Features and Institutions, pp.49-67.]

51
b. Citizenship, Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles and Fundamental Duties
The Constitution of India, Part II, Part III, Part IV and Part IV A
S.K. Chaube (2010), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: National
Book Trust [Chapter V: ‘The Rights of the Indians’, pp.33-61]
Madhav Khosla (2012), The Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press [Chapter 3:
pp.87-148]
Subhash Kashyap (2017), Our Constitution: An Introduction to India’s Constitution and
Constitutional Law, New Delhi: National Book Trust.
V. Rodrigues (2008), ‘Citizenship and the Indian Constitution’, in R. Bhargava (ed.) Politics and
Ethics of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.164-188.
A. Roy (2016), Citizenship in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Ch.1 and Ch.2.
MHRD (1999), Fundamental Duties of Citizens: Report of the Committee set up by the
Government of India to Operationalize the Suggestions to Teach Fundamental Duties to the
Citizens of the Country, Volume I, Delhi: Government of India.
G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 3: The Conscience of the Constitution: The Fundamental
Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy – I, pp.50-83; Chapter 4: Fundamental Rights – II,
pp.84-115].
2. Organs of Government
a. The Legislature
The Constitution of India, Part V, Chapter II
S. K. Chaube (2009), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi: National Book
Trust [Ch. IX: The Union Government II: The Legislature, pp.132-161]
B. Shankar and V. Rodrigues (2011), ‘The Changing Conception of Representation: Issues,
Concerns and Institutions’, in The Indian Parliament: A Democracy at Work, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp. 105-173.
M.R. Madhavan (2017), ‘Parliament’, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.) Rethinking
Public Institutions in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 67-103.
A. Thiruvengadam (2017), The Constitution of India, A Contextual Analysis, Oxford: Bloomsbury
[Ch.2 Parliament and the Executive, pp.39-70]
Shirin M. Rai and Carole Spary (2019), Performing Representation: Women Members in the
Indian Parliament, New Delhi: Oxford University Press [Ch.4: Representative Women? Presence
and Performance of Intersectionality, pp.123-167; Ch. 5: Women Members of Parliament:
Presence and Participation in Parliamentary Debates, pp.168-209]
V. Hewitt and S. Rai (2010), ‘Parliament’, in P. Mehta and N. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford Companion
to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 28-42.

52
G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 6: The Legislature – Unity Through Popular Government,
pp.144-163]
b. The Executive
The Constitution of India, Part V, Chapter I and III
S.K. Chaube (2009), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi: National Book
Trust [Ch. VIII: The Union Government I: The Executive, pp.100-131].
James Manor (2017), ‘The Presidency’, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.) Rethinking
Public Institutions in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 33-66.
J. Manor (1994), ‘The Prime Minister and the President’, in B. Dua and J. Manor (eds.) Nehru to
the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India, Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press, pp. 20-47.
H. Khare (2003), ‘Prime Minister and the Parliament: Redefining Accountability in the Age of
Coalition Government’, in A. Mehra and G. Kueck (eds.) The Indian Parliament: A Comparative
Perspective, New Delhi: Konark, pp. 350-368.
G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 5: The Executiy: Strength With Democracy, pp.116-143]
c. The Judiciary
The Constitution of India, Part V, Chapter IV; Part VI, Chapter V
Arghya Sengupta (2019), Independence and Accountability of the Indian Higher Judiciary, New
Delhi, Cambridge University Press, Ch.2 ‘Appointments to the Higher Judiciary’, pp.13-62.
Upendra Baxi (1989), The Indian Supreme Court and Politics, The Eastern Book Company,
Lucknow.
Madhav Khosla and Anant Padmanabhan (2017), ‘The Supreme Court’, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta
and M Vaishnav (eds.) Rethinking Public Institutions in India, New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp. 104-138.
R. Ramachandran (2006), ‘The Supreme Court and the Basic Structure Doctrine’ in B. Kirpal et.al
(eds.) Supreme but not Infallible: Essays in Honour of the Supreme Court of India, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. 107-133.
P. Khanna (2008) (second impression 2015), ‘The Indian Judicial System’ in Kamala Sankaran
and U.K. Singh (ed.,) Towards Legal Literacy: An Introduction to Law in India, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
B. Chakrabarty (2017), Indian Constitution, Text, Context and Interpretation, SAGE, New Delhi,
Ch.17, Judiciary in India, pp.269-293.
U. Baxi (2010), ‘The Judiciary as a Resource for Indian Democracy’, Seminar, Issue 615, pp.61-
67.
L. Rudolph and S. Rudolph (2008), ‘Judicial Review Versus Parliamentary Sovereignty’, in

53
Explaining Indian Institutions: A Fifty Year Perspective, 1956-2006: Volume 2: The Realm of
Institutions: State Formation and Institutional Change. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.
183-210.
G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 7: The Judiciary and the Social Revolution, pp.164-185]
3. Federalism and Decentralization
a. Federalism
The Constitution of India, Part XI
R. Dhawan and R. Saxena (2006), ‘The Republic of India’, in K. Roy, C. Saunders and J.Kincaid
(eds.) A Global Dialogue on Federalism, Volume 3, Montreal: Queen’s University Press, pp. 166-
197
M.P. Singh and Rekha Saxena (2013), Federalising India in the Age of Globalisation, Primus New
Delhi: Books [Ch.6: Asymmetrical Federalism, pp.79-93]
L. Tillin (2019), Indian Federalism, Oxford India Short Introduction series, Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
Louise Tillin (2013) Remapping India: New States and their Political Origins, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press [Ch.1: Introduction: The Compromise Politics of Statehood, pp.1-26; Ch.2:
History of Territorial Design and Federal Thought in India, pp.27-66]
b. The Panchayats and Municipalities
The Constitution of India, Part IX and IXA
Kuldeep Mathur (2013), Panchayati Raj, Oxford India Short Introductions, New Delhi, Oxford
University Press.
James Manor (2010), ‘Local Governance’ in P.B. Mehta and N.G. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 61-79.
P. deSouza (2002) ‘Decentralization and Local Government: The Second Wind of Democracy in
India’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living Constitution: Ideas,
Practices and Controversies, New Delhi: Permanent Black, pp. 370-404.
M. John (2007) ‘Women in Power? Gender, Caste and Politics of Local Urban Governance’, in
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 42(39), pp. 3986-3993.
4. Constitutional Provisions and National Security Laws
The Constitution of India, Article 22, Part XVIII
S. K. Chaube (2010), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: National
Book Trust [Ch. VIV: The Emergencies, pp.243-249]
V. Marwah (1995), ‘Use and Abuse of Emergency Powers: The Indian Experience’, in B. Arora
and D. Verney (eds.) Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Federalism in a Comparative
Perspective, Delhi: Konark, pp. 136-159.

54
A.G. Noorani (2011), Challenges to Civil Rights Guarantees in India, SAHRDC, New Delhi
[Chapter 1: Preventive Detention in India, pp.1-34; Chapter 9: Armed Forces (Special Powers)
Act, pp.265-276].
U.K. Singh (2015), ‘Anti-terror laws and Human Rights’ in Kamala Sankaran and Ujjwal Kumar
Singh (ed.) Towards Legal Literacy, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.pp181-197.
G Haragopal, B Jagannatham (2009), ‘Terrorism and Human Rights: Indian Experience with
Repressive Laws’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 44(28), pp. 76-85.
SAHRDC (2006), Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India: The System
and Procedure, Oxford University Press, New Delhi [Chapter 6: Detention, pp.72-84]
Venkat Iyer (2000), States of Emergency: The Indian Experience, Butterworths, New Delhi.
D.P. Jinks (2001) ‘The Anatomy of an Institutionalized Emergency: Preventive Detention and
Personal Liberty in India’, Michigan Journal of International Law, Vol.22(2), pp.323-350
U K Singh (2011), ‘Mapping Anti-terror Legal Regimes in India’ in Victor Ramraj et.al (ed.),
Global Anti-Terrorism Law and Policy, 2ndEdition, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
pp.420-446.
Hindi Readings:

ु मा रॉय (2017). ‘रा]^, संFवधान और नाग@रकता’, नाग@रकता का R`ी-पb (अन.ु ) कमल नयन चौबे, नयी
अनप
AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन. प]ृ ठ 186-237.

एस. के. चौबे (2011), भारतीय संFवधान, रचना एवं काय$, एनबीटE, AदCलE

jेनFवल ऑिRटन (2017), भारतीय संFवधान: रा]^ कL आधार;शला, अनव

ु ादक: नरे श गोRवामी, नयी AदCलE:
वाणी eकाशन.

जॉज$ मैmय,ू भारत मo पंचायती राज: प@रeेpय और अनभ

ु व, नई AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन

डीडीबसु (1989), भारतकासंFवधान: एकप@रचय (दसवांसंRकरण, 2013), लेिrसस नेिrसस.

महo t eसाद ;संह एवं Aहमांशु रॉय (सं.) (2013), भारतीय राजनी9तक eणालE: सरं चना, नी9त एवं Fवकास, AदCलE:
AहuदE माvयम काया$uवयन 9नदे शालय, AदCलE FवwवFवxयालय.

माधव खोसला (2018). भारत का संFवधान, नयी AदCलE: ऑrसफड$ य9ू नव;स$टE eेस.

सभ
ु ाष काwयप (2016), संवध
ै ा9नक-राजनी9तक {यवRथा: शासन eणालE और 9नवा$चन e}~या, नई AदCलE:
राजकमल eकाशन.

55
 DSC 10: Public Administration in India

Course Objective
The paper seeks to provide an introduction to the different dimensions of public administration in
India. It seeks to acquaint the student with an analytical and critical understanding of the institution
of Indian bureaucracy, with issues of decentralization, financial management, public
accountability, e-governance and some specific dimensions of citizens and social welfare policies.

Course Learning Outcomes

With this course, we expect that students will be able to:
• Have a clear picture of the complex institutional structure of Indian administration at
present
• Understand the building blocks of local governance, in rural and urban areas
• Explain the processes by which different budgeting systems work for this structure
• Analyse the processes of implementation of different social welfare policies by the
administrative institutions.

Unit 1. Indian Administration

a. Structure of the Civil Services: Evolution
i. Colonial Legacy
ii. Civil Service in the Constitutional Framework; appointment training,
promotion
iii. PMO, Cabinet Secretariat
iv. Major Initiatives in Administrative Reforms

Unit 2. Decentralization and Local Self Governance

a. Meaning and Types: Rural and Urban
b. PRIs and implementation of public policies

Unit 3. Budget
a. Concept of Budget and Budget Cycle in India
b. Types of Budget: Line Budget, Performance Planning Budget, Zero Based Budget
c. Budget making: role of the Finance Ministry

Unit 4. Technology and Public Administration in India

a. E-Governance: The Journey of E-Governance in India
b. Models of E-Governance: Case-Study of Digital India Mission

56
Unit 5. Social Welfare Policies
a. Education: Right to Education
b. Health: National Health Mission
c. Food: Right to Food Security
d. Employment: MGNREGA

Unit 6. Issues and Debates in Indian Administration

a. Ethics in Administration: Integrity vs. Corruption
b. Accountability: RTI, Lokpal, Citizens’ Charter
c. Relationship between Political Executive and Permanent Executive
d. Generalists and Specialists
e. Gender sensitivity and gender participation

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1. Indian Administration

Basic Readings
K.S. Chalam, ‘Constitutional Status Of Civil Service In India’ in K.S. Chalam [ed.], Governance
in South Asia: State of The Civil Services, Sage Publishers, 2014.
Devesh Kapur and Pratap Bhanu Mehta, Public Institutions in India: Performance and Design,
Oxford University Press, 2007.
Second ARC Report, Report X, Personnel Administration and Scaling New Heights, 2005
[https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/personnel_administration10.pdf]
Swarup, Anil, Ethical Dilemmas of a Civil Servant, Unique Publishers, 2021
Second ARC Report, 2005, Report IV, Ethics in Governance,
[https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/ethics4.pdf]
Bhure Lal, ‘Civil Service Values and Neutrality’in K.S. Chalam [ed.], Governance in South Asia:
State of The Civil Services, Sage Publishers, 2014
Additional Readings
Mathur, K. Recasting Public Administration in India: Reform, Rhetoric and Neo- liberalism New
Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2019.
Chakrabarty, Bidyut and Mohit Bhattacharya, The Governance Discourse- A Reader, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, 2008
Gupta, Deepak, The Steel Frame: A History of the IAS, Roli Books, 2019.
Caiden, Gerald E., 2009, Administrative Reforms, Aldine Transaction, Chicago, 2009.

57
N. Bhaskar. Rao, Good Governance: Delivering Corruption-Free Public Services, Sage Publishers,
2013.
R. K. Sapru, Indian Administration: A Foundation of Governance, Sage, 2018.
Unit 2. Decentralization and Local Self Governance
Basic Readings
Bardhan, Pranab and Dilip Mookherjee, ‘The Rise of Local Governments: An Overview’, in
Pranab Bardhan,And Dilip Mookherjee [eds.] Decentralisation and Local Governance in
Developing Countries: A Comparative Perspective, Oxford University Press, 2007
Amitabh Kundu, ‘Urban System in India: Trends, Economic Base, Governance, and a Perspective
of Growth under Globalization’ in Waquar Ahmed, Amitabh Kundu, Richard Peet [eds.] , India's
New Economic Policy: A Critical Analysis, Routledge, 2010.
B.P. Syam Roy, Democratic Decentralization in West Bengal, in E. Venkatesu, Democratic
Decentralisation in India: Experiences, Issues and Challenges, Routledge [South Asia Edition],
2016
Bhagidari Scheme in Delhi; Partnership Between Local Government and Non-State
Agencies/Actors; https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/25833/1/Unit-10.pdf
Jawed Alam Khan, ‘Issues in Devolution of Functions, Functionaries and Funds to PRIs: A
Comparative Assessment of UP, Rajasthan and Kerala in 2016’, in E. Venkatesu, Democratic
Decentralisation In India: Experiences, Issues And Challenges, Routledge, 2016
Lalita Chandrashekhar, ‘Caste, Party and Democratic Decentralisation in Karnataka’ in B.S.
Baviskar and George Mathew [eds.] Inclusion and Exclusion in Local Governance: Field Studies
from Rural India, Sage Publishers, 2009
Additional Readings
Jayal, N.G., Amit Prakash and P.K.Sharma, Local Governance in India: Decentralization and
Beyond, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2006.
Satyajit Singh, The Local in Governance: Politics, Decentralisation and Environment, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 2016.
Satyajit Singh and Pradeep K. Sharma [eds.] Decentralisation: Institutions and Politics in Rural
India, Oxford University Press, 2007.
D. A. Rondinelli and S. Cheema, Decentralisation and Development, Beverly Hills: Sage
Publishers, 1983.
Chandni Singh and Andaleeb Rehman, Urbanising the Rural: Reflections on India’s National
Rurban Mission, Asia and Pacific Policy Studies, March 2018
Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen, India: Development and Participation, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2002
Mehra, Diya, What Has Urban Decentralization Meant: A Case Study of Delhi, Pacific Affairs,
Volume 86, No. 4, December 2013

58
Mary John, ‘Women in Power? Gender, Caste and The Politics of Local Urban Governance’, in
T.R. Raghunandan [ed.] Decentralization and Local Government: The Indian experience, Orient
BlackSwan, 2013
Unit 3. Budget
Basic Readings
Karnam, Gayithri (ed.), Public Budgeting in India, Principles and Practices, Springer, 2018.
Nicholas Henry, Public Administration and Public Affairs. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2012.
Rumki Basu, Public Administration: Concepts and Theories, Sterling Publishers, 2013.
Additional Readings
Green Budgeting in Annual Budget 2022; https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/climate-
change/how-green-is-union-budget-2022-23--81354
Green Budgeting; https://www.oecd.org/environment/green-budgeting/OECD-Green-Budgeting-
Framework-Highlights.pdf
Handbook on Gender Budgeting.; https://wcd.nic.in/sites/default/files/GB%20-
%20Handbook%20October%202015.pdf
Caiden, N., ‘Public Budgeting Amidst Uncertainty and Instability’, in Shafritz, J.M. & Hyde, A.C.
(eds.) Classics of Public Administration, Belmont: Wadsworth, 2004
Siuli Sarkar, Public Administration In India, PHI Publishers,2010
Unit 4-6
Basic Readings
Shamshad Ahmad, Right to Information: Issues of Administrative Efficiency, Public
Accountability and Good Governance in India, The Indian Journal of Public Administration, Vol
LV, January- March, No. 3, 2009
Preeti D. Pohekar , A Study of Ombudsman System in India with Special Reference to Lokayukta
in Maharashtra , Gyan Publishing House, 2010
Shivani Singh, Citizen’s Charter, in Governance: Issues and Challenges, Sage Publishers, 2016
Dhal, Sangita, 2022, E-Governance and Citizen Engagement: New Directions in Public
Administration, Sage Publishers
Dhal, Sangita, ‘Situating Digital India Mission in Pursuit of Good Governance: A Study of
Electronic Governance Initiatives’, Indian Journal of Public Administration, Sage Publication,
January-March (66.1), pp 110-126, 2020
Tillin, Louise Rajeshwari Deshpande and K. K. Kailash [eds.], Politics of Welfare: Comparisons
Across Indian States. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2015
Khera, Reetika,(ed.), 2011, The Battle For Employment Guarantee, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2011

59
Additional Readings
N.Vittal, ‘Accountability in Public Service’in K.S. Chalam [ed.], Governance in South Asia: State
of The Civil Services, Sage Publishers, 2014
Second ARC Report, Report 1, Right to Information, 2005,
https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/rti_masterkey1.pdf
Samuel Paul, India's Citizen's Charters: In Search of a Champion, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol. 43, No. 7, Feb. 16 - 22, 2008, pp. 67-73
Pippa Norris, Digital Divide: Civic Engagement, Information, Poverty and The Internet World
Wide. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001
Chaudhuri, Bidisha, E-Governance In India-Interlocking, Politics, Technology and Culture,
Routledge, New York, 2014
Dhal, Sangita, Enabling Social Rights through Proactive Public Policy: Auditing Education and
Health Sectors in India, Indian Journal of Public Administration, Volume 52, No.1, New Delhi,
2016
Renu Srivastava, Impact of Central Sponsored Schemes on Women Empowerment with Special
Reference to Health and Education, Kamlesh Gupta, State and Public Policy, Pentagon Press, 2018
Rukmini Banerji, ‘Learning for All: Lessons from ASER and Pratham in India on the Role of
Citizens and Communities in Improving Children’s Learning’ in Sungsup Ra, Shanti Jagannathan
and Rupert Maclean, Powering a Learning Society During an Age of Disruption, Springer
Publishers, 2021 [https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-981-16-0983-1_13]
K. Lee and Mills, The Economic of Health in Developing Countries, Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 1983
Vinod Kumar, Socio-Economic Impact of MGNREGA on Rural People: A Study in Mandi District
of Himachal Pradesh, Indian Journal of Public Administration, Sage Publication, January-March
(59.2), 2013 [https://doi.org/10.1177/0019556120130213]
Anjoo Sharan Upadhyaya, Ashild Kolas and Ruchita Beri, Food Governance in India: Rights,
Security and Challenges in The Global Sphere, Routledge, 2022.

60
 DSC 11: Concepts in Comparative Political Analysis

Course Objective
This paper offers critical perspectives into salient concepts in comparative politics. These concepts
provide the tools for understanding political processes and institutions through comparisons across
political systems and political regimes. The course aims to make students familiar with electoral
systems and party system to make sense of the different ways in the representation is achieved.
The experiences with constitutionalism and constitutional designs which facilitate federal sharing
of power, the ideas of nationalism in anti-colonial movements, and development models that have
driven nation and state building processes across the world comprise the core themes of this course.
The course attempts to cover these themes by deploying concepts which provide the lens for
understanding different political systems and processes reinforced with examples and case studies.

Course Learning Outcomes

After studying this course, the students would
a. acquire an understanding of a range of concepts such as nationalism and constitutionalism
b. learn how to distinguish between different kinds of political systems based on their
electoral design and party systems
c. demonstrate knowledge of federal designs and ideas of political community based on
different notions of nationalism
d. understand development models historically and empirically

Unit 1. Socio-Economic Structures

Capitalism, Socialism, Colonialism and Neo-liberalism

Unit 2. Nationalism and anti-colonial struggles

Nation as an imagined community, Civic and Ethnic nationalisms, Idelogical basis of
anti-colonial nationalism (Gandhi, Mao, Frantz Fanon and Amilcar Cabral)

Unit 3. Constitutionalism
Evolution of the idea of constitutionalism, post-colonial constitutionalism

Unit 4. Federalism
Historical context
Federation and Confederation: debates around territorial division of power.

Unit 5. State and Regime types

Capitalist, Welfare, Populist and Security state

Unit 6. Electoral System

Definition and procedures: Types of electoral systems (First Past the Post, Proportional
Representation, Mixed Representation

61
Unit 7. Party System
Historical contexts of emergence of political parties, types of parties and party systems.

Unit wise Reading list:

1. Socio-Economic Structures
a. Capitalism
R. Suresh (2010) Economy & Society -Evolution of Capitalism, New Delhi, Sage Publications,
pp.151-188; 235-268.
G. Ritzer (2002) ‘Globalization and Related Process I: Imperialism, Colonialism, Development,
Westernization, Easternization’, in Globalization: A Basic Text. London: Wiley- Blackwell, pp.
63-84.
M. Dobb (1950) ‘Capitalism’, in Studies in the Development of Capitalism. London: Routledge
and Kegan Paul Ltd, pp. 1-32.
E. Wood (2002) ‘The Agrarian origin of Capitalism’, in Origin of Capitalism: A Long View.
London: Verso, pp. 91-95; 166-181.
A. Hoogvelt (2002) ‘History of Capitalism Expansion’, in Globalization and Third World Politics
London: Palgrave, pp. 14-28.
b. Socialism
A. Brown (2009) ‘The Idea of Communism’, in Rise and Fall of Communism, Harpercollins, pp.
1-25; 587-601.
J. McCormick (2007) ‘Communist and Post-Communist States’, in Comparative Politics in
Transition, United Kingdom: Wadsworth, pp. 195-209
R. Meek (1957) ‘The Definition of Socialism: A Comment’, The Economic Journal. 67 (265),
pp.135-139.
2. Nationalism and anti-colonial struggles
B. Anderson, Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism, Verso,
2006 (1983).
U. Ozkirimli (2010), Theories of Nationalism: A Critical Introduction, Palgrave Macmillan.
H.B. Davis, Towards a Marxist Theory of Nationalism, Monthly Review Press, New York, 1978
(Chapter 8: Social Classes and the Formation of Nation: Fanon, Cabral, and the African Liberation
Struggle, pp. 202- 239)
3. Constitutionalism
C. Mcllwain (1940 [2007]), Constitutionalism: Ancient and Modern, Cornell University Press.

62
U. Baxi (2000) ‘Postcolonial Legality’, in Henry and Sangeeta Ray eds., A Companion to
Postcolonial Studies, Blackwell, pp.540-555.
4. Federalism
M. Burgess (2006) Comparative Federalism: Theory and Practice. London: Routledge, pp. 135-
161.
R. Watts (2008) ’Introduction’, in Comparing Federal Systems. Montreal and Kingston: McGill
Queen’s University Press, pp. 1-27
R. Saxena (2011) ‘Introduction’, in Saxena, R (eds.) Varieties of Federal Governance: Major
Contemporary Models. New Delhi: Cambridge University Press, pp. xii-x1.
5. State and Regime Types
Lindstaedt N. (2020) Authoritarian Regimes, in D. Caramani (ed.), Comparative Politics, Oxford
University Press, Ch 6. Pp.103-115
Busch, Andreas (2015), The Changing Architecture of the National Security State’, in Stephan
Leibfried, Evelyn Huber, Mattew Large, Jonah D. Levy and John D. Stephens (eds.), The Oxford
Handbook of Transformations of State, Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Webb, E. (2011) ‘Totalitarianism and Authoritarianism’, in Ishiyama, J. T. and Breuning, M.(eds.)
21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage, pp. 249-257.
Mudde Cas and Kaltwasser Cristóbal Rovira (2017), What is Populism (Ch 1), Populism around
the world (Ch 2) in Populism: A Very Short Introduction, OUP
Garland, David (2016) Ch 1, Ch 6, Ch 7, in The Welfare State: A Very Short Introduction, OUP.
Hague, R. and Harrop, M. (2004) ‘The state in a global context’, in Comparative Government and
Politics: An Introduction. London: Palgrave McMillan, pp. 17-34.
Kesselman, M. (2007) The Politics of Globalization. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, pp.
330- 339.
Rosenzweig, Paul (2016) Lecture 1- Security, Liberty, or Neither, and Lecture 4- Surveillance in
America, in: The Surveillance State, Big Data, Freedom, and You, Course Guidebook, Teaching
Company.
Mabee, B. (2009) The ‘Security State’ and the Evolution of Security Provision. in: The
Globalization of Security. New Security Challenges Series. Palgrave Macmillan, London.
Kersbergen K V and Philip Manow (2020) The Welfare State in D Caramani (ed.), Comparative
Politics, Oxford University Press, Ch.21, pp. 376-394
Mabee, B. (2009). The ‘Security State’ and the Evolution of Security Provision.in: The
Globalization of Security. New Security Challenges Series. Palgrave Macmillan, London.
Miliband, Ralph (1973), The State in Capitalist Society, Quartet Books
Newton, K. and Deth, Jan W. V. (2010) Welfare (Ch 17), Foundations of Comparative Politics:
Democracies of the Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

63
6. Electoral System
A. Heywood (2002) ‘Representation, Electoral and Voting’, in Politics. New York: Palgrave, pp
223-245.
Downs, W. M. (2011) ‘Electoral Systems in Comparative Perspectives’, in Ishiyama, J. T. and
Breuning, M. (eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage, pp.
159-167.
A. Evans (2009) ‘Elections Systems’, in J. Bara and M. Pennington (eds.) Comparative politics,
New Delhi: Sage, pp. 93-119.
R. Moser, and S. Ethan (2004) ‘Mixed Electoral Systems and Electoral System Effects: Controlled
Comparison and Cross-national Analysis’, in Electoral Studies. 23, pp. 575-599.
7. Party System
Caramani, D. (2020) ‘Party Systems’, in Caramani, D. (ed.) Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, Ch.13, pp. 231-251.
Choudhary, Sunil K. (2018), Theorizing Parties and Party Systems, in The Changing Face of
Parties and Party Systems, A Study of Israel and India, Palgrave Macmillan.
A. Cole (2011) ‘Comparative Political Parties: Systems and Organizations’, in J. Ishiyama, and
M. Breuning (eds) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage
Publications, pp. 150-158.
A. Heywood (2002) ‘Parties and Party System’, in Politics. New York: Palgrave, pp. 247-268.
B. Criddle (2003) ‘Parties and Party System’, in R. Axtmann (ed.) Understanding Democratic
Politics: An Introduction. London: Sage Publications, pp. 134-142.
Additional Readings:
Bara, J & Pennington, M. (eds.). (2009) Comparative Politics. New Delhi: Sage.
Caramani, D. (ed.). (2020) Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Fifth Ed.
Hague, R. and Harrop, M. McCormick J. (2016) Comparative Government and Politics: An
Introduction (Tenth Edition). London: Palgrave McMillan.
Ishiyama, J.T. and Breuning, M. (eds.). (2011) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book.
Los Angeles: Sage.
Newton, K. and Deth, Jan W. V. (2010) Foundations of Comparative Politics: Democracies of the
Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
O’Neil, P. (2009) Essentials of Comparative Politics (3rd Edition). New York: WW. Norton &
Company, Inc.
Roy Macridis (1966) The Study of Comparative Government, Random House.

64
 DSC 12: Global Politics

Course Objective
This course aims to familiarize the students with key concepts and issues of global politics by
providing an overall frame that de-centres the Eurocentric notion of the origins and development
of global politics and introduces students to the alternative locations of global politics through
history as well as in the contemporary contexts. Through the conceptual frames of geo-politics,
geo-economics and geo-strategy, students will learn about various dimensions of the contemporary
dynamics of global politics. Students will debate questions of dominance, control, and identity by
examining the cultural frames of global politics. The course also offers insights into key and
pressing contemporary global issues ranging from climate change, nuclear proliferation and
migration to the rise and impact of global terrorism and, human security. It also discusses politics
at the grassroots level through the lens of global social movements in an interconnected world.
Throughout, the course attempts to foreground the perspectives from the Global South in order to
pluralize and truly globalize the domain of global politics.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students would acquire
• a basic clarity on the meaning, nature and significance of global politics.
• ability to analyse global politics beyond its conventional Eurocentric accounts.
• conceptual tools to understand its dynamics in the contemporary context.
• an understanding of the debates on the changing nature of global politics in terms of de-
globalization and post-globalization along with territorialization and deterritorialization.
• the ability to understand the operational aspects of geo-politics, geo-economics, and geo-
strategy in the context of global politics.
• the skills to analyze discourses on cultural frames of global politics
• an enhanced understanding of contemporary global issues like- ecology, environment,
proliferation of nuclear weapons, global terrorism, human security, and migration.

Unit 1: Locating Global Politics (4 Lectures)

Unit 2: Changing Nature of Global Politics (14 Lectures)

a. Globalization to de-globalization, and post-globalization (4 Lectures)
b. Geo-politics, Geo-economics, and Geo-strategy (4 Lectures)
c. Territorialisation and De-territorialisation (3 Lectures)
d. Cultural Frames of Global Politics (3 Lectures)

65
Unit 3 Contemporary Global Issues (14 Lectures)
a. Ecological Issues: Climate Change, and International Environmental Agreements (3
Lectures)
b. Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons in Post- Cold War Era (3 Lectures)
c. Global Terrorism and Its Impact (3 Lectures)
d. Migration (2 Lectures)
e. Human Security (3 Lectures)

Unit 4 Global Social Movements (4 Lectures)

Unit wise reading list:

Unit 1 Locating Global Politics
Essential readings:
Hobson, J.M. (2004). The Eastern origins of Western civilization (pp. 1-26). Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Acharya, Amitav (2014), “Who Are the Norm Makers? The Asian-African Conference in Bandung and
the Evolution of Norms” in Special Section on “Principles from the Periphery: The Neglected Southern
Sources of Global Norms”, Global Governance, 20 (3): 405- 417.
Additional readings:
Hobson, J.M. (2020), “Globalization” in A. B. Tickner, & K. Smith (eds.), International Relations
from the Global South: Worlds of difference (pp. 221-239). Routledge.
https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315756233
Pieterse, Jan Nederveen (2017), “Oriental Globalization: Past and Present”, in Delanty, Gerard
(eds.), Europe and Asia Beyond East and West, New York: Routledge, pp. 61-73.
Getachew, A. (2019), Worldmaking after Empire: The rise and fall of self-determination (pp. 1-
13). Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Unit 2 Changing Nature of Global Politics
a. Globalization to de-globalization, and post-globalization
Essential readings:
Ritzer, G. (2010), Globalization: A Basic Text, West Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 33-62.
Stager, M. (2009). Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, London: Oxford University Press,
pp. 1-16.
Kornprobst, M. & Paul, T.V. (2021), “Globalization, deglobalization and the liberal international
order”, International Affairs, 97 (5): 1305-1316.

66
Flew, T. (2020). “Globalization, neo-globalization and post-globalization: The challenge of
populism and the return of the national”, Global Media and Communication, 16 (1): 19-39.
Additional Readings:
Held, D., & McGrew A. (2003), “The Great Globalization Debate: An introduction” in D. Held,
& A. McGrew. (eds.), Global Transformations Reader: Politics, Economics and Culture.
Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 1-50.
Paul, T.V. (2021). “Globalization, deglobalization and reglobalization: Adapting liberal
international order”. International Affairs, 97 (5): 1599-1620.
James, Harold (2017), “Deglobalization as a Global Challenge”, Centre for International
Governance Innovation (CIGI) Papers No. 135, URL:
https://www.cigionline.org/sites/default/files/documents/Paper%20no.135WEB_1.pdf
b. Geo-politics, Geo-economics, and Geo-strategy
Essential Readings:
Chaturvedi, S. (2012), “Geopolitics” in B.S. Chimni, & S. Mallavarapu (eds.), International
Relations: Perspectives for the Global South, New Delhi: Pearson, pp: 149-166.
Wigell, Mikael et al. (2019) (eds.), Geo-economics and Power Politics in the 21st Century: The
Revival of Economic Statecraft, London: Routledge, pp: 1-24.
Hobson, John M. (2021), Multicultural Origins of the Global Economy: Beyond the Western-
Centric Frontier, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 433-455.
Blouet, Brian W. (2005) (eds.), Global Geostrategy: Mackinder and the defence of the West, New
York: Frank Cass, pp. 1-16; 137-141; 165-171.
Additional Readings:
Flint, C. (2022). Introduction to Geopolitics (4th Edition), London: Routledge, pp: 1-44.
Dodds, K. (2019), Geopolitics: A Very Short Introduction (3rd Edition), Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 1-14.
Luttwak, Edward N. (1998), “From Geopolitics to Geo-Economics: Logic of Conflict, Grammar
of Commerce” in Tuathail, Gearoid O et al. (eds.), The Geopolitics Reader, London: Routledge,
pp. 125-130.
Dorsman, Andre B et al. (2018) (eds.), Energy economy, Finance and Geostrategy, Cham
(Switzerland): Springer, pp. 1-10.
c. Territorialisation and De-territorialisation
Essential Readings:
Sassen, Saskia (1996), “The State and the new geography of power”, in Losing Control?
Sovereignty in an Age of Globalisation, New York: Columbia University Press, pp. 1-32.
Elden, S. (2005), “Missing the Point: Globalization, Deterritorialization and the Space of the

67
World”, Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 30(1), 8–19.
Additional Readings:
Scholte, J. A. (2003), “What is ‘Global’ about Globalization?” In D. Held & A. McGrew. (eds.),
Global Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture, Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 84-91.
Appadurai, A. (1990), “Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Cultural Economy”, Theory
Culture and Society, 7 (2-3): 295-310.
d. Cultural Frames of Global Politics (3 Lectures)
Essential Readings:
Harshe, R. (2006), “Culture, Identity and International Relations”, Economic and Political Weekly,
41(37), 3945–3951.
Lapid, Yosef (1996), “Culture’s Ship: Returns and Departures in International Relations Theory”,
in Lapid, Yosef and Friedrich Kratochwil (eds.), The Return of Culture and Identity in IR Theory,
London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc., pp. 3-20.
Additional Readings:
Holton, Robert (2000), “Globalization’s Cultural Consequences”, The Annals of the American
Academy of Political and Social Science (ANNALS, AAPSS), 570: 140-152.
Gusterson, Hugh (2005), “The Seven Deadly Sins of Samuel Huntington”, in Besteman, Catherine
and Hugh Gusterson (eds.), Why America’s Top Pundits are Wrong, Berkeley: University of
California Press, pp. 24-42.
Chirico, JoAnn (2014), “Globalizing Culture: Change and Continuity”, in Globalization:
Prospects and Problems, Washington D.C.: Sage Publications, pp. 254-284.
Unit 3 Contemporary Global Issues (14 Lectures)
a. Ecological Issues: Climate Change, and International Environmental Agreements
Essential Readings:
Heywood, A. (2011), “Global Environmental Issues” in Global Politics, New York: Palgrave, pp.
383-411.
Volger, J. (2011), ‘Environmental Issues’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.), Globalization
of World Politics, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 348-362.
Additional Readings:
Kreienkamp, J. (2019), “The Long Road to Paris: The History of the Global Climate Change
Regime”, Global Governance Institute Policy Brief Series (pp. 1-24), London: University College.
https://www.ucl.ac.uk/global-governance/sites/global-
governance/files/the_long_road_to_paris_the_history_of_the_global_climate_change_regime.pd
f
Death, Carl (2019), ‘Can We Save the Planet?’, in Edkins, Jenny & Maja Zehfuss (eds.), Global

68
Politics: A New Introduction (3rd edition), New York: Routledge, pp. 61-84.
Falkner, Robert (2012), “Global environmentalism and the greening of international society”,
International Affairs, 88 (3): 503-522.
b. Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons in Post- Cold War Era
Essential Readings:
D. Howlett (2011), “Nuclear Proliferation” in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.), The
Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New York: Oxford
University Press, pp. 384-397.
Narang, Vipin (2017), “Strategies of Nuclear Proliferation: How States Pursue the Bomb”,
International Security, 41(3): 110-150.
Additional Readings:
Heywood, A. (2011), Nuclear Proliferation and Disarmament. In Global Politics, New York:
Palgrave, pp. 263-281.
Chacko, Priya & Alexander E Davis (2018), “Resignifying ‘responsibility’: India, exceptionalism
and nuclear non-proliferation”, Asian Journal of Political Science, pp. 1-19. URL:
https://doi.org/10.1080/02185377.2018.1486218
c. Global Terrorism and Its Impact
Essential Readings:
Bajpai, K.P. (2012), “Terrorism” in B.S. Chimni and Siddharth Mallavarapu (eds.), Handbook on
International Relations: Essays from the Global South. New Delhi: Pearson Education, pp. 312-
327.
Gerges, F.A. (2005), The Far Enemy: Why Jihad Went Global,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 119-150.
Additional Readings:
Heywood, A. (2011), “Terrorism” in Global Politics, New York: Palgrave, pp. 282-302.
Vanaik, A. (2007), Masks of Empire, New Delhi: Tulika, pp. 103-128.
Hoffman, Bruce (2002), “Rethinking Terrorism and Counterterrorism Since 9/11”, Studies in
Conflict and Terrorism, 25 (5): 303-316.
Barber, Benjamin (2010), “On Terrorism and New Democratic Realism”, in Ritzer, George &
Zenep Atalay (eds.), Readings in Globalization: Key Concepts and Major Debates, West Sussex:
Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 305-306.
d. Migration
Essential Readings:
Castells, S. (2012), “Global Migration” In B.S. Chimni, & S. Mallavarapu (eds.), International
Relations: Perspectives for the Global South, New Delhi: Pearson India Education, pp. 272-285.

69
Chirico, JoAnn (2014), “Transborder Threats to Human Well-Being: Inequality and Migration”,
in Globalization: Prospects and Problems, Washington D.C.: Sage Publications, pp. 368-382.
Additional Readings:
Aneesh, A. (2006), Virtual Migration: The Programming of Globalization, London: Duke
University Press, pp. 67-99.
Ritzer, G. (2010), “Global Flows of People: Vagabonds and Tourists”, in Globalization: A Basic
Text, West Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 297-321.
Moses, J. (2006), International Migration: Globalization’s Last Frontier, London: Zed Books, pp.
1-17.
e. Human Security
Essential Readings:
Acharya, Amitav (2014), “Human Security” in Baylis, J. et al. (eds.), The Globalization of World
Politics: An Introduction to International Relations (6th edition), Oxford: Oxford University
Press, pp. 448-462.
Tadjbakhsh, S. & Chenoy, Anuradha (2007), Human Security, London: Routledge, pp. 13-19; 123-
127; 236-243.
Additional Readings:
Acharya, Amitav (2001), “Human Security: East versus West”, International Journal, 56 (3): 442-
460.
Cook, Alistair D.B. (2017), “Non-traditional Security and World Politics”, in Beeson, Mark &
Nick Bisley (eds.), Issues in 21st Century World Politics (3rd edition), New York: Palgrave-
Macmillan, pp. 38-51.
UNDP (1994), “Human Development Report: New Dimensions of Human Security”,
https://www.hdr.undp.org/en/content/human-development-report-1994.
Unit 4 Global Social Movements
Essential Readings:
Fominaya, C. (2014), Social Movements and Globalization- How Protests, Occupation and
Uprisings are Changing the World (Chapter 3), pp: 27-49, New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Guidry, John A. et al. (2000) (eds.), Globalizations and Social Movements: Culture, Power, and
the Transnational Public Sphere, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 1-32.
Eschle, Catherine & Neil Stammers (2004), “Taking Part: Social Movements, INGOs, and Global
Change”, Alternatives, 29 (3): 333-372.
Additional Readings:
Moola, Sarifa (2004), “Contemporary Activism: Shifting Movements, Changing Actors”, Agenda:
Empowering Women for Gender Equity, 60: 39-46.

70
Maiba, Hermann (2005), “Grassroots Transnational Social Movement Activism: The Case of
Peoples’ Global Action”, Sociological Focus: 38 (1): 41-63.
Laxer, Gordon & Sandra Halperin (2003) (eds.), Global Civil Society and Its Limits, New York:
Palgrave Macmillan, pp: 1-21.
Additional References:
Tickner, Arlene B. & Karen Smith (2020) (eds.), International Relations from the Global South:
Worlds of Difference, New York: Routledge.
Acharya, A. (2018), Constructing Global Order: Agency and Change in World Politics,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Lechner, Frank J. & John Boli (2015) (eds.), The Globalization Reader (5th edition), Oxford: Wiley
Blackwell.
Schaeffer, Robert K. (2021), After Globalization: Crisis and Disintegration, New York:
Routledge.
Stiglitz, Joseph E. (2018), Globalization and Its Discontents Revisited: Anti- Globalization in the
Era of Trump, New York: W.W. Norton & Company.
Stuenkel, Oliver (2016), Post Western World: How Emerging Powers are Remaking Global Order,
Cambridge: Polity.
Chari, Chandra (2008) (eds.), War, Peace and Hegemony in a Globalized World: The Changing
Balance of Power in the Twenty-first Century, New York: Routledge.

71
 DSC 13: Western Political Philosophy - I

Course Objective
This course goes back to Greek antiquity and familiarizes the students with the manner in which
the political questions were first posed and answered normatively. The aim is to introduce to the
students the questions, ideas and values of political philosophy addressed by political thinkers
and juxtapose the same to contemporary political thinking. The course aims to provide a critical
grasp of the philosophical issues at the heart of politics.

Course Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course students would be able to:
• Understand how to read and decode the classics and use them to engage
contemporary socio-political issues.
• Connect with historically written texts and their interpretations.
• Clearly present their own arguments and thoughts about contemporary issues and
develop ideas to engage with the latter.

Unit 1: Text and Interpretation (1 week)

Unit 2: Antiquity
Plato (2 weeks)
Philosophy and Politics, Virtues, Justice, Philosopher King/Queen, Communism, Plato
on Democracy, Women and Guardianship, Philosophic Education and Good
Aristotle (2 weeks)
Man as zoon politikon, State and Household, Citizenship, Justice, Virtue, Regimes

Unit 3: Interlude:
Machiavelli (2 weeks)
Vice and Virtue, Power, Political ethics, Religion and morality, Republicanism, statecraft

Unit 4: Possessive Individualism

Hobbes (2 weeks)
Human nature, State of Nature, Social Contract and the role of consent, State and
sovereignty
Locke (2 weeks)
Laws of Nature, Natural Rights, Consent, Justification of Property, Right to Resist,
Toleration

72
 Unit wise reading list

1. Text and Interpretation

T. Ball (2004) ‘History and Interpretation’ in C. Kukathas and G. Gaus (eds.) Handbook of Political
Theory, London: Sage Publications Ltd. pp. 18-30.
Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Harvard University Press, London,
Introduction: 1-20.
Q. Skinner (2002) ‘Vision of Politics’ Volume I, Meaning and understanding in the history of Ideas,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp57-89
2. Antiquity
Plato, Republic, Chapters, trans. G.M.A Grube, revised by C.D.C. Reeve. Indianapolis: Hackett,
1992
Plato, https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/plato/, Sanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi: Pearson
Education, pp. 9-32.
R. Kraut (1996) ‘Introduction to the study of Plato’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge Companion
to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-50.
C. Reeve (2009) ‘Plato’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From Socrates to the
Present, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 62-80
Aristotle, Politics, Chapters, trans. C.D.C. Reeve (called “Politics”) Indianapolis: Hackett,1998
Aristotle, https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/aristotle-politics/, Stanford Encyclopaedia of
Philosophy
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi: Pearson
Education, pp. 53-64.
T. Burns (2009) ‘Aristotle’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From Socrates
to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp.81-99.
C. Taylor (1995) ‘Politics’, in J. Barnes (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, pp. 232-258
3. Interlude
Machiavelli, Republic, Chapters XII, XVII, XXI, Mansfield, Harvey C. (1985) The University of
Chicago Press: Chicago and London
Machiavelli, https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/machiavelli/, Stanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi: Pearson
Education, pp. 124-130
Q. Skinner (2000) ‘The Adviser to Princes’, in Machiavelli: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford:
Oxford University Press, pp. 23-53
J. Femia (2009) ‘Machiavelli’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From Socrates

73
to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 163-184
4. Possessive Individualism
Hobbes, T. Leviathan, Chapters 1, 2, 3, Curley, Edwin (1994), Hackett Publishing Company, Inc:
Indiana.
Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Harvard University Press, London pp.
23-94
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi: Pearson
Education pp. 131-157.
D. Baumgold (2009) ‘Hobbes’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From Socrates
to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 189-206.
C. Macpherson (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke. Oxford
University Press, Ontario, pp. 17-29.
Locke, J. Two Treatise of Government (Cambridge: CUP, 1988), Book II, Chapter1-5
Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Introduction: 103-38
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi: Pearson
Education, pp. 181-209.
J. Waldron (2009) ‘John Locke’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 207-224
C. Macpherson (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke. Oxford
University Press, Ontario, pp. 194-214.
Additional Resources:
J. Coleman (2000) ‘Introduction’, in A History of Political Thought: From Ancient Greece to Early
Christianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-20.
Q. Skinner (2010) ‘Preface’, in The Foundations of Modern Political Thought Volume I,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press pp. ix-xv.
S. Okin (1992) ‘Philosopher Queens and Private Wives’, in S. Okin Women in Western Political
Thought, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 28-50
R. Kraut (1996) ‘The Defence of Justice in Plato's Republic’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge
Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 311-337 T. Saunders (1996)
‘Plato's Later Political Thought’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Plato.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 464-492.
J. Coleman (2000) ‘Aristotle’, in J. Coleman A History of Political Thought: From Ancient Greece
to Early Christianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp.120-186 D. Hutchinson (1995) ‘Ethics’, in
J. Barnes (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
pp. 195-232.
I. Hampsher-Monk (2001) ‘Thomas Hobbes’, in A History of Modern Political Thought: Major
Political Thinkers from Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-67.
A. Ryan (1996) ‘Hobbes's political philosophy’, in T. Sorell (ed.) Cambridge Companion to

74
Hobbes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 208-245.
R. Ashcraft (1999) ‘Locke's Political Philosophy’, in V. Chappell (ed.) The Cambridge Companion
to Locke, Cambridge. Cambridge University Press, pp. 226-251.
I. Hampsher-Monk (2001) A History of Modern Political Thought: Major Political Thinkers from
Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 69-116.
Readings in Hindi
सी. एल. वेपर (1954), राज दशर्न का स्वाध्ययन, इलाहबाद: िकताब महल.

जे. पी. सूद (1969), पाश्चात्य राजनीितक िचं तन , जय प्रकाश नाथ और कंपनी.

75
 DSC 14: Modern Indian Political Thought

Course objective
The objective of this course is to study important themes through individual thinkers. The course
has been designed to give students a glimpse of the richness and diversity within Indian political
thought. The thinkers have been consciously selected to represent a wide spectrum of ideologies
and vantage points within the modern Indian thought tradition. Selected extracts from original
texts are also included to be discussed in the class. This will help students to have experience in
understanding how these thinkers build up their arguments and develop their views on the
respective themes.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading this course, the students will be able to answer
1. How Vivekanand understood India and Indian Nationalism?
2. How Tagore and Gandhi differed from each other on the subject of nationalism and
internationalism?
3. They will be able to answer how Deendayal Upadhyay, Nehru, Ambedkar and Lohia
differed and converged on the subjects like state and democracy in India?
4. How Tilak understood Swaraj, and did Gandhi extended the meaning of the same?
5. What is the context and meaning of the term Hindutva as explained by Savarkar and how
this concept has impacted the political and cultural discourse of modern India?

Unit 1. Understanding Modern Indian Political Thought

Unit 2. Nation and Nationalism: Swami Vivekananda, Md. Iqbal, Rabindranath Tagore and
Gandhi

Unit 3. State and Democracy: Jawaharlal Nehru, Deendayal Upadhyay, Ram Manohar
Lohia, and Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar

Unit 4. Rights: Rammohan Roy, Tarabai Shinde

Unit 5. Swaraj: Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi

Unit 6. Hindutva and Hinduism: Savarkar

76
 Unit wise reading list

1. Understanding Modern Indian Political Thought

V. Mehta and T. Pantham (2006) ‘A Thematic Introduction to Political Ideas in Modern India:
Thematic Explorations, History of Science, Philosophy and Culture in Indian civilization’ Vol. 10,
Part: 7 (New Delhi: Sage Publications), pp. xxvii-ixi.
D. Dalton (1982) ‘Continuity of Innovation’, in Indian Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of
Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo Ghose, Rabindranath Tagore and Mahatma Gandhi (Gurgaon:
Academic Press), pp. 1-28.
R. Guha (2010) “Prologue: Thinking Through India”, in Makers of Modern India, Penguin Books.
pp.1-22
2. Nation and Nationalism: Swami Vivekananda, Md. Iqbal, Rabindranath Tagore and Gandhi
Sen, Amiya P. (2011), ‘Vivekanand: Cultural Nationalism’, in M. P. Singh and Himanshu Roy
(ed.), Indian Political Thought: Themes and Thinkers (Delhi: Pearson)
Tagore: M. Radhakrishnan and Devasmita (2003), ‘Nationalism is a great menace: Tagore and
Nationalism’, in P. Hogan, Coln and L. Pandit (ed.) Rabindranath Tagore: Universility and
Tradition (London: Rosemont), pp. 29-39.
Sevea, Iqbal Singh (2018), ‘Rejecting Nationalism, Relocating the Nation’, in The Political
Philosophy of Muhammad Iqbal: Islam and Nationalism in Late Colonial India (Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press).
Guha, R (2010), “The Rooted Cosmopolitan” in the Makers of Modern India, Penguin, pp 185-203
3. State and Democracy: Jawaharlal Nehru, Deendayal Upadhyay, Ram Manohar Lohia, and
Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar
Parekh, B. (1991), ‘Nehru and the National Philosophy of India’, Economic and Political Weekly,
vol. 26 (1/2), pp. 35-48.
Yadav, Y. (2010), ‘What is Living and What is Dead in Ram Manohar Lohia?’ Economic and
Political Weekly, vol. XLV (40), pp. 107.
Deendayal Upadhyay (1964), Integral Humanism, Bharatiya Jana Sangha, Delhi.
Ambedkar, B.R. (2017) “The Challenges before the Parliamentary Democracy in India and their
Remedies”, in B.L.Mungekar, The Essential Ambedkar, Rupa, Chap-09
4. Rights: Rammohan Roy, Tarabai Shinde
Mukherjee, S. (2014), ‘The Social Implications of the Political Thought of Raja Rammohun Roy’,
Sydney Studies in Society and Culture, pp. 11-40.
O’ Hanlon, Rosalind (2002) A comparison between women and men: Tarabai Shinde and the
critique of Gender Relations in Colonial India Oxford University Press: New Delhi - Introduction
5. Swaraj: Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi

77
Parel, A. (ed.) (2002), ‘Introduction’, in Gandhi, freedom and Self Rule, Delhi: Vistaar Publication.
Inamdar, N.R. (1986), “The Political Ideas of Lokmanya Tilak” in Thomas Pantham and Kenneth
Deutsch (ed.) Political thought in modern India, New Delhi: Sage pp. 110-121
Singh, S. P. (2017), ‘Tilak’s Nationalism and Swaraj’, in M. P. Singh and Himanshu Roy (ed.),
Indian Political Thought: Themes and Thinkers (Delhi: Pearson), pp. 194-205.
6. Hindutva and Hinduism: Savarkar
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar. Essentials of Hindutva, 1922-23, available at:
http://savarkar.org/en/encyc/2017/5/23/2_12_12_04_essentials_of_hindutva.v001.pdf_1.pdf
Sampath, Vikram (2021) Savarkar: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966, Penguin Random House
India: Gurugram

Additional Readings:
Mahopatra, Silika and Singh, Akash (2012), ‘What is Indian Political Thought’, in Self (ed.),
Indian Political Thought (New York: Routledge).
Parekh, Bhikhu (2012), ‘The Poverty of Indian Political Theory’, in Akash Singh and Silika
Mahopatra(ed.), Indian Political Thought (New York: Routledge), pp. 220-235.
Vivekananda, ‘The Nature of British Rule in India- II’, in Amiya P. Sen (ed.), The Indispensable
Vivekananda: An Anthology for Our Times (New Delhi: Permanent Black), pp. 63-69.
Tagore, R (2018) ‘Nationalism in India’, in Nationalism (New Delhi: Macmillan), pp. 97-130.
Madani, M. (2005), Composite Nationalism and Islam (New Delhi: Manohar), pp. 66-91.
Gokhale, B. G. (1964), ‘Swami Vivekananda and Indian Nationalism’, Journal of Bible and
Religion, vol. 32 (1), pp. 35-42.
Bhattacharya, S. (2016), ‘Antinomies of Nationalism and Rabindranath Tagore’, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 51 (6).
Nandy, A. (1994), ‘Rabindranath Tagore & Politics of Self’, in Illegitimacy of Nationalism (Delhi:
Oxford University Press), pp. 1-50.
Majeed, J. (2009), ‘Pan-Islam, Race and Nationalism’, in Muhammad Iqbal: Islam, Aesthetics,
and Postcolonialism (New Delhi: Routledge).
Nehru, J. (1991) ‘Selected Works’, in S. Hay (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition, Vol. 2, Second
Edition (New Delhi: Penguin), pp. 317-319.
Kothari, Rajni (1964), ‘The Meaning of Jawaharlal Nehru’, The Economic Weekly, pp. 1203-1207.
Jaffrelot C. and Kumar, N. (2018). Dr. Ambedkar and Democracy: An Anthology (Delhi: Oxford
University Press).
Mukherjee, A. P. (2009), ‘B. R. Ambedkar, John Dewey and the meaning of Democracy’, New
Literary History, vol. 40(2), pp. 345-370

78
Kumar, A. (2010), ‘Understanding Lohia’s Political Sociology: Intersectionality of Caste, Class,
Gender and Language Issue’, Economic and Political Weekly, vol. XLV (40), pp.64-70.
Roy, Rammohun (1902), ‘Petitions against the Press Regulation to the Supreme Court, and to the
Ring in Council, in J. C. Ghose (ed.), The English Works of Raja Ram Mohun Roy (Calcutta: S. K.
Lahiri), pp. 278-321.
Lele, Jayant (1998) Gender Consciousness in Mid-Nineteenth- Century Maharashtra in Anne
Feldhaus Images of women in Maharashtrian Society. The University of New York press: New
York
Bayly, C. A. (2010), Ram Mohan and the Advent of Constitutional Liberalism in India; 1800 to
1830 in S. Kapila (ed.) An Intellectual History for India, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press:
pp-18-34
Pantham, T. (1986) The socio-religious thought of Ram Mohan Roy in Thomas Pantham and
Kenneth Deutsch (ed.) Political thought in modern India, New Delhi: Sage, pp-32-52
Chakravarti, U. (2007) Pandita Ramabai - A Life and a Time, New Delhi: Critical Quest, pp.1-40.
Omvedt, G. (2008) ‘Ramabai: Women in the Kingdom of God’, in Seeking Begumpura: The Social
Vision of Anti Caste Intellectuals, New Delhi: Navayana. pp. 205-224.
Tilak, B. G. (1922) ‘Karma yoga and Swaraj’ and ‘Swarajya speech at Godhra’, in Bal Gangadhar
Tilak: His Writings and Speeches (Madras: Ganesh & Co.), pp. 245-248; 292-298.
Gandhi, M. K. (2006), Hind Swaraj (Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House).
Mukherjee, R. (2009), ‘Gandhi’s Swaraj’, Economic and Political Weekly, vol. 44(50), pp. 34-39.
Kapila, Shruti (2010), ‘Self, Spencer and Swaraj: Nationalist Thought And Critiques Of
Liberalism, 1890–1920’, in self (ed.) An Intellectual History for India (New Delhi: Cambridge
University Press), pp. 109-127
Piney, Christopher (2011), ‘The Tiger’s Nature, but Not the Tiger: Bal Gangadhar Tilak as
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi’s Counter-Guru’, Public Culture 23(2), pp. 395-416.

79
 DSC 15: Political Process in India

Course Objective
This course aims at familiarising the students with the processes through which politics makes
itself manifest in India. It involves looking at the different modes through which power is exercised
and dispersed in society along the axes of caste, class, religion, ethnicity and gender. It seeks
insights from political sociology to understand how political process is mediated through and
structured by various forms of social power. It enables students to comprehend the relationship
between caste, religion and politics, the constitutional recognition and institutional arrangements
for self-government, autonomy and development in the context of tribal communities as reflected
in the Fifth and Sixth Schedules, and the various constitutional and legal provisions that enable the
state to empower the marginalised and vulnerable in society. It also provides students with the
analytical tools for understanding the different dimensions of the Indian state as it governs through
regulation, welfare and coercion. The course enables the students to understand the party system
in India, its changing form in response to democratic churnings and electoral competition, and the
role played by them in the articulation of political power. It draws attention to the constitutional,
statutory and institutional arrangements for regulating electoral competition through the study of
electoral reforms and the Election Commission of India.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate:
• Understanding of political process in India and its interaction with social cleavages of
caste, class, gender, ethnicity and religion
• Familiarity with the ways in which the state in India responds to social groups and
vulnerable sections
• Knowledge of political parties and the party system in India
• Awareness of the manner in which representation and electoral competition play out in
Indian politics

Unit 1. Political Parties and the Party System

Political Parties: National and State Parties;
Trends in the Party System: From the Congress System to ascendancy of Bhartiya Janata
Party

Unit 2. Elections and Electoral Processes

Electoral Process, Representation and social determinants of voting behaviour; Election
Commission and Electoral Reforms

Unit 3. Religion and Politics

Debates on Secularism and Communalism

80
Unit 4. Caste and Politics
Caste in Politics and the Politicization of Caste; Intersectionality of Caste, Class and
Gender, reservation and affirmative action policies

Unit 5. Tribes and Politics

Policies and Challenges: Fifth and Sixth Schedules; Forest Rights Act; Development and
Issues of Displacement

Unit 6. Dimensions of the State in India

Welfare, Regulatory and Coercive

Unit wise reading list

1. Political Parties and the Party System

R. Kothari (2002) ‘The Congress System’, in Z. Hasan (ed.) Parties and Party Politics in India,
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp 39-55.
Pradeep Chibber and Rahul Verma (2019) ‘The Rise of the Second Dominant Party System in
India: BJPs New Social Coalition in 2019’ in Studies in Politics, Vol. 7, No.2, Pp.131-148.
Y. Yadav and S. Palshikar (2006) ‘Party System and Electoral Politics in the Indian States,1952-
2002: From Hegemony to Convergence’, in P.R. DeSouza and E. Sridharan (eds.) India’s Political
Parties, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 73-115.
C. Jaffrelot and G. Verniers (2020), ‘A New Party System of a New Political System?’,
Contemporary South Asia, Vol.28, No.2, pp. 141-154.
M. Vaishnav and J. Hintson (2019), ‘The Dawn of India’s Fourth Party System’, Carnegie
Endowment for International Peace Paper, 5 September.
K.C. Suri (2019), ‘Social Change and the Changing Indian Voter: Consolidation of the BJP in
India’s 2019 Lok Sabha Election’, Studies in Indian Politics, Vol.7, Issue 2, pp.234-246.
2. Election and Electoral Process
N. G. Jayal (2006) Representing India: Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions,
Palgrave Macmillan, London.
Yogendra Yadav (2010), ‘Representation’, in Niraja Gopal Jayal and Pratap Bhanu Mehta (eds),
The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 347-360.
E. Sridharan and M. Vaishnav (2017), ‘Election Commission of India’, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta
and M. Vaishnav (eds.) Rethinking Public Institutions in India, New Delhi: Oxford University
Press,pp. 417-463.
U.K. Singh and A. Roy (2018), ‘Regulating the Electoral Domain: The Election Commission of
India’, Indian Journal of Public Administration, 17 August 2018.

81
U. Singh and A. Roy (2019), Election Commission of India: Institutionalising Democratic
Uncertainties, Oxford University Press, Delhi.
S. Kumar (2022), Elections in India: An Overview, Routledge, London and New York
Y. Yadav (2000) ‘Understanding the Second Democratic Upsurge’, in F. Frankel, Z. Hasan, and
R. Bhargava (eds.) Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics in Democracy, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. 120-145.
3. Religion and Politics
T. Pantham (2004) ‘Understanding Indian Secularism: Learning from its Recent Critics’, in
R. Vora and S. Palshikar (eds.) Indian Democracy: Meanings and Practices, New Delhi: Sage, pp.
235-256.
N. Chandhoke (2010) ‘Secularism’, in P. Mehta and N. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford Companion to
Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 333-346.
R Bhargava (ed.) (2006) Secularism and its Critics, Oxford India Paperbacks.
4. Caste and Politics
R. Kothari (1970) ‘Introduction’, in Caste in Indian Politics, Delhi: Orient Longman, pp.3-
25. M. Weiner (2001) ‘The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics’, in Atul Kohli (ed.) The
Success of India’s Democracy, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press, pp. 193-225.
G. Omvedt (2002) ‘Ambedkar and After: The Dalit Movement in India’, in G. Shah
(ed.) Social Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 293-309.
M. Galanter (2002) ‘The Long Half-Life of Reservations’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan and R.
Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living Constitution: Ideas, Practices, Controversies, New Delhi:
Permanent Black, pp. 306-318.
C. Jaffrelot (2005) ‘The Politics of the OBCs’, in Seminar, Issue 549, pp. 41-45.
M. John (2011) ‘The Politics of Quotas and the Women’s Reservation Bill in India’, in M.
Tsujimura and J. Steele (eds.) Gender Equality in Asia, Japan: Tohoku University Press, pp. 169-
195.
5. Tribes and Politics
B. Sharma (2010), ‘The 1990s: Great Expectations’; ‘The 2000s: Disillusionment Unfathomable’,
in Unbroken History of Broken Promises: Indian State and Tribal People, Delhi: Freedom Press
and SahyogPustakKuteer, pp. 64-91.
V. Xaxa (2019) ‘Isolation, Inclusion and Exclusion: the case of Adivasis in India’, in V.S.Rao,
Adivasi Rights and Exclusion in India, Oxon and New York: Routledge, pp.27-40
A. Kothari, N. Pathak and A. Bose (2011) ‘Forests, Rights and Conservation: FRA Act 2006,
India’, in Henry Scheyvens (ed.) Critical Review of Selected Forest-Related Regulatory Initiatives:
Applying a Rights Based Perspective, Institute for Global Environmental Strategies, pp. 19–50

82
6. Dimensions of the State in India
A. Chakraborty (2019) ‘From Passive Beneficiary to ‘Rights Claimants’: What Difference Does it
Make’, in A. P. D’Costa and A. Chakraborty eds., Changing Contexts and Shifting Roles of the
Indian State: New Perspectives on Development Dynamics, Singapore: Springer, pp. 25-38.
P. Chatterjee (2010) ‘The State’, in N. G. Jayal and P. B. Mehta eds. The Oxford Companion to
Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 3-14.
R. Khera (2020) ‘India’s Welfare State: A Halting Shift from Benevolence to Rights’, Current
History, April.
M. Khosla and M. Vaishnav (2021), ‘The Three Faces of the Indian State’, Open Democracy,
32(1), pp. 111-25.
M. Mohanty (1989) ‘Duality of the State Process in India: A Hypothesis’, Bhartiya Samajik
Chintan, Vol. XII (1-2)
A. K. Thiruvengadam ‘Flag-bearers of a New Era? The Evolution of New Regulatory Institutions
in India (1991-2016)’ in S. Rose-Ackerman, P.L. Lindseth and J. Emerson eds., Comparative
Administrative Law, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, pp.218-232.
L. Tillin, R. Deshpande and K.K. Kailash eds. (2015) Politics of Welfare: Comparisons across
Indian States, Delhi: Oxford University Press [Introduction: Comparing the Politics of Welfare
across Indian States, pp. 1-39]
L. Tillin (2021) ‘Does India have Subnational Welfare Regimes? The Role of State Governments
in Shaping Social Policy’, Territory, Politics, Governance, Vol 10, Issue 1, pp 86-102
A. Verma (2007) ‘Police Agencies and Coercive Power’, in S. Ganguly, L. Diamond and M.
Plattner (eds.) The State of India’s Democracy, Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press, pp.
130-139.
D. Kapur and M. Khosla (2019), Regulation in India: Design, Capacity, Performance, New Delhi
and London: Bloomsbury [Chapter One: ‘The Reality of Indian Regulation’, pp. 3-29].
Y. Yadav (2020) Making Sense of Indian Democracy, Ranikhet: Permanent Black [Chapter 9: ‘On
Theories of the Indian State’, pp. 236-248).

Hindi Readings:
अभय कुमार दब
ु े (सं०) राजनी9त कL }कताब: रजनी कोठारE का कृ9त€व, नई AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन

आशत ु ावी ;सxधांत’, शोधाथƒ, अंक 1, सं„या 4, अrतब

ु ोष वा]ण•य (2005), ‘सांeदा9यक Aहंसा का चन ू र-Aदसंबर,
प]ृ ठ 28- 34.

आशत
ु ोष वा]ण•य, अधरू E जीत: भारत का अe€या;शत लोकतं`, अनव
ु ादक: िजतेut कुमार, नई AदCलE: ऑrसफ़ड$
य9ू नव;स$टE eेस, 2018

एस०एम० माइकल (2015), आध9ु नक भारत मo द;लत: ˆि]ट एवं मC

ू य, नईAदCलE: सेजभाषा

83
 ू ‰ }क दाRतान: राŠय, जनांदोलन एवं e9तरोध, e9तमान: समय
कमल नयन चौबे (2013). ‘दो eग9तशील कानन
समाज संRकृ9त, जनवरE-जन
ू , वष$ 1, खंड 1, अंक 1, प]ृ ठ 149- 177.

गेलओमवेट (2015), द;लत और eजातां‹`क ~ां9त: उप9नवेशीय भारत मo डॉ० अ•बेडकर एवं द;लत आंदोलन,
नई AदCलE: सेज भाषा,

गोपाल गŽ ु े, आधु9नकता के आईने मo द;लत, नयी AदCलE:

ु (2002), ‘अवमानना के आयाम’ (सं) अभय कुमार दब
वाणी eकाशन.

जावीदआलम, लोकतं` के तलबगार?, अनव

ु ादक: अभय कुमार दब
ु े, नई AदCलE: वाणीeकाशन

धीŽभाई शेठ (2009). ‘आरbण के पचास साल- ‘एक धम$-जाती 9नरपेb नी9त के FवFवध आयाम, ‘आरbण
Fवरो•धय‰ के तक‘ }क अस;लयत’, आरbण नी9त: एक पन
ु ःसंRकार }क आवwयकता’, ‘अ9त Fपछड़‰ और 9नजी
ु े, स•ा और समाज: धी– भाई सेठ, नयी AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन.
bे` मo आरbण का सवाल’ (सं) अभय कुमार दब

ु स (2005), ‘उ•र भारत मo द;लत- पहचान : एक ˆि]ट’, शोधाथƒ, अंक 1, सं„या 3, जल

eकाश लई ु ाई- ;सत•बर,
प]ृ ठ 39- 42.

ु ार को eाथ;मकता’, शोधाथƒ, जनवरE -माच$ 2005, अंक 1,

eताप भानु मेहता (2005). ‘राज9न9तक दल‰ मo सध
सं„या 1, प]ृ ठ 15-17.

}फ़;लप कॉटलर, लोकतं` का पतन: भFव]य का पन

ु 9न$मा$ण, नई AदCलE: सेज भाषा, 2017

‹बपन चut (2011), सा•eदा9यकता: एक प@रचय (अन)ु आलोक तोमर, नयी AदCलE: अना;मका पिPलशस$ एंड
—डR^EPयट
ू स$.

महo t eसाद ;संह एवं Aहमांशु रॉय (सं.), भारतीय राजनी9तक eणालE: सरं चना, नी9त एवं Fवकास, AदCलE: AहuदE
माvयम काया$uवयन 9नदे शालय, AदCलE FवwवFवxयालय.

माधव गोडबोले (2017) धम$9नरपेbता: दोराहे पर भारत, नई AदCलE: सेज भाषा

योगेut यादव एवं सह ु ावी राजनी9त’, अरFवuद मोहन (सं.) लोकतं`

ु ास पCशीकर (2006), ‘पाट˜ eणालE एवं चन
का नया लोक: चुनावी राजनी9त मo राŠय‰ का उभार, भाग-1, नयी AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन.

योगेut यादव (2002). ‘कायापलट कL कहानी: नया eयोग, नयी संभावनाएं, नये अंदेश’े (सं) अभय कुमार दब
ु े,
लोकतं` के सात अvयाय, नयी AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन.

ु नारायण, सा•eदा9यकता
रजनी कोठारE (1998), ‘ द;लत उभार और जा9त के सवाल पर जारE बहस’ (अन)ु ™व
और भारतीय राजनी9त, AदCलE: रे नबो पिPलशस$ ;ल.

ु े (सं) राजनी9त कL }कताब, नयी AदCलE: वाणी

रजनी कोठारE (2003). ‘कांjेस ‘eणालE’’, अभय कुमार दब
eकाशन.

रजनी कोठारE (2005). ‘जा9तय‰ का राजनी9तकरण’, भारत मo राजनी9त: कल और आज (अन)ु अभय कुमार
दब
ु े, नयी AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन.

राजीव भाग$व (2005), ‘दšbण ए;शया मo समावेशन और बAहव•शन: धम$ कL भ;ू मका’, शोधाथƒ, अंक 1, सं„या

84
4, अrतब
ू र-Aदसंबर, प]ृ ठ 1- 14.

श•सल
ु इRलाम, भारत मo अलगाववाद और धम$, नई AदCलE: वाणी eकाशन

सख
ु दे व थोरात (2017), भारत मo द;लत: एक समान 9नय9त कL तलाश, नई AदCलE: सेज भाषा

सष
ु मा यादव (2013). ‘चन ु ाव e}~या’, महo t eसाद ;संह एवं Aहमांशु रॉय (सं.), भारतीय
ु ाव आयोग और चन
राजनी9तक eणालE: सरं चना, नी9त एवं Fवकास, AदCलE: AहuदE माvयम काया$uवयन 9नदे शालय, AदCलE
FवwवFवxयालय.

सह
ु ास पल;शकर एवं योगेut यादव (2005) ‘वच$Rव से समा;भŽपकता तक: भारतीय राŠय‰ मo दलEय {यवRथा
ु ावी राजनी9त’, शोधाथƒ, अंक 1, सं„या 2
व चन

85
 DSC 16: Public Policy

Course Objective
The success of government lay at good policy making and their effective implementation. Public
policies are intended at securing a good life for the people and the citizens. The present course
comprises of all aspects of the public policy i.e., how is it formed, what are the forces and factors
that shape it, how is it monitored, implemented and evaluated. The module gives the conceptual
understanding of public policy and provides insights to critically examine them in normative and
empirical frameworks.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading this module students will learn:
• The meaning of public policy and how different theories have emerged to understand it.
• How public policies are formulated? What are the agencies involved in it?
• How Public policies are monitored and evaluated? What are the important tools for it?
• What are the principles that are normally employed to evaluate public policies?
• What is corporate social responsibility and why it is important for the corporates to take
up this responsibility?

Unit 1: Introduction
a. Formulation, implementation and evaluation
b. Theories of Public Policy: Elite Theory, Group Theory, Incremental Theory, Political
System Theory, Public Process Theory

Unit 2: Public Policy Design and Implementation

a. Policy Design: What, Who, How and Why (Michael Howlett), Herbert Simon
b. Policy Monitoring: Tools and Techniques
c. Policy Implementation, Decentralization and Local Government in Public Policy
implementation
d. State Capacity Building (Francis Fukuyama)

Unit 3: Public Policy Evaluation

a. Principles for evaluation
b. Methods and Techniques of Evaluation

Unit 4: Politics of Policy

a. Normative analysis of policy issues
b. The interrelationship between Business and Government Policy, Corporate Social
Responsibility
c. The interrelationship between Nongovernmental Organisations and Government
Policy

86
 Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Introduction
Howlett, M., Cashore, B. (2014). Conceptualizing Public Policy. In Engeli, I., Allison, C.R. (Eds.),
Comparative Policy Studies. Research Methods Series. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Kitschelt, H. (1986). Four Theories of Public Policy Making and Fast Breeder Reactor
Development. International Organization, 40(1), pp. 65-104.
Mead, L. M. (2013). Teaching public policy: Linking policy and politics. Journal of Public Affairs
Education (19), pp. 389–403.
Teune, H. (1977). Macro Theoretical Approaches to Public Policy Analysis: The Fiscal Crisis of
American Cities. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science (434), pp.
174-185.
Unit 2: Public Policy Design and Implementation
Crawford, G., & Hartmann, C. (2008). Introduction: Decentralisation as a Pathway out of Poverty
and Conflict? In Crawford, G., & Hartmann, C. (Eds.), Decentralisation in Africa: A Pathway out
of Poverty and Conflict? Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press, pp. 7-32.
Bandyopadhyay, D. (1996). Administration, Decentralisation and Good Governance. Economic
and Political Weekly, 31(48), pp. 3109-3114.
Fukuyama, F. (2004). State-building: governance and world order in the 21st century. Ithaca, N.Y:
Cornell University Press.
Fukuyama, F. (2004). The Imperative of State-Building. Journal of Democracy, 15 (2), pp. 17-31.
Howlett, M. (2014). Policy Design: What, Who, How and Why? In Charlotte, H, Pierre, L., &
Patrick, L. G. (Eds.), L'instrumentationetses effets. Paris: Presses de Sciences Po, pp. 281-315.
Jones, B. (2002). Bounded Rationality and Public Policy: Herbert A. Simon and the Decisional
Foundation of Collective Choice. Policy Sciences, 35(3), pp. 269-284.
Waterman, R., & Wood, B. (1993). Policy Monitoring and Policy Analysis. Journal of Policy
Analysis and Management, 12(4), pp. 685-699.
Unit 3: Public Policy Evaluation
Anderson, C. (1979). The Place of Principles in Policy Analysis. The American Political Science
Review, 73(3), pp. 711-723.
Linder, S., & Peters, B. (1984). From Social Theory to Policy Design. Journal of Public Policy,
4(3), pp. 237-259.
Provus, M. (1971). Evaluation as Public Policy. Curriculum Theory Network (8/9), pp. 33-44.
Purdon, S. et al. (2001). Research Methods for Policy Evaluation. Department for Work and
Pensions, Research Working Paper No 2.

87
Unit 4: Politics of Policy
Guy Peters, B. The Politics of Bureaucracy: An Introduction to Comparative Public
Administration New York, Routledge, 2018.
Lipsky, M. Street-Level Bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the Individual in Public Services New York,
Russell sage Publications, 2010. Preface, xi-xx, Chapters 1(The Critical role of Street-Level
Bureaucrats) and 2 (Street-Level Bureaucrats as Policy Makers), pp 3-26.
Mathur, K. & J. BJORKMAN Policy Making in India: Who Speaks? Who Listens? Har Anand
Publishers, New Delhi, 2009.
Kochanek, S.A. Liberalisation and business lobbying in India The Journal of Commonwealth and
Comparative Politics Vol 34, Issue 3, 1996, pp. 155-173.
Sinha, A. India’s Porous State: Blurred Boundaries and the Business-State Relationship in
Jaffrelot,C. A. Kohli, K. Murali eds. Business and Politics in India New York, Oxford University
Press, 2019, pp. 50-94. Also, Introduction, pp.1-22.
Doh, J.P. &H. Teegen Globalisation and NGOs: Transforming Business, Government and Society
Praeger, Westport, 2003. Ch 1: Nongovernmental Organisations, Corporate Strategy and Public
Policy: NGOs as Agents of Change pp1-18.
Additional Readings
T. Dye, Understanding Public Policy, 5th Edition. U.S.A: Prentice Hall, 1984, pp. 1-44,
Xun Wu, M.Ramesh, Michael Howlett and Scott Fritzen ,The Public Policy Primer: Managing The
Policy Process, Rutledge, 2010
Mary Jo Hatch and Ann.L. Cunliffe Organisation Theory: Modern, Symbolic and Postmodern
Perspectives, Oxford University Press,2006
Michael Howlett, Designing Public Policies: Principles and Instruments, Rutledge, 2011
The Oxford Handbook of Public Policy, Oxford University Press, 2006
Prabir Kumar De, Public Policy and Systems, Pearson Education, 2012
R.V. Vaidyanatha Ayyar, Public Policy Making In India, Pearson,2009
Surendra Munshi and Biju Paul Abraham [Eds.] Good Governance, Democratic Societies and
Globalisation, Sage Publishers, 2004

88
 DSC 17: Comparative Political Systems
Course Objective
The aim of this course is to train students in the application of comparative methods to the study
of different political systems with respect to institutions and their functioning in these countries
from a comparative perspective.Students will be familiarised with the defining features like
political tradition, state formation, constitution and division of power, structure of government,
electoral system, political parties, party system, and the contemporary social and economic
challenges in these societies.

Course Learning Outcomes

This paper will provide students with a comprehensive understanding of a range ofpolitical
systems fromdifferent continentsin a historical context. The students will engage in studying
different countries in detail with reference to their political tradition and state formation,
constitution and division of power, political parties and elections, political economy and
contemporary challenges. The critical analysis of different political systems will delineate the
institutional structures, processes and their functioning in these systems. The course content would
also help students develop analytical skills to understand not just the similarities and differences
but the uniqueness of some cases as well that highlight how the matrix of diverse determinants and
variables result in different discourses in different countries.

I. Political Traditions and Constitutional Development

II. Society and Economy: Nature of state
III. Party and electoral system
IV. Unitary and Federal System

Case Studies:
1. United Kingdom
2. United States of America
3. Brazil
4. Russia
5. China
6. South Africa
7. Israel

Readings:
Patrick H. O’Neil, Karl Fields and Don Share (2010), Cases in Comparative Politics, 3rd Ed., W.
W. Norton & Company: New York and London. pp. 31-74 (Britain), 75-114 (US), 200-244
(Japan), 245-284 (Russia), 285-326 (China), 450-489 (Brazil), and 490-530 (South Africa).

89
John McCormick (2010), Comparative Politics in Transition, 6th Ed., Wadsworth: Boston, MA.
pp. 50-97 (United States), 98-147 (Britain), 148-194 (Japan), 210-257 (Russia), 258-304 (China).
G. Bingham Powell, Jr., Russell J. Dalton, Kaare W. Strom (2015), Comparative Politics Today:
A World View, 11th Ed., Pearson: Edinburgh Gate. 172-217 (Britain), 318-359 (Japan), 360-407
(Russia), 408-455 (China), 506-555 (Brazil), 702-749 (United States).
(Richard Rose, Dennis Kavanagh)
Unit 1. United Kingdom
P. Rutland (2007), ‘Britain’, in J. Kopstein and M. Lichbach. (eds.) Comparative Politics: Interest,
Identities and Institutions in a Changing Global Order. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
pp. 39-79.
Joel Krieger (2019), ‘Britain’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A. Joseph (eds.),
Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing Agendas, 8th Ed.,
Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 38-83.
Duncan Watts (2006), British Government and Politics: A Comparative Guide, Edinburgh
University Press: Edinburgh.
Unit 2. United States of America
Louis DeSipio (2019), ‘The United States’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A.
Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing Agendas,
8th Ed., Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 324-368.
John G. Geer, Wendy J. Schiller, Jeffrey A. Segal, and Dana K. Glencross (2012), Gateways to
Democracy: An Introduction to American Government, The Essentials, Cengage Learning:
Boston, MA, pp. 36-71 (The Constitution), 284-317 (Political Parties), 360-407 (Congress), 4-8-
453 (The Presidency)
Unit 3. Brazil
Alfred P. Montero (2019), ‘Brazil’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A. Joseph (eds.),
Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing Agendas, 8th Ed.,
Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 369-414.
Frances Hagopian (2019), ‘The Political Economy of Inequality’, in Barry Ames (eds.), Routledge
Handbook of Brazilian Politics, Routledge: New York, pp. 375-390.
Unit 4. Russia
Joan DeBardeleben (2019), ‘The Russian Federation’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and
William A. Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing
Agendas, 8th Ed., Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 555-606.
Eric Shiraev (2021), Russian Government and Politics, 3rd Ed., Red Globe Press: London, pp. 22-
67 (Political and Tradition Soviet State), 71-88 (The Executive Branch), 119-132 (Political
Parties).
Graeme Gill and James Young (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Russian Politics and Society,

90
Routledge: Oxon, pp. 71-80 (The Russian Constitution), 81-91 (Presidency), 102-114 (The
Duma’s Electoral System), 115-128 (Political Parties).
Unit 5. China
William A. Joseph (2019), ‘China’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A. Joseph (eds.),
Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing Agendas, 8th Ed.,
Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 653-700.
Michael Dillon (2009), Contemporary China: An Introduction, Routledge: New York, pp. 10-20,
137-160.
Elizabeth Freund Larus (2012), Politics and Society in Contemporary China, Lynne Rienner
Publisher: London, pp. 81-114
Unit 6. South Africa
Tom Lodge (2019), ‘South Africa’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A. Joseph (eds.),
Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing Agendas, 8th Ed.,
Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 462-508.
Anthony Butler (2004), Contemporary South Africa, Palgrave Macmillan: New York, pp. 6-30.
Unit 7. Israel
Don Peretz (1983) The Government and Politics of Israel, second ed., Wetview Press: Boulder.
Gregory S. Mahler (2016) Politics and Government in Israel, The Maturation of Modern State,
third ed., Rowman and Littlefield, Lanham.
Sunil K. Choudhary (2018) The Changing Face of Parties and Party Systems, Palgrave Macmillan.
Additional Readings:
Kenneth Newton and Jan W. van Deth (2010), Foundations of Comparative Politics: Democracies
of the Modern World, 2nd Ed., Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
Jeffrey Kopstein and Mark Lichbach (eds.) (2005), Comparative politics: Interests, identities, and
Institutions in a Changing Global Order, 2nd Ed., Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
Robert Singh (2003), American Government: A Concise Introduction, SAGE Publications:
London, pp. 25-45 (The US Constitution), 46-73 (Political Parties), 153-176 (Congress).
P. W. Preston (eds.) (2003). Contemporary China: The Dynamics of Change at the start of new
millennium, Routledge Curzon: London.
Paul E. Johnson, Gary J. Miller, John H. Aldrich (1994), American Government: People,
Institutions and Policies, Cengage Learning: Boston, MA.
Vicki L. Hesli (2007), Governments and Politics in Russia and the Post-Soviet Region, Houghton
Mifflin Company: Boston.

91
 DSC 18: India’s Foreign Policy: Challenges and Strategies

Course Objectives
This course seeks to equip students to engage with the key sources, theoretical underpinnings, and
the structural/functional dimensions of the foreign policymaking processes in India. Theoretical
grounding will apprise students about the shift in India’s identity as a postcolonial state to an
‘emerging power’ in the contemporary multipolar world. It will familiarize the students with the
domestic, regional and international drivers and constraints; how these intersect and have shaped
the evolution and practice of India’s foreign policy. Students will learn about critical issues and
developments of its foreign policy at the bilateral, regional, and global levels with a special focus
on India’s bargaining strategies and positioning in international climate change negotiations,
international economic governance and international security regimes. It will develop analytical
skills among the students to comprehend the impending foreign policy conundrums and give
students a basic yet nuanced understanding of India's opportunities and challenges in its foreign
policymaking in the contemporary world.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students would have acquired:
● basic knowledge of the sources, theoretical perspectives and key drivers of India’s foreign
policy.
● analyse the opportunities and challenges India faces in securing its interests as an emerging
global power.
● an insight about India’s position in changing global power equations particularly its
bilateral ties with powerful nations like the US and Russia along with India’s largest
neighbour, China.
● an enhanced understanding of India’s sub-regional, regional, and global issues of concern.
● grasp of India’s negotiation strategies in dealing with global trade, environment, and
security regimes.
● recognise the ways in which India deploys its soft power in the world.

Unit 1: India’s Foreign Policy: As a postcolonial state (9 Lectures)

a. Sources of India’s Foreign Policy
b. Theorizing India’s Foreign Policy
c. Dimensions of India’s Foreign Policy: Domestic and International
d. From Non-Alignment to Strategic Engagements in a Multipolar World

Unit 2: India and the Changing Global Power Equations (7 Lectures)

a. India and the USA
b. India and Russia
c. India and China

92
Unit 3: India in South Asia: Issues and Challenges (6 Lectures)
a. Issues: Land and boundary, Migration, and Refugee crisis
b. Debating Regional Strategies: SAARC and BIMSTEC

Unit 4: Challenges of India’s Foreign Policy in the Global Domain (9 Lectures)

a. Negotiating Styles and Strategies: Trade, Security and Climate Change
b. India’s Engagements in Multilateral Forums: BRICS

Unit 5: India as an Emerging Power (5 Lectures)

a. India in the Changing International Order
b. Soft power diplomacy

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: India’s Foreign Policy: As a postcolonial state (9 Lectures)

1.a. Sources of India’s Foreign Policy
Essential Readings
Shahi, D. (2019). Kautilya and Non-Western IR Theory. Switzerland: Palgrave Pivot, pp. 95-126.
Rajagopalan, S. (2014). “Grand Strategic Thought” in the Ramayana and Mahabharata. In Kanti
Bajpai, Saira Basit and V. Krishnappa (eds.), India’s Grand Strategy: History, Theory, Cases (1st
ed.,) (pp. 31-62). New Delhi: Routledge.
Additional Readings
Jaishankar, S. (2021). The India Way: Strategies for an Uncertain World. New Delhi: Harper
Collins India, pp. 45-68.
Narlikar, A., & Narlikar, A. (2014). Bargaining with a Rising India: Lessons from the
Mahabharata. Oxford: OUP, pp. 1-23.
Dixit, J.N. (1998). Across Borders: Fifty Years of India’s Foreign Policy. New Delhi: Thomson
Press, pp. 1-13.
Menon, S. (2021). India and Asian Geopolitics: The Past, Present. Penguin Random House. pp.
11-36.
1.b. Theorizing India’s Foreign Policy
Essential Readings
Thakur, V. (2012). Indian Foreign Policy. In Bhupinder S. Chimni & Siddharth Mallavarapu
(eds.), International Relations: Perspectives for the Global South (1st ed., pp. 39-53). New Delhi:
Pearson.
Bajpai, K. (2015). Five Approaches to the Study of Indian Foreign Policy. In David M. Malone,

93
C. Raja Mohan, & S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy (pp. 21-
34). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Additional Readings
Mallavarapu, Siddharth. (2015). Theorizing India's Foreign Relations, in David M. Malone and C.
Raja Mohan and S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy. United
Kingdom: Oxford University Press, pp. 35-48.
Chacko, Priya. 2019. Constructivism and Indian Foreign Policy. In Harsh Pant (ed.), New
Directions in India’s Foreign Policy: Theory and Praxis (pp. 48-66). Cambridge University Press.
1.c. Dimensions of India’s Foreign Policy: Domestic and International
Essential Readings
Raghavan, P.S. (2020). National Security Determinants of Foreign Policy. In Arvind Gupta & Anil
Wadhwa (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World (pp. 34-44). New Delhi:
Sage Publications.
Bandyopadhyay, J. (2003) Making of India's Foreign Policy. New Delhi: Allied Publishers, pp.
29-80.
Additional Readings
Appadorai, A. (1981). The Domestic Roots of India’s Foreign Policy. New Delhi: OUP, pp. 1-26.
Zajaczkowski, J. (2014). India’s Foreign Policy Following the Cold War Year. In Jacub
Zajaczkowski, Jivanta Schottli, & Manish Thapa (eds.), India in the Contemporary World: Polity,
Economy, and International Relations (pp.265-308). New Delhi: Routledge.
Sahni, Varun. (2007). India's Foreign Policy: Key drivers. The South African Journal of
International Affairs,14 (2), 21-35.
1.d. From Non-Alignment to Strategic Engagements in a Multipolar World
Essential Readings
Mishra, K.P. (1981). Towards Understanding Non-alignment. International Studies, 20 (1-2), 23-
37.
Pant, H.V., & Super, J.M. (2015). India’s ‘non-alignment’ conundrum: a twentieth- century policy
in a changing world. International Affairs, 91(4), 747-764.
Hall, Ian (2019). Modi and the Reinvention of Indian Foreign Policy. Bristol: Bristol University
Press, pp. 21-40.
Additional Readings
Kaura, V. (2021). Debating the Relevance of Non-alignment in Indian Diplomacy. India
Quarterly, 77 (3), 501-506.
Tripathi, S. (2020). India’s Foreign Policy Dilemma over Non-Alignment 2.0. Mathura Road: Sage
Publications, pp. 99-145.

94
Saran, S. (2015). India’s Contemporary Plurilateralism. In David M. Malone, C. Raja Mohan, &
S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy (pp.623-635), Oxford: OUP.
Roy, G. S. (2021). ASEAN in India's Act East Policy. In M. Mayilvaganan (ed.), ASEAN and
India–ASEAN Relations Navigating Shifting Geopolitics. London: Routledge, pp. 91-106.
Panda, J. P. (2021). India's Indo-Pacific Prism Finding Strategic Autonomy in the Face of Chinese
Adventurism. In Brendon J. Cannon & Kei Hakata (eds.), Indo-Pacific Strategies Navigating
Geopolitics at the Dawn of a New Age (pp.62-80). London: Routledge.
Unit 2: India and the Changing Global Power Equations (7 Lectures)
2.a. India and the USA
Essential Readings
Tellis, Ashley J. (2013). The Transforming US-Indian Relationship and Its Significance for
American Interests. In Kanti P. Bajpai and Harsh V. Pant (eds.), India's Foreign Policy: A Reader
(pp. 303-320). New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Pande, Aparna. (2021). Natural Allies. In Shweta Dhaliwal (ed.) , Indo-US Relations: Steering
through the Changing World Order (pp. 10-35) . New York: Routledge.
Additional Readings
Hagerty, D. T. (2016). The Indo-US Entente: Committed Relationship or ‘Friends with Benefits’?
in Ganguly, Sumit (ed.), Engaging the World: Indian Foreign Policy Since 1947 (pp. 133-155),
New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Madan, T. (2020). Fateful Triangle: How China Shaped US-India Relations During the Cold War.
Washington D. C.: Brookings, pp. 1-13; 291-300.
Dhaliwal, S. (2021). Introduction. In Shweta Dhaliwal (ed.), Indo-US Relations: Steering through
the Changing World Order (pp. 1-9). New York: Routledge.
2.b. India and Russia
Essential Readings
Malhotra, A. (2020). India–Russia Ties: Exploring Convergences and Divergences. In Arvind
Gupta & Anil Wadhwa (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World (pp. 266-
280). New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Upadhyay, A. (2015). India and Russia in Changing World. Economic and Political Weekly, 50
(33). https://www.epw.in/journal/2015/33/commentary/india-and-russia-changing-world.html
Tellis, A.J. (2022). “What is in Our Interest”: India and the Ukraine War. Carnegie Endowment
for International Peace. https://carnegieendowment.org/2022/04/25/what-is-in-our-interest-india-
and-ukraine-war-pub-86961
Additional Readings
Menon, R. (2015). India and Russia: The anatomy and Evolution of a Relationship. In David M.
Malone, C. Raja Mohan, & S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy

95
(pp.509-523). Oxford: OUP.
Kapoor, N. (2019). India-Russia ties in a changing world order: In pursuit of a Special Strategic
Partnership. ORF Occasional Paper. https://www.orfonline.org/research/india-russia-ties-in-a-
changing-world-order-in-pursuit-of-a-special-strategic-partnership-56877/
Ollapally, Deepa M. (2010). The Evolution of India’s Relations with Russia, In Sumit Ganguly
(ed.), India’s Foreign Policy: Retrospect and Prospect (pp. 226-247). New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
Singh, A.I. (1995). India’s Relations with Russia and Central Asia. International Affairs, 71 (1),
pp. 69-81.
2.c. India and China
Essential Readings
Tellis A., & Mirski S. (2013). Introduction. In A. Tellis and S. Mirski (eds.), Crux of Asia: China,
India, and the Emerging Global Order, Washington: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace,
pp. 3-44.
Gokhale, V. (2021). The Road from Galwan: The Future of India-China Relations. Carnegie
Endowment for International Peace. https://carnegieindia.org/2021/03/10/road-from-galwan-
future-of-india-china-relations-pub-84019
Additional Readings
Mansingh, S. (2016). Rising China and Emergent India in the Twenty-first century Friends or
Rivals? In Kanti P. Bajpai & Harsh V Pant (eds.), India's Foreign Policy: A Reader (pp. 281-302).
New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Pardesi, M.S. (2016). India's China Policy. In Sumit Ganguly (ed.), Engaging the World: India's
Foreign Policy Since 1947 (pp.167-189). New Delhi: OUP.
Swaran, S. ( 2021).COVID-19 and India-China Equations: Examining their Interface in the Indian
Ocean Region . Chinese Studies Journal, 15, 11-132.
https://jnu.ac.in/Faculty/ssingh/Singh_Covid19%20and%20India%20China%20Equations_CSJ
%20Vol%2015-2021.pdf
Unit 3: India in South Asia: Issues and Challenges (6 Lectures )
3.a. Land and Boundary, Migration, and Refugee crisis
Essential Readings
Muni, S.D. (2003). Problem Areas in India’s Neighbourhood Policy. South Asian Survey,10
(2),185-196.
Tripathi, D. & Chaturvedi, S. (2020) South Asia: Boundaries, Borders and Beyond, Journal of
Borderlands Studies, 35(2), 173-181. DOI: 10.1080/08865655.2019.1669483.
Shyam Saran, “Role of Border States in India’s Foreign Policy,” Speech at IIT Guwahati, 29 March
2016.

96
Chowdhory, N. Citizenship and Membership: Placing Refugees in India. In Nasir Uddin &
Nasreen Chowdhory (eds.), Deterritorialized Identity and Transborder Movementsin South Asia
(pp. 37-54). Singapore: Springer.
Ray Chaudhary, A.B., & Ghosh, A.K. (2021, April) Trans-Border Migration: Bridging the Gap
between State and Human Security. Observer Research Foundation.
https://www.orfonline.org/research/trans-border-migration-bridging-the-gap-between-state-and-
human-security/
Additional Readings
Dubey, Muchkund. (2016). Dealing with Neighbours in India's Foreign Policy: Coping with the
Changing World. Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, pp.64-86.
Das, P. (2014). Issues in the Management of the Indo-Pakistan International border. Strategic
Analysis, 38 (3), pp.307-324.
Ranjan, A. (2018) India-Bangladesh Border Dispute: History and LBA Dynamics. Singapore:
Springer, pp. 65-88.
Sekhon, J.S., & Sharma, S. (2019). Involuntary Migration in the Border Belt of Indian Punjab. In
Nasir Uddin & Nasreen Chowdhory (eds.), Deterritorialized Identity and Transborder Movements
in South Asia (pp. 155-176). Singapore: Springer.
Chari, P.R. (2003). Missing Boundaries: Refugees, Migrants, Stateless and Internally Displaced
Persons in South Asia: An Overview. In P.R. Chari, Mallika Joseph, & Suba Chandran (eds.),
Missing Boundaries: Refugees, Migrants, Stateless and Internally Displaced Persons in South
Asia (pp. 17-38). New Delhi: Manohar Publishers.
3.b. Debating Regional Strategies: SAARC and BIMSTEC
Essential Readings
Chatterjee, S. (2019). India and the SAARC: Security, Commerce, and Community. In Shibashis
Chatterjee, Sumit Ganguly, & E. Sridharan (eds.), India’s Spatial Imaginations of South Asia:
Power, Commerce, and Community. Oxford Scholarship Online.
DOI:10.1093/oso/9780199489886.003.0004
Gul, N. (2015). SAARC and the Regional Integration in South Asia. In Rajiv Bhatia, Swaran
Singh, & Reena Marwah (eds.), Transforming South Asia: Imperatives for Action (pp. 159-174).
New Delhi: KW Publishers & Indian Council of World Affairs.
Chakravarty, P. R. (2021). BIMSTEC: India's Foreign Policy Fulcrum. In Aparna Pande (ed.),
Routledge Handbook on South Asian Foreign Policy (pp.183-201). New York: Routledge.
https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429054808
Additional Readings
Parida, S.K. (2020). India, SAARC and the Covid-19 Pandemic. World Affairs, 24(4), 112-119.
Muni, S.D., & Jetley, R. (2010). SAARC Prospects: The Changing Dimensions. In S.D. Muni
(ed.), Emerging Dimensions of SAARC (pp. 1-31). New Delhi: Foundation Books.

97
Seema Narain (2010), SAARC and South Asia Economic Integration. In S.D. Muni (ed.),
Emerging Dimensions of SAARC (pp. 32-50). New Delhi: Foundation Books.
Omer, H. (2021). Perspective on BIMSTEC in transforming South Asia. In Adluri Subramanyam
Raju & Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury (eds.), New Futures for BIMSTEC: Connectivity, Commerce
and Security. New York: Routledge.
Unit 4: Challenges of India’s Foreign Policy in the Global Domain (9 Lectures)
4.a. Negotiating Styles and Strategies: Trade, Security and Climate Change
Essential Readings
Trade:
Mehta, S. P., & Chatterjee, B. (2015). India in the International TradingSystem. In David M.
Malone, C. Raja Mohan & S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy
(pp. 636-649). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sharma, M. S., & Bhogal, P. (2022). India and Global Trade Governance: A Saga of Missed
Opportunities. In Harsh V Pant (ed.), India and Global Governance: A Rising Power and Its
Discontents (pp. 109-134). New York: Routledge.
Security
Narang, V. (2016). India’s Nuclear Weapon Policy. In Sumit Ganguly (ed.), Engaging the World-
India’s Foreign Policy Since 1947 (pp. 448-467). New Delhi: OUP.
Biswas, A. (2022). India’s Rise in the Global Nuclear Governance Architecture: Principles,
Exceptions, and Contradictions. In Harsh V Pant (ed.), India and Global Governance: A Rising
Power and Its Discontents ( pp. 17-27). New York: Routledge.
Climate Change
Dubash, K. N., & Rajamani, L. (2015). Multilateral Diplomacy on Climate Change. In David M.
Malone, C. Raja Mohan, & S. Raghavan (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy
(pp. 663-677). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sengupta, S. (2013). Defending ‘Differentiation’: India’s Foreign Policy on Climate Change from
Rio to Copenhagen. In Kanti P. Bajpai & Harsh V Pant (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy:A Reader
(pp. 389-411).New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Additional Readings
Trade
Narlikar, A. (2021). India’s foreign economic policy under Modi: negotiations and narratives in
the WTO and beyond. International Politics, 59(1),148-166.
Mukherji, R. (2014). India and Global Economic Governance: From Structural Conflict to
Embedded Liberalism. International Studies Review, doi: 10.1111/misr.12155
Security

98
Karnad, B. (2021, October 28). Nuclear-wise, India is seriously handicapped (by govt!).
https://bharatkarnad.com/2021/10/28/nuclear-wise-india-is-seriously-handicapped-by-govt/
Rajagopalan, R. (2005) India's Nuclear Doctrine and The Nuclear Danger New Delhi: Penguin
Books India, pp. 67-88.
Sinha, U.K. (2020) Rebalancing Foreign Policy and Non-traditional Security Issues. In Arvind
Gupta & Anil Wadhwa (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World (pp. 115-
130). New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Climate Change
Nachiappan, K. (2019) Agenda-setting from behind: India and the Framework Convention on
climate change. India Review, 18(5), 552-567.
Negi, A. (2014) India and the Climate Change Regime. In Amitabh Mattoo & Happymon Jacob
(eds.), India and the International System: Theory, Policy and Structure (pp. 287-307). New Delhi:
Australia-India Institute Series in Foreign Policy and International Relations and Manohar
Publications.
Raghunandan, D. (2013). Rethinking India’s Climate Policy and the Global Negotiations. Oxfam
India. https://www.oxfamindia.org/sites/default/files/Raghu%27s%20paper.pdf
4.b. India’s Engagements in Multilateral Forums: BRICS
Essential Readings
Sharma, R. K. (2022). BRICS in India’s Vision for Global Governance. In Harsh V Pant (ed.),
India and Global Governance: A Rising Power and Its Discontents (pp. 135-145). New York:
Routledge.
Additional Readings
Sakhuja, V. (2014). BRICS: The Oceanic Connections. Institute of Peace and Conflict Studies,
available at http://www.ipcs.org/comm_select.php?articleNo=4594
Unit 5: India as an Emerging Power (5 Lectures)
5.a. India in the Changing International Order
Essential Readings
Saran, S. (2017). How India Sees the World: Kautilya to the 21st Century. Juggernaut Books. pp.
258-275.
Menon, S. (2021). India and Asian Geopolitics: The Past, Present. Penguin Random House. pp.1-
10, pp. 340-374.
Additional Readings
Rajgopalan, R., & Sahni, V. (2008). India and the Great Powers: Strategic Imperatives: Normative
Necessities. South Asian Survey, 15 (1), 5–32.
Kukreja, V. (2017). Dynamics of Change and Continuity in India’s Foreign Policy under Modi’s

99
Regime in Shantesh K Singh (ed.). India’s Foreign Policy Continuity with Difference Under Modi
Government, pp. 1-16). New Delhi: Manak Publications.
Raja Mohan, C. (2013). Changing Global Order: India’s Perspective. In A. Tellis & S. Mirski
(Eds.), Crux of Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order (pp. 53-62). Washington:
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
5.b. Soft power diplomacy
Essential Readings
Kugiel, P. (2012). India’s Soft Power in South Asia. International Studies, 49 (3-4), 351-376.
Paul, T.V. (2014). Indian Soft Power in a Globalizing World. Current History, 113(762), 157-162.
Mazumdar, A. (2018). India’s Soft Power Diplomacy under the Modi Administration: Buddhism,
Diaspora, and Yoga. Asian Affairs, 49 (3), 468-49.
Additional Readings
Gupta, A.K. (2008). Commentary on India’s Soft Power and Diaspora. International Journal on
World Peace, 25(3), 61-68.
Sikri, Veena (2020). Strategizing Soft Power Projection. In Arvind Gupta & Anil Wadhwa (ed.),
India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World (pp. 45-61). New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Pathak, V. (2018). Indian Diaspora: A Strategic Asset for Indian Foreign Policy in the 21st Century.
In Sangit K. Ragi (ed.), Imagining India as a Global Power: Prospects and Challenges (pp. 223-
226). Oxon and New York: Routledge.

Reference Books/Literature
Malone, D. M. , & Raja Mohan, C. and Raghavan, S. (2015). The Oxford Handbook of Indian
Foreign Policy. United Kingdom: Oxford University Press.
Ganguly, S. (2016). Engaging the World-Indian Foreign Policy since 1947. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
Ragi, S. K. (2018). Imagining India as a Global Power: Prospects and Challenges. New York:
Routledge.
Malone, David M. (2011). Does the Elephant Dance? Contemporary Indian Foreign Policy, New
Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Sikri, R. (2007). Challenge & Strategy in Rethinking India’s Foreign Policy. Sage Publications.
Khilani. S., Mehta, R.K., Mehta, P. B. (eds.). (2012). Non-Alignment 2.0. https://cprindia.org/wp-
content/uploads/2021/12/NonAlignment-2.pdf.
Dubey, M. (2015). India’s Foreign Policy: Coping with the Changing World. Hyderabad: Orient
BlackSwan.
Ganguly, S. (2019). Indian Foreign Policy: Oxford India Short Introductions. Oxford University

100
Press.
Gupta, A. (2018) How India manages its National Security. Penguin Random House.
Cohen, S. (2002) India: Emerging Power. Brookings Institution Press.
Hall, I.(ed.). (2014). The Engagement of India: Strategies and Responses. Washington DC:
Georgetown University Press.
Dutt, V.P. (1984) India’s Foreign Policy. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.
Pande, A. (2020) India's Marathon: Reshaping the Post-Pandemic World Order. Takshashila
Institution.
Pande, A. (2017). From Chanakya to Modi: Evolution of India's Foreign Policy. New Delhi:
HarperCollins Publishers.

िहंदी में िकताबें और लेख

गांगुलE, स;ु मत (2018) भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त : पन

ु रावलोकन एवं संभावनाएं , अनव
ु ादक: अ;भषेक चौधरE,
नई AदCलE : ऑrसफोड$ य9ू नव;स$टE eेस।

सीकरE, राजीव (2009) भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त : चन

ु ौती और राजनी9त। नई AदCलE : सेज भाषा।

अरोड़ा, ;लपाbी, खuना, वी.एन., कुमार लेRलE के. (2019). भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त। नई AदCलE : Fवकास
eकाशन।

दEšbत, जे.एन. (2020) भारतीय Fवदे श नी9त। नई AदCलE : eभात eकाशन।

;मœा, राजेश (2018) भारतीय Fवदे श नी9त : भम

ु ंडलEकरण के दौर मo । नई AदCलE : ओ@रएंट PलैकRवान।

पंत, हष$ (2022) इस संकट मo चीन के हाथ‰ –स को खो न दo हम!

https://www.orfonline.org/hindi/research/ukraine-crisis-russia-at-the-hands-of-china-in-this-crisis/

सरन, समीर (2022) 75 वष$ का भारत : नै9तकता, अथ${यवRथा और ;मसाल।

https://www.orfonline.org/hindi/research/india-75-ethic-economy-and-exemplar/

आर. एस . यादव (2013), भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त। नई AदCलE : Fपयस$न एजक

ु े शन।

प]ु पेश पuत (2010), भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त। नई AदCलE : मैकjाAहल एजक
ु े शन।

द•, वी.पी. (2015), बदलते द9ु नया मo भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त (1987 से 2008 तक)। AदCलE : AहंदE माvयम
9नदे शालय, AदCलE FवwवFवxयालय।

यादव, आर.एस. (2013) भारत कL Fवदे श नी9त। AदCलE : Fपयस$न।

101
 DSC 19: Western Political Philosophy - II

Course Objective
This course aims to expose the students to the manner in which normative questions on politics
have been posed and examine their implications for larger questions surrounding our collective
existence. By introducing the philosophers from different traditions students will be able to answer
few fundamental political questions: Why do we live in political communities? How ought we to
live together? What is the ‘best’ form of government? How do values and institutions relate to one
another?

Course Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course students would be able to:
• Understand the idea of modernity and establish a connection between societal changes
and desired political prescriptions.
• Understand the tools of political argument.
• Identify various shades of political discourses and evaluate them.

Unit 1: Modernity and its discourses (1 week)

Kant as an Enlightenment thinker; Faith on Reason; Autonomy; Ethics and Politics.

Unit 2: Romantics (2 weeks)

a. Jean Jacques Rousseau (1 week)
Critique of Modern civilization; Origins of inequality; State of Nature and the Contract;
General Will; Democracy and self-government;
b. Mary Wollstonecraft (1 week)
Women and paternalism; Sentiment and Reason; legal rights and representation

Unit 3: Liberal (2 weeks)

John Stuart Mill
Liberal Utilitarianism; Liberty, suffrage and defence of democracy; subjection of women

Unit 4: Radicals (2 Weeks)

a. Hegel
Ethical life: family, civil society and state
b. Karl Marx
Historical materialism; concept of value; critique of Capitalism; inevitability of class
struggle

102
 Unit wise reading list

1. Modernity and its discourses

Kant. (1784) ‘What is Enlightenment?’ available at http://theliterarylink.com/kant.html, Accessed:
19.04.2013
S. Hall (1992) ‘Introduction’, in Formations of Modernity UK: Polity Press pages 1-16 B. Nelson
(2008) Western Political Thought. New York: Pearson Longman, pp. 221-255.
Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Lectures on Rousseau, Harvard
University Press, London pp: 191-229.
2. Romantics
M. Keens-Soper (2003) ‘Jean Jacques Rousseau: The Social Contract’, in M. Forsyth and M.
Keens-Soper (eds) A Guide to the Political Classics: Plato to Rousseau. New York: Oxford
University Press, pp. 171-202.
C. Jones (2002) ‘Mary Wollstonecraft’s Vindications and their Political Tradition’ in C. Johnson
(ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Mary Wollstonecraft, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 42-58.
3. Liberal
Mill, J.S. ‘On Liberty’ and other writings, Chapter 1, 3, 4.
Mill, J.S. Utilitarianism (Indiamapolis: Hickett Publishing,2001), Chapter1,2, and 4
Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Lectures on Mill, Harvard University
Press, London Pp251-314
Acton, H.B (1972), John Stuart Mill: Utilitarianism, Liberty and Representative Government,
David Campbell Publishers Ltd.
H. Magid (1987) ‘John Stuart Mill’, in L. Strauss and J. Cropsey (eds), History of Political
Philosophy, 2nd edition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 784-801.
P. Kelly (2003) ‘J.S. Mill on Liberty’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly (eds.) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 324-359.
4. Radicals
Hegel’s Philosophy of Right,
https://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/hegel/works/pr/philosophy-of-right.pdf
J. Cropsey (1987) ‘Karl Marx’, in L. Strauss and J. Cropsey (eds) History of Political Philosophy,
2ndEdition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 802-828.
L. Wilde (2003) ‘Early Marx’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly, P. (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 404-435.

103
Additional Resources:
A. Bloom (1987) ‘Jean-Jacques Rousseau’, in Strauss, L. and Cropsey, J. (eds.) History of Political
Philosophy, 2nd edition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 559-580.
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections, New Delhi: Pearson
Education, pp. 328-354.
B. Ollman (1991) Marxism: An Uncommon Introduction, New Delhi: Sterling Publishers.
G. Blakely and V. Bryson (2005) Marx and Other Four Letter Words, London: Pluto
A. Skoble, and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections, New Delhi: Pearson
Education, pp. 286-327.
Hannah Arendt (1958), The Origins of Totalitarianism, New York: The World Publishing
Company.
Readings in Hindi
सी. एल. वेपर (1954), राज दशर्न का स्वाध्ययन, इलाहबाद: िकताब महल.

जे. पी. सूद (1969), पाश्चात्य राजनीितक िचं तन , जय प्रकाश नाथ और कंपनी.

104
 DSC 20: Development Process and Social Movements in Contemporary India

Course Objective
This course aims to develop an understanding of the development process in India among the
students. It hopes to provide the students with the analytical tools which will help explain the
trajectory and signposts in the development process, focussing on the transformations that have
occurred to enable redistribution and also paradoxically, new geographies of power and
disadvantages. It is for this reason that the course seeks to build a relationship between state
practices of development planning and implementation and the demands that come from social
groups protesting dispossession and the high costs of social reproduction. The course attempts to
trace the centrality of state in developmental planning, the ramifications of liberalisation and
globalisation, innovations and strategies deployed to raise revenue and curtail social expenditure,
and the relationship between planning, development and social vulnerabilities. It is hoped that the
course would generate an understanding of the challenges that are faced in planning for
development, the relationship between planning and democracy and the role that social movements
play in the formulation of policies incorporate the voices of the people. In this context an
understanding of the changes in policies impacting the industrial and agrarian sectors become
crucial for understanding the role of the state and social movements.

Course Learning Outcome

On successful completion of the course, students would be able to:
• Show knowledge of development policies and planning in India since independence
• Understand the development strategies and their impact on industrial economy and
agriculture
• Understand the emergence of social movements in response to the development policies
adopted by successive governments
• Demonstrate awareness of the different trajectories of specific social movements in India,
their demands and successes.

Unit 1. Development Process since Independence

a. State and planning
b. Liberalization and reforms
c. Recent trends in monetary, fiscal and taxation policy including the Goods and Services
Tax

Unit 2. Industrial Development Strategy and its Impact on the Social Structure
a. Mixed economy, privatisation, the impact on organised and unorganized labour
b. Emergence of the new middle class

105
Unit 3. Agrarian Development Strategy and its Impact on the Social Structure
a. Land Reforms, Green Revolution
b. Agrarian crisis since the 1990s and its impact on farmers, land acquisition and
development of land markets

Unit 4. Social Movements

a. Tribal, Farmers, Dalit and Women’s movements
b. Civil rights movement

Unit 5. Migration and Development

Unit wise reading list

The Development Process since Independence

Santosh Mehrotra and Sylvie Guichard (eds.), Planning in the 20th Century and Beyond: India’s
Planning Commission and the Niti Aayog, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020 [Sylvie
Guichard and Santosh Mehrotra, ‘Planning for a 21st Century India’ (Ch 1: pp. 1-22); Pronab Sen,
‘Plan, but Do Not Over-plan: Lessons for Niti Aayog’ (Ch 13: pp. 264-282); Santosh Mehrotra,
‘Why Does India Need a Central Planning Institution in the 21st Century’ (Ch 14: pp.283-217).
A.Mozoomdar (1994) ‘The Rise and Decline of Development Planning in India’, In T J Byers
(ed.), The State and Development Planning in India, Delhi. OUP, pp.73-108
T. Byres (1994) ‘Introduction: Development Planning and the Interventionist State Versus
Liberalization and the Neo-Liberal State: India, 1989-1996’, in T. Byres (ed.) The State,
Development Planning and Liberalization in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.1-35.
A. Varshney (2010) ‘Mass Politics or Elite Politics? Understanding the Politics of India’s
Economic Reforms’, in R. Mukherji (ed.), India’s Economic Transition: The Politics of Reforms,
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 146-169.
P. Chatterjee (2000) ‘Development Planning and the Indian State’, in Zoya Hasan (ed.), Politics
and the State in India, New Delhi: Sage, pp.116-140.
P. Patnaik and C. Chandrasekhar (2007), ‘India: Dirigisme, Structural Adjustment, and the Radical
Alternative’ in B. Nayar (ed.), Globalization and Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp. pp.218-240.
P. Bardhan (2005), ‘Epilogue on the Political Economy of Reform in India’, in the Political
Economy of Development in India, 6th Impression, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Arun Kumar (2017), Money Supply and Economic Structure Economic Consequences of
Demonetisation, Economic and Political weekly, 52(1)
Surajit Das (2017) Some Concerns Regarding the Goods and Services Tax, Economic and Political
Weekly, 52(9)

106
S. Mehrotra and S. Guichard, eds. (2020), Planning in the 20th Century and Beyond: India’s
Planning Commission and the Niti Aayog, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Industrial development strategy and its impact on social structure
A. Aggarwal (2006), ‘Special Economic Zones: Revisiting the Policy Debate’, in Economic and
Political Weekly, XLI (43-44), pp. 4533-36.
B. Nayar (1989), India’s Mixed Economy: The Role of Ideology and its Development, Bombay:
Popular Prakashan.
F. Frankel (2005), Crisis of National Economic Planning in India’s Political Economy (1947-
2004): The Gradual Revolution, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 93-340.
L. Fernandes (2007), India’s New Middle Class: Democratic Politics in an Era of Economic
Reform, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
S. Shyam (2003), ‘Organising the Unorganised’, in Seminar [Footloose Labour: A Sumposium on
Livelihood Struggles of the Informal Workforce, 531], pp. 47-53.
S. Chowdhury (2007), ‘Globalisation and Labour’, in B. Nayar (ed.) Globalisation and Politics in
India, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 516-526.
V. Chibber (2005) ‘From Class Compromise to Class Accommodation: Labor’s Incorporation in
to the Indian Political Economy’ in R. Ray, and M.F. Katzenstein (eds.) Social Movements in India,
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 32-60.
Agrarian development strategy and its impact on social structure
A. Desai (ed.) (1986) Agrarian Struggles in India after Independence, Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp. xi-xxxvi.
F. Frankel (1971), ‘Introduction’, in India’s Green Revolution: Economic Gains and Political
Costs, Princeton and New Jersey, Princeton University Press.
F. Frankel (2009), Harvesting Despair: Agrarian Crisis in India, Delhi: Perspectives, pp. 161-169.
J. Harriss (2006), ‘Local Power and the Agrarian Political Economy’ in Harriss, J.(ed) Power
Matters: Essays on Institutions, Politics, and Society in India, Delhi. Oxford University Press,
pp.29-32.
K. C. Suri (2006) ‘Political Economy of Agrarian Distress’, in Economic and Political Weekly,
XLI (16) pp.1523-1529.
P. Sainath (2010), ‘Agrarian Crisis and Farmers’ Suicide’, Occasional Publication 22, New Delhi:
India International Centre (IIC).
M. Sidhu (2010), ‘Globalisation vis-à-vis Agrarian Crisis in India’, in R. Deshpande and S. Arora
(eds.), Agrarain Crisis and Farmer Suicides, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 149-174.
Pradeep Nayak (2020) Land Reforms to Land Tilling, New Delhi. Sage.
V. Sridhar (2006) ‘Why Do Farmers Commit Suicide? The Case Study of Andhra Pradesh’, in
Economic and Political Weekly, XLI (16).

107
Gian Singh et al (2017), Indebtedness among Farmers and Agricultural Labourers in Rural Punjab,
Economic and Political Weekly, 52 (6).
A. Shrivastava and A. Kothari (2012) ‘Land Wars and Crony Capitalism’, in A. Shrivastava and
A. Kothari, Churning the Earth pp. 193-203 New Delhi, Penguin
Dhanmanjiri Sathe, 2017, Introduction and A Review of Some Other Acquisitions in Indian and
Policy Implications, in The Political Economy of Land Acquisition in India, How a Village Stops
Being One, Springer.
Social Movements
G. Haragopal, and K. Balagopal (1998) ‘Civil Liberties Movement and the State in India’, in M.
Mohanty, P. Mukherji and O. Tornquist (eds.), People’s Rights: Social Movements and the State
in Third World, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 353-371.
A.Ray (1996), ‘Civil Rights Movement and Social Struggle in India’, in Economic and Political
Weekly, XXI (28), pp.1202-1205.
M. Mohanty (2002) ‘The Changing Definition of Rights in India’, in S. Patel, J. Bagchi, and K Raj
(ed.), Thinking Social Sciences in India: Essays in Honour of Alice Thorner, New Delhi, Sage.
G. Omvedt (2012) ‘The Anti-caste Movement and the Discourse of Power’, in N.G. Jayal (ed.)
Democracy in India, New Delhi: Oxford India Paperbacks, sixth impression, pp.481-508.
M. Weiner (2001) ‘The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics’, in A. Kohli. (ed.) The
Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge: CUP, pp.193-225.
A. Roy (2010), ‘The Women’s Movement’, in N. Jayal and P. Mehta (eds.), The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 409-422.
D. N. Dhanagare 2017, Understanding the Farmers’ Movement in Maharashtra: Towards an
Analytical Framework, in Populism and Power: Farmers’ movement in western India, 1980—
2014, Routledge
Sudhir Kumar Suthar, 2018, Contemporary Farmers’ Protests and the ‘New Rural–Agrarian’ in
India, Economic and Political Weekly, 53 (26-27)
Brass, T. (1994) Introduction: The new farmers’ movements in India, The Journal of Peasant
Studies, 21:3-4, 3-26, DOI: 10.1080/03066159408438553
Baviskar, A. and Levien,M. (2021) ‘Farmers’ protests in India: introduction to the JPS
Forum,’ The Journal of Peasant Studies, 48:7, DOI: 10.1080/03066150.2021.1998002
Satendra Kumar (2021), Class, Caste and Agrarian Change: The Making of Farmers’ Protest,
Journal of Peasant Studies, Vol 48, No.7, Pp 1371-1379.
S. Sinha (2002) ‘Tribal Solidarity Movements in India: A Review’, in G. Shah. (ed.) Social
Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 251-266.
Migration and Development in India
K. Sankaran (2021) The Fundamental Freedom to Migrate within India, Economic and Political
Weekly, 56(23)

108
C. Upadhya, and R. Mario (2012) "Migration, transnational flows, and development in India: a
regional perspective." Economic and Political Weekly (2012): 54-62.
P. Deshingkar (2008). Circular internal migration and development in India. Migration and
development within and across broader: Research and policy perspectives on internal and
international migration, 161-188.
R. Marchang (2022) Emerging Pattern and Trend of Migration in Megacities, Economic and
Political Weekly, 57 (15)
Additional Readings:
A. R. Desai (ed.) Agrarian Struggles in India after Independence, Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp. 566-588.
B. Nayar (ed.) (2007) Globalisation and Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
S. Roy and K. Debal (2004), Peasant Movements in Post-Colonial India: Dynamics of
Mobilisation and Identity, Delhi: Sage.
G. Omvedt (1983), Reinventing Revolution: New Social Movements and the Socialist Tradition in
India, New York: Sharpe.
G. Shah (ed.) (2002) Social Movements and the State. New Delhi: Sage Publications.
G. Shah (2004), Social Movements in India: A Review of Literature, New Delhi: Sage Publications.
G. Rath (ed.) (2006), Tribal Development in India: The Contemporary Debate, New Delhi: Sage
publications.
J. Harris (2009), Power Matters: Essays on Institutions, Politics and Society in India, Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
K. Suresh (ed.) (1982) Tribal Movements in India, Vol I and II, New Delhi: Manohar (emphasis
on the introductory chapter).
M. Mohanty, P. Mukherje and O. Tornquist (1998), People’s Rights: Social Movements and the
State in the Third World, New Delhi: Sage Publications.
M.S.A. Rao (ed.) (1978) Social Movements in India, Vol.2, Delhi: Manohar.
N.G. Jayal, and P.B. Mehta (eds.) (2010) The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
P. Bardhan (2005), The Political Economy of Development in India, 6th Impression, Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
R. Mukherji (ed.), India’s Economic Transition: The Politics of Reforms, Delhi: Oxford University
Press.
R. Ray and M. Katzenstein (ed.) (2005), Social Movements in India: Delhi: Oxford University
Press.
S. Chakravarty (1987), Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Delhi: Oxford University
Press.

109
 DSE 1a: State Politics in India

Course Objective
This course situates the study of state politics as one of the key domains of Indian politics. It aims
to introduce the students to ‘state politics’ in India as a significant site where key idioms,
processes and practices of democratic politics are produced. Discussing the relevance of the
theme, the course focusses on various theories on state politics, the historical and constitutional
context that shaped state reorganisation including linguistic demands and other recent demands
for smaller states. The course also focuses on the rise of regional parties and movements as the
means through which state politics unfolds. It subsequently looks at the political economy of
development in the states through a detailed analysis of agrarian change, with specific focus on
the rise of the agrarian capitalist class, rural markets, agrarian movements, regional business and
economic reforms in the states.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the students would demonstrate:
• Knowledge of the historical context and legal framework of the emergence of state
politics in India
• Understanding of the phenomenon of state formation and reorganisation as part of both
national and regional politics in India
• Awareness of the nature of agrarian politics in India and the political economy of states
in India
• Knowledge of electoral politics and political leadership in states in India.

Unit 1: State politics in India

Relevance and frameworks of analysis

Unit 2: States reorganisation and formation of states

Unit 3: Agrarian politics

Rise of an agrarian capitalist class, rural markets, land acquisition and farmers’ movements.

Unit 4: Political economy of development and reforms in the states

Policy, politics, and regional business.

Unit 5: Electoral politics in states

Political parties, leadership, and mobilisation

110
 Unit wise reading list

State politics in India: relevance and frameworks of analysis

Kumar, A. (2016) Introduction, in Rethinking State Politics in India-Regions Within Regions,
Taylor and Francis.
Pai, Sudha (1989) ‘Towards a theoretical framework for the study of state politics in India: Some
observations, The Indian Journal of Political Science , Jan. - March, Vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 94-109
Tillin, L. (2013) ‘National and Subnational Comparative Politics: Why, What and How,’ Studies
in Indian Politics, Vol.1, No.02, pp.235-240.
Snyder, R. (2001) ‘Scaling Down: The Subnational Comparative Method,’ Studies in Comparative
International Development, Spring 2001, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 93–110.
States reorganization and formation of states
Mawdsley, E. (2002). Redrawing the body politic: federalism, regionalism and the creation of new
states in India. Commonwealth & Comparative Politics, Vol. 40, No.3, pp. 34-54.
Sarangi, A. and Pai, S. (2011), Introduction: Contextualising Reorganisation, in Sarangi, A. and
Pai, S (eds) Interrogating Reorganisation of States-Culture, Identity and Politics in India,
Routledge, New Delhi.
Tillin, Louise (2011), Reorganising the Hindi Heartland in 2000: The Deep Regional Politics of
State Formation, in Sarangi, A. and Pai, S (eds) Interrogating Reorganisation of States-Culture,
Identity and Politics in India, Routledge, New Delhi.
Singh, M.P. (2008) ‘Reorganisation of States in India,’ Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 43,
No.11 (March 15-21) pp.70-75.
Tillin, Louise (2013). Remapping India: New states and their political origins. Hurst Publishers.
Samaddar, R. (2020). Rule, Governmental Rationality and Reorganisation of States, in Sarangi, A.
and Pai, S (eds) Interrogating Reorganisation of States (pp. 48-65). Routledge India.
Nag, Sajal (2011) ‘Linguistic Provinces’ to ‘Homelands’: Shifting Paradigms of State-making in
Post-colonial India, in Sarangi, A. and Pai, S. (eds) Interrogating Reorganisation of States-
Culture, Identity and Politics in India, Routledge, New Delhi.
Agrarian politics
Bhalla G.S. 1994 (ed.) Economic Liberalisation and Indian Agriculture, Institute for Studies in
Industrial Development, New Delhi: 61107.
Brass, T. (1994) Introduction: The new farmers’ movements in India, The Journal of Peasant
Studies, 21:3-4, 3-26,DOI: 10.1080/03066159408438553
Frankel, F. and Rao, M.S.A. (1989 and 1990) (eds.) Dominance and State Power in India Oxford
University Press, New Delhi 2 Vols. 198
Pai, S. (2009)‘Agrarian Mobilization and Farmers’ Movements in India’ in Oxford Companion to

111
Indian Politics (eds.) Pratap Bhanu Mehta and Niraja Gopal Jayal. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Baviskar, A. and Levien, M. (2021) ‘Farmers’ protests in India: introduction to the JPS
Forum,’ The Journal of Peasant Studies, 48:7, DOI: 10.1080/03066150.2021.1998002
Political economy of development and reforms in the states
Ahluwalia, M. (2000) ‘Economic Performance of States in Post-Reform Period,’ Economic and
Political Weekly, 6 May, pp.1637-1648
Jenkins, R. (2000). The evolution of economic reform in India. In Democratic Politics and
Economic Reform in India (Contemporary South Asia, pp. 12-41). Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511605871.004
Kennedy, L., Robin, K. and Zamuner, D. (2013) ‘Comparing State-level policy responses to
economic reforms in India,’ 13 | 1er semestre / Spring 2013: Économiepolitique de l’Asie (1)
Sinha, A. (2016) ‘A Distinctive Indian Political Economy: New Concepts and a Synthesizing
Framework’, Studies in Indian Politics, Vol.4, No.02, pp. 266-273.
Electoral politics in states
Auerbach, A. M., Bussell, J., Chauchard, S., Jensenius, F. R., Nellis, G., Schneider, M.,& Ziegfeld,
A. (2022). Rethinking the study of electoral politics in the developing world: Reflections on the
Indian case. Perspectives on Politics, 20(1), 250-264.
Kumar, A. (2003). State Electoral Politics: Looking for the Larger Picture. Economic and Political
Weekly, 38(30), 3145–3147
Yadav, Y. (1999). Electoral politics in the time of change: India's third electoral system, 1989-
99. Economic and political weekly, 2393-2399.
Yadav, Yogendra, and Palshikar, S. (2006)‘Party system and electoral politics in the Indian States,
1952-2002: From hegemony to convergence,’ India’s political parties 6: 73-116.
Additional Readings:
Roy, H., Singh, M.P. and Chouhan, A.P.S. (2017) State Politics in India, Primus Books.
Narain, I. (1965) (ed.) State Politics in India Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan

112
 DSE 1b: Indian Constitution: Key Debates

Course objective
The course has been designed with the aim to familiarise students with the key debates that went
into the making of the Indian Constitution. The debates have been identified for their historical
significance and contemporary relevance. The course is on the distinguishing features of the
constitution, the modalities through which consensus on contentious matters were arrived in the
Constituent Assembly, and the political contexts in which these debates have remained significant.
The course takes the students back to the Constituent Assembly Debates to help them comprehend
the principles that were articulated to resolve or defer a debate. While the Constituent Assembly
Debates serve as resources for a historical and a contextual analysis of the Constitution, the forms
in which the debates have resurfaced is also paid attention through recourse to debates in the
Parliament. Alongside, scholarship produced by political theorists, historians and lawyers have
been included to trace the contours of the debate and the constitutional values that emerge out of
it.

Course Learning Outcome

On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate:
• Knowledge of the process of constitution making and familiarity with Constituent
Assembly debates
• An understanding of the framing of debates in the Constituent Assembly and the forms in
which they have remained significant
• An understating of the principles that undergirded the debates and the constitutional values
that they sought to entrench

Unit 1: Citizenship
Unit 2: Religious Freedom (and Minority Rights)

Unit 3: Uniform Civil Code

Unit 4: Asymmetrical Federalism

Unit 5: Emergency Provisions and Preventive Detention Laws

Unit 6: Constitutional Amendment

Unit 7: Language Question

Unit wise reading list

Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), Volumes I- XII, available at

http://164.100.47.194/Loksabhahindi/cadebatefiles/cadebates.html

113
1. Citizenship
Primary Text: Part II, The Constitution of India
Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), On Citizenship, 10 August 1949 to 12 August 1949,
Vol. IX, pp. 343-349, 353-357, 398-401 (Lok Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi, 4th edition, 2003).
URL: http://loksabhaph.nic.in/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/vol9.html
Valerian Rodrigues, 2008, Citizenship and the Indian Constitution, in Rajiv Bhargava (ed), Politics
and Ethics of Indian Constitution, Oxford University Press
Anupama Roy, 2016, We the People: Citizenship in the Indian Constitution, in Citizenship in India
(Oxford India Short Introductions), Oxford University Press.
Anupama Roy, 2019, The Citizenship (Amendment) Bill, 2016 and the Aporia of Citizenship,
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 54, Issue No. 49.
2. Religious Freedom (and Minority Rights)
Primary Text: Art 25- 30, The Constitution of India
Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings),On Religious Conversion, 1st May 1947, Vol III
(http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C01051947.html) and 6th December
1948, Vol. VII (http://164.100.47.194/Loksabha/Debates/cadebatefiles/C06121948.html )
Rajeev Bhargava, 2002, India’s Secular Constitution, in ZoyaHasan et al, India’s Living
Constitution, Permanent Black.
Gurpreet Mahajan, 2008, Religion and the Indian Constitution: Questions of Separation and
Equality, in Rajiv Bhargava (ed), Politics and Ethics of Indian Constitution, Oxford University
Press
Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2000, End of the Indian Problem II- Minority Rights, in Constituent
Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, Manohar
3. Uniform Civil Code
Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), On UCC, 23rd November 1948, Vol. VII URL:
http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C23111948.html
Peter Ronald deSouza, 2015, Politics of the Uniform Civil Code, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol. 50, Issue No. 48,
NiveditaMenon, 2014,A Uniform Civil Code in India: The State of the Debate in 2014. Feminist
Studies 40(2), 480-486. doi:10.1353/fem.2014.0025.
4. Asymmetrical Federalism
Primary Texts: Article 370- 371 (J), Part XXI, The Constitution of India,
Primary Texts:Fifth Schedule and Sixth Schedule, Part XXII, Constitution of India
Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), On Special Status to Jammu and Kashmir, 17th
October 1949, Vol. X.

114
URL: http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C17101949.html
Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Federalism and Local Government (pp. 71-92), The Constitution of
India, a Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing
Rekha Saxena, 2021, Constitutional Asymmetry in Indian Federalism, Economic and Political
Weekly, Vol. 56, Issue No. 34.
M.P. Singh, 2016, The Federal Scheme, in Sujit Choudhry et al, The Oxford Handbook of the
Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Ashwani Kumar, 2019, The Constitutional Legitimacy of Abrogating Article 370, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 54, Issue No. 38
5. Emergency Provisions and Preventive Detention Laws
Primary Text: Articles 352, 353, 356, 358, 359, Part XVIII, The Constitution of India
Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings) on Draft Article 15-A, Personal Liberty and
Procedure Established by Law (Article 22), September 15 and 16, 1949, Volume IX
(http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/vol9.html )
Venkat Iyer, 2000, Emergency Law in India: the Background and the Development of the Law, in
States of Emergency, the Indian Experience, Butterworths.
S.P. Mukherjee, 1990, Preventive Detention (Parliamentary Debates, 13 February, 1951), in
Eminent Parliamentarians Monograph Series, LokSabha Secretariat, pp. 61- 81
(https://eparlib.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/58670/1/Eminent_Parliamentarians_Series_Syama_P
rasad_Mookerjee.pdf )
Granville Austin, 1966, Fundamental Rights II, Social Reform and State Security versus ‘Due
Process’ (pp. 128- 142), in Indian Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP.
Granville Austin, 1999, Democracy Rescued or Constitution Subverted: Emergency and 42nd
Amendment, in Working a Democratic Constitution, OUP
Arvind Narrain, 2022, Roots of the Emergency: Preventive Detention, in India’s Undeclared
Emergency, Context, Westland Publications.
6. Constitutional Amendment
Primary Text: Art 368, Part XX, The Constitution of India.
Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), Excerpts on Amendment Procedure in B R
Ambedkar’s Final Speech on 25th November 1949 URL:
http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C25111949.html
D D Basu, 2011, Procedure for Amendment, in Introduction to the Constitution of India (20thed.).
Lexis Nexis, India.
Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Constitutional Change, in The Constitution of India, a Contextual
Analysis, Hart Publishing
Pratap Bhanu Mehta, 2002, The Inner Conflict of Constitutionalism: Judicial Review and the

115
‘Basic Structure’, in ZoyaHasan et al, India’s Living Constitution, Permanent Black.
Sudhir Krishnaswamy, 2009, Amending Power: The Constitutional Basis for Basic Structure
Review, in Democracy and Constitutionalism in India, A Study of the Basic Structure Doctrine,
Oxford University Press.
7. Language Question
Primary Text: Art 343- 351, Part XVII, The Constitution of India.
Granville Austin, 1966, Language and the Constitution- The Half-Hearted Compromise, in Indian
Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP.
Paramjit S Judge, 2021, Fifteen Years that Never Ended: The Language Debate in Making of
Modern India, Rawat
Paramjit S Judge, 2021, Language Issue in Constituent Assembly Debates, Economic and Political
Weekly, Vol. 56, Issue No. 14
(On Assembly Debates) Indian Express, 24 Sep 2019,
https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/amit-shah-on-hindi-language-status-constituent-
assembly-national-launguage-6022271/

116
 DSE 2a: Citizenship in a Globalizing World

Course Objective
The aim of this course is to introduce different trajectories of the debates surrounding citizenship.
It probes the relationship between the individual and the political community, the meaning of
membership, the distribution of benefits and burdens across the political community and the
evolving dimensions and challenges of citizenship in a globalizing world.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing this course students will be able to:
• Develop a broad historical, normative and empirical understanding of the idea of
citizenship.
• Understand different trajectories of the development/evolution of the concept of
citizenship.
• Understand/assess some of the major ethical challenges that citizenship faces in the
wake of globalization and the rapidly proliferating idea about the need of
accommodating diversity in multicultural political settings.

Unit 1: Classical conceptions of citizenship.

Unit 2: The Evolution of Citizenship and the Modern State

Unit 3: Citizenship and Diversity

Unit 4: Citizenship beyond the Nation-state: Globalization and global justice

Unit 5: The idea of cosmopolitan citizenship

Reading list

Acharya, Ashok. (2012) Citizenship in a Globalizing World. New Delhi: Pearson.

Beiner, R. (1995) Theorising Citizenship. Albany: State University of New York Press.
Heater, Derek. (2002). World citizenship: cosmopolitan thinking and its opponents. New
York:Continuum. (Chapter 3: Identity and Morality)
Held, David (1995), Democracy and the Global Order: From the Modern State to Cosmopolitan
Governance (Stanford: Stanford University Press).
Kymlicka, W.(1995). Multicultural Citizenship, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kymlicka, W. (2000). “Citizenship in Culturally Diverse Societies: Issues, Contexts, Concepts”,
in Citizenship in Diverse Societies, W. Kymlicka, W. Norman (eds.), Oxford: Oxford University

117
Press, 1–41.
Kymlicka, Will (1999), “Citizenship in an Era of Globalization: A Response to Held,” in Ian
Shapiro and Casiano Hacker-Cordon (eds.), Democracy's Edges, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Linklater, A., 1999, “Cosmopolitan Citizenship”, in Cosmopolitan Citizenship, K. Hutchings, R.
Danreuther (eds.), New York: St-Martin’s Press, 35-60.
Miller, David. (2012). Cosmopolitanism. In G.W. Brown & D. Held (Eds.), The cosmopolitan
reader (pp. 377-392). Malden, MA: Polity Press.
Miller, D. (2007). National Responsibility and Global Justice, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Norman, W. & Kymlicka, W. (2003). Citizenship. In A Companion to Applied Ethics, edited by
R. G. Frey & C. H. Wellman. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd.
Nussbaum, Martha. (2012). Patriotism and Cosmopolitanism. In G.W. Brown & D. Held (Eds.),
The cosmopolitan reader (pp. 155-162). Malden, MA: Polity Press.
Oliver, D. and D. Heater (1994). The Foundations of Citizenship. London, Harvester Wheatsheaf.
Parekh, B.(2000). Rethinking Multiculturalism: Cultural Diversity and Political Theory,
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Pogge, T. W.(1992). “Cosmopolitanism and Sovereignty”, Ethics, 103: 58–75.
Scholte, Jan Aart (2000), Globalization: A Critical Introduction (New York: St. Martin's). Tan, K.-
C., 2004, Justice Without Borders. Cosmopolitanism, Nationalism and Patriotism, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Zolo, Danilo (1997), Cosmopolis: Prospects for World Government (Cambridge, UK: Polity Press)
Additional Resources
Classics
The Politics, translated by T. A. Sinclair, revised by T. J. Saunders (London: Penguin, 1962, rev.
edn. 1981)
Barker, Ernest. (1959) The Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle, London: Methuen, 1906;
reprinted, New York: Russell & Russell.
Kant, I. , 1795, “Perpetual Peace”, in Kant’s Political Writings, H. Reiss (ed., trans.), 2nd edn,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991.
Marshall, T. H, 1950, Citizenship and Social Class and Other Essays, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Readings in Hindi
भाग$व, राजीव. और अशोक आचाया$ (एड.), राजनी9तक;सधांत: एकप@रचय, AदCलE: Fपएस$न, 2008.

कुमार, संजीव (एड.), राजनी9त;सधांतकLसमझ, AदCलE: ओ@रएंट PलैकRवान, 2019.

118
 DSE 2b: India's National Security: Major Challenges and Strategic Thinking

Course Objective
This course aims to link India’s internal and external security challenges with its long term
strategic thinking, approach and responses to the same. It introduces the historical dimensions of
India’s security challenges and the policy responses to students before equipping them with tools
to conceptually analysing these. The course then discusses the intellectual foundations of India’s
strategic thinking drawn from both classical texts and past practices. Students will also learn about
the major contemporary debates on India’s strategic culture. The course will engage students in
understanding both internal and external dimensions of India’s major security challenges. Some
of the key external challenges, it focuses on, include India’s securitized borders, maritime security
threats, nuclearization, and terrorism. In the internal realm, issues pertaining to Jammu & Kashmir,
the North-east, Naxalism, along with cyber and information warfare have been discussed. The final
component of the course introduces the students to an array of India’s strategic responses ranging
from non-alignment, forging strategic partnerships and military responses to pursuing multilateral
strategies in the contemporary world.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students would acquire the ability to:
1. Understand the ways in which, the security threats to India have evolved historically and
how have these been met.
2. Appreciate the intellectual and historical foundations of Indian strategic thinking.
3. Develop a nuanced understanding of India’s strategic culture.
4. Learn about India’s internal and external security threats in its multifarious dimensions.
5. Understand how has India evolved a whole array of strategic responses such as
nonalignment, forging strategic partnerships and bilateral as well as multilateral
partnerships to address diverse challenges it faces.

Unit 1: Understanding India's National Security (5 lectures)

1.1 India’s Security Policy: A Historical Perspective
1.2 Contemporary Dimensions of India’s National Security Framework
1.3 Conceptualizing India's National Security

Unit 2: Intellectual Foundations of India’s Strategic Thinking (4 lectures)

2.1 Ramayana & Mahabharata
2.2 Kautilya
2.3 Past Practices

Unit 3: Debating India's strategic culture (4 Lectures)

119
Unit 4: India’s National Security Challenges (14 Lectures)
4.1 External Challenges
4.1.1 India’s Neighbourhood (Cross-border terrorism, securitised borders, water sharing
conflicts and nuclearization
4.1.2 Maritime Security
4.2 Internal Challenges
4.2.1 Maoism/Naxalist Challenge
4.2.2 Separatist Movements (J&K and the Northeast)
4.2.3 Cyber Warfare

Unit 5: India’s Strategic Responses (9 Lectures)

5.1 Non-Alignment
5.2 Strategic Partnerships
5.3 Military Responses
5.4 Multilateral Alliances

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Understanding India's National Security
1.1 India’s Security Policy: A Historical Perspective
Essential Readings
Raju G C Thomas, “The Strategic Environment and Defence Policies” in Indian Security Policy
(Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1986) pp. 10-49
Sanjay Chaturvedi, “Indian Geopolitics: ‘Nation-State’ and the Colonial Legacy” in Kanti Bajpai
and Siddharth Mallavarapu (eds.) International Relations in India: Theorising the Region and
Nation (Orient Longman, 2005) pp. 238-281
Additional Readings
David Malone, “History: A Vital Foundation of India’s International Relations” in Does the
Elephant Dance: Contemporary Indian Foreign Policy (Oxford University Press, 2011) pp. 19-46
Shyam Saran, “Sources of India’s World View” in How India Sees the World: Kautilya to the 21st
Century (Juggernaut, 2018) pp. 9-24
Shivshankar Menon, “The Stage and Inheritance” in India and Asian Geopolitics: The Past,
Present (The Brookings Institutions, 2021) pp. 11-36
Sumit Ganguly, “India’s National Securty” in David M. Malone, C. Raja Mohan, and Srinath
Raghavan (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy (Oxford University Press, 2015)
pp. 145-159
L.P. Singh, “Learning the Lessons of History” in Brahma Chellaney (eds.) Securing India’s
Future in the New Millennium (Orient Longman, 1999) pp. 1-22

120
Harsh Pant and Kartik Bommakanti, “India’s national security: challenges and dilemmas”,
International Affairs, 95 (4) (2019):835-857.
1.2 Contemporary Dimensions of India’s National Security Framework
Essential Readings
Kanti Bajpai "India: Modified Structuralism" in Muthaiah Alagappa (eds.) Asian Security
Practice (Stanford University Press, 1998) pp. 157-197
Additional Readings
Arvind Gupta, “National Security Environment” and “Non-traditional Security Issues in National
Security” in How India Manages its National Security (Penguin Random House, 2018).
Rohan Mukherjee & David M. Malone, “Indian Foreign policy and Contemporary Security
Challenges”, International Affairs, Volume 87 (1), pp. 87–104 (2011)
1.3 Conceptualizing India's National Security
Essential Readings
Anshuman Behera and Areeba Ahsanat Moazzam, “India’s National Security Discourse: A
Conceptual Introduction”, in Anshuman Behera & Sitakanta Mishra (eds.), Varying Dimensions
of India’s National Security (Springer 2022) pp. 3-18
P. S. Raghavan, “National Security Determinants of Foreign Policy”, in Arvind Gupta and Anil
Wadhwa (Ed.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World, New Delhi: (Sage
Publications, 2020) pp. 34-44
Additional Readings
Arvind Gupta, “How Good is India’s National Security System?” in How India Manages its
National Security (Penguin Random House, 2018)
David M. Malone, “India’s Contemporary Security Challenges: More Internal than External?” in
Does the Elephant Dance? Contemporary Indian Foreign Policy (Oxford University Press,
2011) pp. 47-74
Unit 2: Intellectual Foundations of India’s Strategic Thinking (4 lectures)
2.1 Ramayana and Mahabharata:
Essential Readings
Swarna Rajagopalan, “Grand Strategic Thought in the Ramayana and Mahabharata” in Kanti
Bajpai, Saira Basit and V. Krishnappa (eds) India’s Grand Strategy: History, Theory, Cases (New
Delhi: Rutledge, 2014) pp. 31-62
Additional Readings
Amrita Narlikar and Aruna Narlikar, “India’s Negotiation Strategy: The Heroism of Haed
Bargaining?” in Bargaining with a Rising India: Lessons from the Mahabharata (Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014) pp. 24-71.
Sharad Patil, “Myth and Reality of Ramayana and Mahabharata”, Social Scientist, Vol.4, No. 8
(1976): 68-72.

121
 2.2 Kautilya
Essential Readings
Subrata K. Mitra, “Kautilya and the Strategic Culture of India” in Subrata K. Mitra and Michael
Liebig (eds.) Kautilya’s Arthashastra: An Intellectual Portrait (Nomos, 2016) pp. 288-316
Additional Readings
Rashed Uz Zaman, “Kautilya: The Indian Strategic Thinker and Indian Strategic Culture”,
Comparative Strategy, Volume 25, No. 3 (2006) 231-247
George Modelski, “Kautilya: Foreign Policy and International System in the Ancient Hindu
World”, The American Political Science Review, Vol-58, No-3 (Sept., 1964). pp. 549-560.
2.3 Past Practices
Essential Readings
Arpita Anand, ‘A ‘Regional’ Intervention in the Debate on India’s Strategic Culture: Maratha
Statecraft in Agyapatra,’ Journal of Defence Studies, 15:3, July-September 2021. Available at:
https://idsa.in/jds/a-regional-intervention-in-the-debate-on-indias-strategic-culture-aanant
Jayashree Vivekanandan, “Strategy, Legitimacy and the Imperium: Framing the Mughal Strategic
Discourse,” in Kanti Bajpai, Saira Basit and V. Krishnappa (eds.) India’s Grand Strategy: History,
Theory, Cases (New Delhi: Rutledge, 2014) pp. 63-85.
Unit 3: Debating India's strategic culture (4 Lectures)
Essential Readings
Kanti Bajpai and Amitabh Mattoo “Introduction” in Kanti Bajpai, Amitabh Mattoo and George
Tanham (eds.) Securing India: Strategic Thought and Practice (New Delhi: Manohar, 1996) pp.
15-27
Jaswant Singh, “Strategic Culture” in Defending India (New Delhi: Palgrave Macmillan, 1999)
pp. 1-60
Additional Readings
George K. Tanham, “Indian Strategic Thought: An Interpretive Essay” in Kanti Bajpai, Amitabh
Mattoo and George Tanham (eds.) Securing India: Strategic Thought and Practice (New Delhi:
Manohar, 1996) pp. 28-111
George K. Tanham, “Indian Strategy in Flux?” in Kanti Bajpai, Amitabh Mattoo and George
Tanham (eds.) Securing India: Strategic Thought and Practice (New Delhi: Manohar, 1996) pp.
112-139
Michael Liebig, ‘Interrogating ‘Hyphenated Cultures’: India’s Strategic Culture and Intelligence
Culture’, Journal of Defence Studies, 15:3, July-September 2021. Available at:
https://idsa.in/jds/interrogating-hyphenated-cultures-mliebig
Amrita Narlikar, “Peculiar Chauvinism or Strategic Calculation? Explaining the Negotiating
Strategy of a Rising India”, in International Affairs, Vol. 82 (1) (2006): 59-76

122
Unit 4: India’s National Security Challenges
4.1 External Challenges:
4.1.1 India’s Neighborhood
S. Muni, ‘Problem Areas in India’s Neighbourhood Policy’, South Asian Survey, Vol. 10 (2)
(2003): 185-196.
i. Cross-Border terrorism:
Essential Readings
Sanjeev Kumar HM, Chp 3 in The India-Pakistan Sub-conventional War: Democracy and Peace
in South Asia (New Delhi: Sage, 2022), pp. 162-192.
Additional Readings
K. Santhanam, “Sources of Terror: India” in South Asia Post-9/11: Searching for stability
(Observer Research Foundation, 2003), pp. 31-35
S.D. Muni “Introduction” in Responding to Terrorism in South Asia (Manohar, 2006) pp. 11-29
ii. Securitised Borders
Essential Readings
Shyam Saran, “The Pakistan Puzzle” in How India Sees the World: Kautilya to the 21st Century
(Juggernaut, 2018) pp. 77-106
Alka Acharya, "China" in Kanti Bajpai and Harsh Pant (eds.) India's Foreign Policy (Oxford
University Press, 2013) pp. 356-369
Additional Readings
Shyam Saran, “The India-China Border Dispute and After” in How India Sees the World: Kautilya
to the 21st Century (Juggernaut, 2018) pp. 123-149
Shiv Shankar Menon, “India and China” in India and Asian Geopolitics: The Past, Present (The
Brookings Institution, 2021) pp. 317-339
Tanvi Madan, “China in Three Avatars in Kanti Bajpai, Saira Basit and V. Krishnappa (eds.)
India’s Grand Strategy: History, Theory, Cases (New Delhi: Rutledge, 2014) pp. 308-359
Bharat Karnad, "An Elephant with a Small Footprint: The Realist Roots of India’s Strategic
Thought and Policies" in Kanti Bajpai, Saira Basit and V. Krishnappa (eds.) India’s Grand
Strategy: History, Theory, Cases (New Delhi: Rutledge, 2014) pp. 200-233
iii. Water Sharing
Essential Readings
Brahma Chellaney, “Water: The latest India-Pak Battle Line” in Water: Asia’s New Battleground
(Georgetown University Press, 2011) pp. 286-296.
Medha Bisht, “From the edges of borders: reflections on water diplomacy in South Asia” Water
Policy 21 (2019): 1123–1138

123
Jonathan Holslag, “Assessing the Sino-Indian Water Dispute,” Journal of International Affairs,
64:2, Spring/Summer 2011, pp. 19-35.
Additional Readings
K. Warikoo, “Perspectives of Indus Waters treaty” in Ranabir Samaddar and Helmut Reifeld (eds.)
Peace as Process: Reconciliation and conflict Resolution in South Asia (Konrad Adenauer
Foundation, 2001) pp. 281-298
Brahma Chellaney, “Nepal and Bhutan as Subregional Energy Hub” in Water: Asia’s New
Battleground (Georgetown University Press, 2011) pp. 281-286
Brahma Chellaney, “Exploiting the Riparian Advantage: A key test case” in Water: Asia’s New
Battleground (Georgetown University Press, 2011) pp. 141-197 (Includes Bangladesh)
iv. Nuclearization
Essential Readings
Ashley J. Tellis, India’s Emerging Nuclear Doctrine: Exemplifying the Lessons of Nuclear
revolution, NBR Analysis, 12:2, May 2001, pp. 1-16; 103-110.
Sundaram, K. and MV Ramana. "India and the policy of no first use of nuclear
weapons." Journal of Peace and Nuclear Disarmament 1, no. 1 (2018). Taylor & Francis: 152-
68.
Additional Readings
Bharat Karnad, “New Attractions of the Bomb: The Nuclearized Twenty-First Century World” in
India's Nuclear Policy (Praeger Security International, 2008) pp. 5-34
Rajesh Basrur, “India and China: A managed nuclear rivalry?” Washington Quarterly, 42, no. 3
(2019). Taylor & Francis: 151-70.
Harsh V. Pant and Yogesh Joshi, Indian Nuclear Policy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,
2018, pp. ?
Vipin Narang, “Introduction” in Seeking the Bomb: Strategies of Nuclear Proliferation (Princeton
University Press, 2022) pp. 1-14
4.1.2 Maritime Security
Essential Readings
S. Jaishankar, Chapter 8, “The Pacific Indian: A Re-Emerging Maritime Outlook,” in The India
Way: Strategies for an Uncertain World (New Delhi: Harper Collins, 2020), pp. 179-200.
Rajeswari Pillai Rajagopalan, “India’s maritime strategy”, in Anit Mukherjee and C. Raja Mohan
(eds.) India’s Naval Strategy and Asian Security (London: Routledge, 2016) pp. 13- 36.
Additional Readings
Rahul Roy Chaudhary “India’s Maritime Security” India International Centre Quarterly, Vol. 26,
no. 1 (1999): 129-139
Vijay Sakhuja, “Maritime security order in Asia: a perspective from India” in Joachim Krause and

124
Sebastian Bruns (eds.) Routledge Handbook of Naval Strategy and Security (London: Routledge,
2016) pp. 315-327
4.2 Internal Challenges
4.2.1 Naxalism/ Maoism
Essential Readings
P.V Ramana, “State Response to the Maoist Challenge: An Overview,” in V.R. Raghavan (ed.),
The Naxal Threat: Causes, State Responses and Consequences (New Delhi: Vij Books, 2011), pp.
71-94.
Additional Readings
E. N. Rammohan, “Rise of Naxalism, its implications for National Security and the way Forward,”
in V.R. Raghavan (ed.), The Naxal Threat: Causes, State Responses and Consequences (Mew
Delhi: Vij Books, 2011), pp. 95-112.
Ramachandra Guha, “Adivasis, Naxalites and Indian Democracy” Economic and Political Weekly
42(32) (2007): 3305-3312
4.2.2 Separatist Movements (J&K/ Northeast)
Kashmir
Essential Readings
Navnita C. Behera, “India’s Political Gambit” in Demystifying Kashmir (Brookings, 2006) pp. 30-
72
Additional Readings
Rekha Chowdhry, “India’s responses to the Kashmir Insurgency: A Holistic Perspective”, in
Mooed Yusuf (eds.) Insurgency and counter-Insurgency in India: Through a Peacebuilding Lens
(United States Institutes of Peace, 2014) pp. 45-76.
V.G. Patankar, “Insurgency, Proxy War and Insurgency in Kashmir,” in Sumit Ganguly and David
P. Fidler (eds.), India and Counterinsurgency: Lessons Learned (New Delhi: Routledge, 2009),
pp, 65-78.
Northeast
Essential Readings
Sanjib Baruah, “Regionalism and secessionism” in Niraja Gopal Jayal and Pratap Bhanu Mehta
(eds.) The Oxford Companion to Politics in India (Oxford University Press, 2011) pp. 181-191
Additional Readings
Walter Ledweig, "Insights from the Northeast: Counterinsurgency in Nagaland and Mizoram”, in
Sumit Ganguly and David P. Fidler (eds.) India and Counterinsurgency: Lessons Learned (USA,
Canada: Routledge, 2009) pp. 45-62
4.2.3 Cyber Security and Information Warfare
Essential Readings

125
Whagre Prateek & Shibani Mehta, “India’s National Cybersecurity Policy Must Acknowledge
Modern Realities” (Diplomat, 2019). https://thediplomat.com/2019/12/indias-national-
cybersecurity-policy-must-acknowledge-modern-realities/
Martin C. Libicki, “The Convergence of Information Warfare”. Strategic Studies Quarterly. 11(1),
49-65. https://www.airuniversity.af.edu/Portals/10/SSQ/documents/Volume-11_Issue-
1/Libicki.pdf
Additional Readings
S, Datta, Cybersecurity, Internet governance and India’s foreign policy: Historical antecedents
(Internet Democracy Project 2016) https://internetdemocracy.in/reports/cybersecurity-ig-ifp-
saikat-datta.
Mukerji, Amb (Retd) A. International Cooperation on Cyber Space: India’s role. (Ministry of
External Affairs, 2018). https://www.mea.gov.in/distinguished-lectures-detail.htm?743
Unit 5: India’s Strategic Responses
5.1 Non-Alignment
Essential Readings
Rajen Harshe, “India’s Non-Alignment: An Attempt at Conceptual Reconstruction,” Economic
and Political Weekly, 25:7-8, February 17-24, 1990, pp. 399-405.
Khilnani, S., Rajiv Kumar and Pratap Bhanu Mehta (eds.) (2013). Nonalignment 2.0: A Foreign
& Strategic Policy for India in the 21st Century. Penguin.
Additional Readings
P. Srivastava, “From Non-Alignment to Strategic Partnerships” Non-Alignment Movement:
Extending Frontiers (New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers, 2001) pp. 177-182.
C Rajamohan, “Beyond Non-Alignment” in Crossing the Rubicon: the Shaping of India's new
Foreign Policy (Viking, 2003) pp. 29-56
Pant, H.V., & Super, J.M. (2015). India’s ‘non-alignment’ conundrum: a twentieth- century policy
in a changing world. International Affairs, 91(4), 747-764.
5.2 Strategic Partnerships
Essential Readings
Rajiv Sikri, “India’s Strategic Choices” in Challenge & Strategy in Rethinking India’s Foreign
Policy (Sage Publications, 2009) pp. 277-290
Ashley J. Tellis, “US-India Relations: The Struggle for an Enduring Partnership” in David M.
Malone, C. Raja Mohan, and Srinath Raghavan (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign
Policy (Oxford University Press, 2015) pp. 481-494
Additional Readings
Teresita C. Schaffer & Howard B. Schaffer, “Indian Strategic Visions” India at the Global High
Table: The Quest for Regional Primacy & Strategic Autonomy (Harper Collins India, 2016) pp.
60-81

126
C. Rajamohan, Chapter 6 on “Embracing America,” in Modi’s World: Expanding India’s Sphere
of Influence, New Delhi: Harper Collins, 2015.
5.3 Military Responses
Essential Readings
Dasgupta, Sunil and Stephen P. Cohen. "Is India ending its strategic restraint doctrine?",
Washington Quarterly 34, no. 2 (2011). Taylor & Francis: 163-77.
Tarapore, Arzan. The Army in Indian Military Strategy: Rethink Doctrine or Risk Irrelevance.
New Delhi: Carnegie India Working Paper, 2020: 1-22.
Additional Readings
Rajpal Budania, “India’s Threat Perception and Policy Response” in India’s National Security
Dilemmas: Pakistan Factor (Indus Publishing Company, 2001) pp. 216-269
Singh, Sushant K. “Military as an instrument of India's foreign policy: An expanding footprint”.
In The Routledge Handbook of Indian Defence Policy (second edition) edited by Harsh V. Pant.
New Delhi: Routledge, 2020.
Sumit Ganguly, “India’s Defence Policy” in Niraja Gopal Jayal & Pratap Bhanu Mehta The
Oxford Companion to Politics in India (Oxford University Press, 2011, pp. 542-554.
5.4 Multilateralism:
Essential Readings
David Malone “The evolution of Indian Multilateralism” in Does the Elephant Dance:
Contemporary Indian Foreign Policy (Oxford University Press, 2011) pp. 249-273
Saran, Shyam (2013), India and Multilateralism: A Practitioner’s Perspective in Waheguru Pal
Singh Sidhu, Pratap Bhanu Mehta, Bruce D. Jones (eds.), Shaping the Emerging World: India and
the Multilateral Order, Washington DC: Brookings Institution Press, pp. 43-56
Additional Readings
Teresita C. Schaffer & Howard B. Schaffer, “Multilateral Negotiations,” India at the Global High
Table: The Quest for Regional Primacy & Strategic Autonomy (Harper Collins India, 2016) pp.
213-247.
Sanjaya Baru, “The Economic Imperative for India’ s Multilateralism” in Waheguru Pal Singh
Sidhu, Pratap Bhanu Mehta, Bruce D. Jones (eds.) Shaping the Emerging World: India and the
Multilateral Order (Washington DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2013) pp. 75-92
Navroz K. Dubash and Lavanya Rajamani, “Multilateral Diplomacy on Climate Change,” in in
David M. Malone, C. Raja Mohan, and Srinath Raghavan (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Indian
Foreign Policy (Oxford University Press, 2015) pp. 663-680.
Rajesh Rajagopalan, “Multilateralism in India’s Nuclear Policy: A Questionable Default Option,”
in David M. Malone, C. Raja Mohan, and Srinath Raghavan (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Indian
Foreign Policy (Oxford University Press, 2015) pp. 650-662.

127
 DSE 3a: International Political Economy

Course Objective:
This course introduces to the students the significant linkages that exist between politics and
economics in the domain of International Relations by apprising them about the meaning, nature
and conceptual foundations of the field of International Political Economy. In doing this the course
examines the structural functional linkages that exist between the macro-economic global structure
and the systemic contours of global politics. Students will learn about the traditional as well as
critical theoretical frameworks employed to examine the nature and functioning of international
political economy. These theories include economic nationalism, liberalism and neo-Marxism on
the one hand and historical sociology, feminism and postcolonialism on the other. Based on these
conceptual and theoretical foundations, the course then attempts at delineating the major issues
pertaining to the nature and functioning of the global political economy specially focusing on
international trade, development and finance. The course also looks at the key constitutive
elements of global economic governance including multilateral and regional institutions, regimes
and multinational corporations. Further, the course introduces the students to key concerns
pertaining to global economic crises, and the indicators of information communications
technology (ICT), cyber economy and the global civil society.

Course Learning Outcomes:

By the completion of the course the students would be able to:
• Develop a basic understanding of the structural functional linkages that connect the realms
of politics and economics.
• Learn to use the conceptual tools and theoretical frameworks for understanding the nature
and basic functioning of the international political economy.
• Understand the structural drivers that determine the contours of international trade and
finance.
• Develop an understanding about the Global South’s contribution to this field both in the
domain of ideas and working of the global political economy.
• Understand how our economic life is getting transformed on account of the information
and communication technology, the cyber economy and interventions of the global civil
society.

Unit 1. Introduction: Understanding the intersectionality between politics and economy

[2 lectures]

Unit 2. Theoretical Perspectives [12 lectures]

a. Economic Nationalism, Liberalism and Structuralism
b. Historical Sociology, Feminism and Postcolonialism

Unit 3. International Trade and Development [10 lectures]

a. International trade
b. Multinational corporations
c. Perspectives from the Global South and the Indian Story

128
 Unit 4. International Finance [5 lectures]
a. International finance and monetary structure
b. International and regional financial institutions

Unit 5. New Directions and New Challenges [7 lectures]

a. ICT and Cyber economy
b. Economic Crises
c. Global Civil Society

Unit Wise Reading List

Unit 1. Introduction: Understanding the intersectionality between politics and economy
Essential Readings
Gilpin, Robert (2001), “The Nature of Political Economy”, in Global Political Economy:
Understanding the International Economic Order, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, pp.
25-45.
Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “What Is International Political Economy?”, in
Introduction to International Political Economy, 6th edition, Boston: Pearson, pp. 2-24.
Additional Readings
Gilpin, Robert (2001), “Introduction: The Fragile Global Economy” and “The Second Great Age
of Capitalism”, in The Challenge of Global Capitalism: The World Economy in the 21st Century,
Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, pp. 3-51.
Frieden, Jeffrey and Lisa Martin (2002), “International Political Economy: Global and Domestic
Interactions,” in Ira Katznelson and Helen Milner, eds., Political Science: The State of the
Discipline, New York & London: W. W. Norton & Co., pp. 118-146.
Hirst, Paul, Grahame Thompson and Simon Bromley (2009), “Globalization and the History of
the International Economy”, in Globalization in Question, third edition, Cambridge: Polity Press,
pp.54-107.
Strange, Susan (1970), “International Economics and International Relations: A Case of Mutual
Neglect”, International Affairs, 46 (2): 304- 315.
Unit 2.a. Economic Nationalism, Liberalism and Structuralism
Essential Readings
Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “Laissez-Faire: The Economic Liberal
Perspective”, “Wealth and Power: The Mercantilist Perspective”, and “Economic Determinism
and Exploitation: The Structuralist Perspective”, in Introduction to International Political
Economy, 6th edition, Boston: Pearson, pp. 25-52; 53-77; 78-100.
Martinussen, John (1997), “Neo-Marxist Theories of Underdevelopment and Dependency”, in
Society, State and Market: A guide to competing theories of development, London: Zed Books
Ltd., pp. 85-100.

129
Gilpin, Robert (1987), “Three Ideologies of Political Economy”, in The Political Economy of
International Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 25-64.
Strange, Susan (2003), “States, Firms, and Diplomacy”, in Jeffry A. Frieden and David A. Lake
(ed.) International Political Economy: Perspectives on Global Power and Wealth, Fourth Edition,
London and New York: Routledge, pp. 60-68.
Additional Readings
O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016), “Theories of Global Political
Economy”, in Global Political Economy: Evolution and Dynamics, Fifth Edition, London:
Palgrave, pp. 6-21.
Frank, Andre Gunder (1966) “The Development of Underdevelopment,” Monthly Review, 18 (4):
17-31.
Wallerstein, Immanuel (1974), “The Rise and Future Demise of the World-Capitalist System:
Concepts for Comparative Analysis”, Comparative Studies in Society and History, 16 (4): 387-
415.
Gilpin, Robert (2001), “The Neoclassical Conception of Economy”, “The Study of International
Political Economy”, and “New Economic Theories”, in Global Political Economy: Understanding
the International Economic Order, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, pp. 46-128.
Shaikh, Anwar (2005), “The Economic Mythology of Neoliberalism”, in Alfredo Saad-Filho and
Deborah Johnston (eds.) Neoliberalism: A Critical Reader, London: Pluto Press, pp. 41-49.
Lenin, V.I. (1997), “The Export of Capital”, and “Imperialism as a Special Stage of Capitalism”,
reproduced in George T. Crane and Abla Amawi (eds.) The Theoretical Evolution of International
Political Economy: A Reader, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 98-101.
Unit 2.b. Historical Sociology, Feminism and Postcolonialism
Essential Readings
Hobson, John M. (1997), “A sociology of international relations and an international relations of
sociology”, in The Wealth of States: A Comparative Sociology of International Economic and
Political Change, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-22.
Griffin, Penny (2017), “Gender and the Global Political Economy”, Oxford Research
Encyclopedia of International Studies, URL:
https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190846626.013.187
Bhambra, Gurminder K. (2020) “Colonial global economy: towards a theoretical reorientation of
political economy”, Review of International Political Economy, 28 (2): 3017-322.
Additional Readings
Escobar, Arturo (1984), “Discourse and Power in Development: Michel Foucault and the
Relevance of his Work to the Third World”, Alternatives: Global, Local, Political, 10 (3): 377-
400.
Gill, Stephen and David Law (1993), “Global hegemony and the structural power of capital”, in

130
Stephen Gill (ed.) Gramsci, Historical Materialism and International Relations, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, pp. 93-124.
Steans, Jill (1999), “The Private is Global: Feminist Politics and Global Political Economy,” New
Political Economy, Vol. 4, No. 1, pp.113-128.
Griffin, Penny (2007), “Refashioning IPE: and How Gender Analysis Teaches International
(Global) Political Economy”, Review of International Political Economy, Vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 719-
736.
Rai, Shirin M. (2002), “Gender and Development: Theoretical Perspectives in Context”, Gender
and the political economy of development: from nationalism to globalization, Oxford: Polity, pp.
44-83.
Unit 3.a. International Trade
Essential Readings
O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016), “International Trade”, in Global Political Economy:
Evolution and Dynamics, Fifth Edition, London: Palgrave, pp. 102-124.
Krasner, Stephen D. (2003), “State Power and the Structure of International Trade”, in Jeffry A.
Frieden and David A. Lake (ed.) International Political Economy: Perspectives on Global Power
and Wealth, Fourth Edition, London and New York: Routledge, pp. 19-36.
Additional Readings
Archer, Candace and Stefan Fritsch (2010) “Global fair trade: Humanizing globalization and
reintroducing the normative to international political economy”, Review of International Political
Economy, 17: 103-128.
Gilpin, Robert (1987), “The Politics of International Trade”, in The Political Economy of
International Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 171-230.
Ruggie, John Gerard (1982) “International Regimes, Transactions, and Change: Embedded
Liberalism in the Postwar Economic Order”, International Organization, 36 (2): 379-415.
Baracuhy, Braz (2012), “The Geopolitics of Multilateralism: The WTO Doha Round Deadlock,
the BRICs, and the Challenges of Institutionalised Power Transitions,” CRP Working Paper
Series, No. 4, January. URL: https://fdocuments.net/document/the-geopolitics-of-multilateralism-
the-wto-doha-round-deadlock.html
Unit 3.b. Multinational corporations
Essential Readings
Hirst, Paul, Grahame Thompson and Simon Bromley (2009), “Multinational Companies and the
Internationalization of Business Activity”, in Globalization in Question, third edition, Cambridge:
Polity Press, pp. 109-149.
Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “Transnational Corporations: The Governance of
Foreign Investment”, in Introduction to International Political Economy, 6th edition, Boston:
Pearson, pp. 432-457

131
Additional Readings
Gilpin, Robert (1987), “Multinational Corporations and International Production”, The Political
Economy of International Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 231-26.
Fieldhouse, David (2003) “‘A New Imperial System’? The Role of the Multinational Corporations
Reconsidered”, in Jeffry A. Frieden and David A. Lake (ed.) International Political Economy:
Perspectives on Global Power and Wealth, Fourth Edition, London and New York: Routledge.
Unit 3.c. Perspectives from Global South and the Indian Story
Essential Readings
Buzan, Barry and George Lawson (2016), “The Impact of the ‘Global Transformation’ on Uneven
and Combined Development”, in Alexander Anievas and Kamran Matin (eds.) Historical
Sociology and World History Uneven and Combined Development over the Longue Durée,
London: Rowman & Littlefield International, pp. 171-184.
David L. Blaney and Naeem Inayatullah (2016), “The Stakes of Uneven and Combined
Development” in Alexander Anievas and Kamran Matin (eds.) Historical Sociology and World
History Uneven and Combined Development over the Longue Durée, London: Rowman &
Littlefield International, pp. 239-250.
Mukherjee, Aditya (2010) “Empire: How colonial India made modern Britain”, Economic and
Political Weekly, 45(50), 73– 82.
Dadabhai Naoroji (1901), “Deficit of Imports Compared with the exports of India”; “The Drain to
England”; “Increase of the Drain”; “Small Amount of Imports from England”; “India's Tribute”;
and “The Elements of the Drain”, in Poverty and Unbritish Rule in India, London: Swan
Sonnenschein & Co., Ltd, pp.28-34.
Subrahmanyam, Sanjay (1988) “Commerce and State Power in Eighteenth-Century India: Some
Reflections”, South Asia Research 8 (2): 97-110.
Additional Readings
Dutt, Romesh (1902), “External Trade”, and “Finance And The Economic Drain, 1793-1837”, in
The Economic History of India: Under Early British Rule, Vol.1: From The Rise Of The British
Power In 1757 To The Accession Of Queen Victoria In 1837, Great Britain: Kegan Paul, Trench,
Trübner, pp. 291-302; 398-420.
Chaudhuri, K.N. (1983), “Foreign Trade and Balance of Payments (1757-1947)”, in Dharma
Kumar (ed.) The Cambridge Economic History Of India, Volume 2: c.1757-c.1970, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 804-877.
Shaikh, Anwar (2006), “Globalization and the myth of free trade”, in Anwa rShaikh (ed.)
Globalization and the Myths of Free Trade, London and New York: Routledge, pp. 50-68.
Acemoglu, Daron and James A. Robinson (2013), “Reversing Development” and “The Virtuous
Circle”, in Why Nations Fail: The Origins of Power, Prosperity, and Poverty. London: Profile
Books, pp. 245-273, 302-334.
Chibber, Vivek (2003), “Late Development and State-Building”, Locked in Place: State-Building

132
and Late Industrialization in India, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 13-48.
Daron Acemoglu and James A. Robinson (2017), “The economic impact of colonialism”, in
Stelios Michalopoulos and Elias Papaioannou (eds.) The Long Economic and Political Shadow of
History: Volume I. A Global View, London: CEPR Press, pp. 81-88.
Unit 4.a. International finance and monetary structure
Essential Readings
Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “The International Monetary and Finance
Structure”, in Introduction to International Political Economy, 6th edition, Boston: Pearson, pp.
151-177
Eric Helleiner (2017), “The Evolution of the International Monetary and Financial System”, in
John Ravenhill (ed.) Global Political Economy, fifth edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press,
119-224.
Additional Readings
Setser, Brad (2008),“A Neo-Westphalian International Financial System?”, Journal of
International Affairs, Vol. 62, No. 1, pp. 17-34.
Wade, Robert (2006), “Choking the South”, New Left Review, Vol. 38, March/April, pp. 115-127.
Unit 4.b. International and regional financial institutions
Essential Readings
Williams, Marc (2012), “Global Economic Institutions” in Richard Devetak, Anthony Burke and
Jim George (eds.) An Introduction to International Relations, second edition, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, pp. 336-347.
Rana, Pradumna B. and Ramon Pacheco Pardo (2018), “Rise of Complementarity between Global
and Regional Financial Institutions: Perspectives from Asia”, Global Policy, 9 (2): 231-243.
Wihtol, Robert (1988), “The Asian Development Bank”, in The Asian Development Bank and
Rural Development: Policy and Practice, London: Macmillan Press, pp. 16-30.
Additional Readings
Vetterlein, Antje (2012), “Seeing Like the World Bank on Poverty,” New Political Economy, Vol.
17, No. 1, pp. 35-58.
Picciotto, Robert (2003), “A New World Bank for a New Century”, in C. Roe Goddard, Patrick
Cronin and Kishore C. Dash (eds.) International Political Economy: State-Market Relations in a
Changing Global Order, Boulder, Colo. : Lynne Rienner, pp. 341-352.
Cooper, Andrew F. (2017), “The BRICS’ New Development Bank: Shifting from Material
Leverage to Innovative Capacity”, Global Policy, 8 (3): 275-284.
Lisa L. Martin (2006), “Distribution, Information, and Delegation to International Organizations:
The Case of IMF Conditionality,” in Darren G. Hawkins et al. (eds.) Delegation and Agency in
International Organizations, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 140-164.

133
Oatley, Thomas (2019), “Developing Countries and International Finance II: The Global Capital
Flow Cycle”, in International Political Economy, Sixth Edition, New York and London:
Routledge, pp. 428-453.
Sinha, Aseema (2021) “Understanding the ‘crisis of the institution’ in the liberal trade order at the
WTO”, International Affairs, 97 (5): 1521–1540.
Nel, Philip (2010), “Redistribution and Recognition: What Emerging Regional Powers Want”,
Review of International Studies, Vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 951-974.
Unit 5.a. ICT and Cyber economy
Essential Readings
Brass, Irina and David J. Hornsby (2019), “Digital Technological Innovation and the International
Political Economy”, in T. M. Shaw et al. (eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Contemporary
International Political Economy, London: Palgrave Macmillan.
O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016) Global Political Economy: Evolution and Dynamics,
Fifth Edition, London: Palgrave, pp. 266-268.
Additional Readings
Castells, Manuel (2010), “The New Economy: Informationalism, Globalization, Networking”, in
The Rise of the Network Society, 2nd edition, Malden, M.A.: Wiley Blackwell, pp. 77-162.
Dicken, Peter (2015), “Technological Change: ‘Gales of Creative Destruction’”, in Global Shift:
Mapping the Changing Contours of the World Economy, 7th Edition, London: The Guilford Press,
pp. 74-113.
Fidler, David (2021), “Cybersecurity, Global Commerce, and International Organizations”, in Paul
Cornish (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of Cyber Security, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 497-
513.
Wittel, Andreas (2013), “Counter-commodification: The economy of contribution in the digital
commons”, Culture and Organization, 19:4, 314-331.
Unit 5.b. Economic Crises
Essential Readings
Hale, Thomas, David Held, Kevin Young (2013), “Economy”, in Gridlock: Why Global
Cooperation is Failing when We Need It Most, London: Polity Press, 113-188.
Luis W. Pauly(2017), “The Political Economy of Global Financial Crises”, in John Ravenhill (ed.)
Global Political Economy, fifth edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 225-252.
Stiglitz, Joseph E. (2017),“The Burden of Debt”, in Making Globalization Work: The Next Steps
to Global Justice, London: Allen Lane, pp. 211-244.
Wade, Robert and Frank Veneroso (1998), “The Asian Crisis: The High Debt Model Versus the
Wall Street-Treasury-IMF Complex,” New Left Review, I/228, pp. 3-22.
Helleiner, Eric (2011) “Understanding the 2007-2008 Global Financial Crisis: Lessons for

134
Scholars of International Political Economy?” Annual Review of Political Science, Vol. 14, pp.
67-87.
Additional Readings
O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016) Global Political Economy: Evolution and Dynamics,
Fifth Edition, London: Palgrave, pp. 153-178.
Ferguson, Niall (2008), “Afterword: The Decent of Money”, in The Ascent of Money: A Financial
History of the World, New York: The Penguin Press, pp. 341-358.
Lipson, Charles (1981),“The International Organization of Third World Debt”, International
Organization, 35 (4): 603-631.
Unit 5.c. Global Civil Society
Essential Readings
Scholte, Jan Aart (2000), “Global Civil Society”, in Ngaire Woods (ed.) The Political Economy of
Globalization, New Tork: St. Martin’s Press, pp. 173-201.
Cerny, Philip G. (2003), “Globalization and the Changing Logic of Collective Action”, in Jeffry
A. Frieden and David A. Lake (ed.) International Political Economy: Perspectives on Global
Power and Wealth, Fourth Edition, London and New York: Routledge, pp. 446-460.
Additional Readings
Nathan, Dev, D. Narasimha Reddy and Govind Kelkar (2008), “Addressing Crises and Change”,
inInternational Trade and Global Civil Society, London and New York: Routledge, pp. 247-264.
Sen, Amartya (2009), “Human Rights and Global Imperatives”, and “Justice and the World”, in
The Idea of Justice, Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, pp. 355-416.
Reference Literature:
Gilpin, Robert (2001), Global Political Economy: Understanding the International Economic
Order, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.
Grieco, Joseph M. and G. John Ikenberry (2003), State, Power and World Markets: The
International Political Economy, New York: W.W. Norton & Co.
Hulsemeyer, Axel (2010), International Political Economy: A Reader, Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Oatley, Thomas (2019) International Political Economy, Sixth Edition, New York and London:
Routledge.
Ravenhill, John (ed.) (2017) Global Political Economy, fifth edition, Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Strange, Susan (1994) State and the Markets, Second Edition, London and New York: Continuum.
Strange, Susan (1996) The Retreat of the State: The Diffusion of Power in the World Economy,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

135
 DSE 3b: Understanding Savarkar

Course Objective
Vinayak Damodar Savarkar was one of the important leaders of the Indian National movement.
He was a revolutionary who gradually turned to lay the foundation of Hindu Nationalism in India
after release from the jail at Andaman and Nicobar. He remained at the thick of controversies due
to his opposition due to his thoughts on Indian Nationalism which was essentially against
Gandhian methods and approach to making national movement hostage to the whims of a
particular community. His works Hindutva still continues to dominate the discourse of Indian
politics wherein he is referred to by both his opponents and the supporters. He was a prolific writer
both in Marathi and English. He had a clearly defined socio-political thought which he articulated
through his poems, essays, stories, plays and the political speeches. It is therefore it is important
to study his revolutionary journey as well his political thoughts and his position on key issues of
India both before and after independence.

Course Learning Outcomes:

• The students will be able to understand his role and contribution in the freedom movement.
• They will be able to contextualise his thoughts on Hindutva and differentiate it from
Hinduism.
• Students will be able to answer what impact religious conversion has on the cultural and
political geography of a nation.
• They will be able to understand how he differed from Ambedkar on caste and
untouchability questions and what was his response to this important question.

Unit 1: Savarkar and Indian Historiography

Unit 2: Savarkar and Indian National Movement

Unit 3: Hindutva and Hinduism

Unit 4: Savarkar and Language Questions in India

Unit 5: Religious Conversion

Unit 6: Untouchability and Caste Questions

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Savarkar and Indian Historiography

Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar (2018). Six Glorious Epochs of Indian History, Prabhat Prakashan,
Delhi.

136
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar. The Indian War of Independence, 1857. New Delhi: Rajdhani
Granthnagar, 1970; 1st ed., 1908.
Kumar, M. (2006). History and Gender in Savarkar’s Nationalist Writings. Social Scientist,
34(11/12), 33–50.
Raugh, H. E. (2017). The Battle of the Books: An Indian Mutiny Historiography Part 2. Journal of
the Society for Army Historical Research, 95(381), 34–51.
Pati, B. (2007). Historians and Historiography: Situating 1857. Economic and Political Weekly,
42(19), 1686–1691.
Unit 2: Savarkar and Indian National Movement
Sampath, Vikram (2021). Savarkar: A Contested Legacy (1924-66). Penguin Random House
India, New Delhi.
Gilmartin, D. (2015). The Historiography of India’s Partition: Between Civilization and
Modernity. The Journal of Asian Studies, 74 (1), 23–41.
Mahurkar, Uday and Pandit, Chirayu (2021). Veer Savarkar. Rupa Publications, New Delhi.
संपथ. िव'म (२०२२), सावरकर एक िववािदत िवरासत ,१९२४-१९६६ , प5गइु न र: डम हाउस इिं डया, ग?ु @ाम
कौिशक, अशोक (२०१०) , यगु प?ु ष वीर सावरकर, सयू Jभारती Lकाशन, िदMली
Keer, Dhananjay, Veer Savarkar, Popular Prakashan Pvt. Ltd
Unit 3: Hindutva and Hinduism
Sharma, A. (2002). On Hindu, Hindustan, Hinduism and Hindutva. Numen, 49(1), 1–36.
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar (1928). Hindutva: Who is a Hindu? Nagpur.
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar (1949) Hindu Rashtra Darshan: A Collection of Presidential Speeches
Delivered from the Hindu Mahasabha Platform. Bombay: Khare.
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar. Essentials of Hindutva, 1922-23, available at:
http://savarkar.org/en/encyc/2017/5/23/2_12_12_04_essentials_of_hindutva.v001.pdf_1.pdf
Sampath, Vikram (2021) Savarkar: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966, Gurugram: Penguin Random
House India.
Unit 4: Savarkar and Language Questions in India
V. K. R. V. Rao. (1978). Many Languages, One Nation: Quest for an All-India Language.
Economic and Political Weekly, 13(25), 1025–1030.
Surajkumar Thube (2020). VD Savarkar’s language purification project was a precursor to creating
a ‘Hindu language’.
Savarkar V D (2014). Savarkar Samagra, Essays on Social Questions, Vol. 9&10. Prabhat
Prakashan, Delhi.
Unit 5: Religious Conversion

137
Sareen, T R (2019). Hindu Mahasabha Tryst with United India. Life Span Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi.
Hindu Mahasabha Presidential Speech of VD Savarkar.
Unit 6: Untouchability and Caste Questions
Kanungo, P. (2007). Co-Opting Dalits into the Hindutva Fold [Review of Hindutva and Dalits:
Perspectives for Understanding Communal Praxis, by Anand Teltumbde]. Economic and Political
Weekly, 42(20), 1852–1854.
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar (2014). Savarkar Samagra, Essays on Social Questions, Vol. 7.
Prabhat Prakashan, Delhi.

138
 DSE 4a: Understanding Security

Course Objective
This course is grounded in the field of security studies in international relations and, aims to
provide the students a foundational understanding of the concept of security in the contemporary
world. The conceptualisation of security has evolved over the past decades, encompassing diverse
sectors, and incorporating referents from different levels. Students will learn about the traditional
notions of security focusing on state and military as well as its individual and societal dimensions
of security. In view of the fast-evolving global context, the course aims at explaining it in relation
with other concepts such as power, peace and identity in international relations. The course
introduces to students traditional as well as contemporary approaches to study the concept of
security. Alongside the concerns of national security, the course apprises students about the
emerging security issues ranging from energy security and cyber security to issues of public health.
Finally, this course aims to familiarise students to the emerging non-western perspectives in the
field of security studies.

Course Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course the students would be able to:
a. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the concept of security and how it relates to
other key concepts such as power, peace and identity in International Relations.
b. Learn about the traditional and non-traditional sectors and various levels of analysis of
security
c. Understand the traditional and contemporary approaches to study the concept of security
d. Analyse the range of security issues and challenges in the contemporary world and nature
of policy response to them
e. Develop analytical skills to understand the non-western perspectives to the concept of
security.

Unit 1: Conceptualizing Security (12 Lectures)

1.1.Security and core concepts in IR: Power, Peace and Identity
1.2.Sectors of Security: Traditional and Non-Traditional Security
1.3.Levels of Security Referents: Individual, State, Region, Society, Globe
1.4.Indian understanding of security

Unit 2: Major Approaches to Understanding Security (10 lectures)

2.1. Traditional approaches (Realism, Liberalism)
2.2. Critical approaches to security
2.3. Constructivism and security
2.4. Gender and security
2.5. Securitization

139
Unit 3: Security Issues and Challenges in the Contemporary World (10 Lectures)
3.1. National Security: From within and outside
3.2. New Threats to Security (Energy Security, Cyber Security, Public Health)

Unit 4: Non-western Perspectives (4 lectures)

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Conceptualizing Security
Williams, P.D. (ed.) (2008). Security Studies: An Introduction. Abingdon: Routledge, pp. 1-12
1.1.Security and core concepts in IR: Power, Peace and Identity
Essential readings
Buzan, Barry (1984). Peace, Power and Security: Contending Concepts in the Study of
International Relations, Journal of Peace Research, 21:2, pp. 109-125.
Bilgin, Pinar (2010). Identity/Security. In J.P. Burgess (Ed.), The Routledge Handbook of New
Security Studies (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203859483
Additional Readings
Baldwin D. A. (1997). 'The Concept of Security, in Review of International Studies, 23, pp. 5-26.
Booth, Ken. (1991). Security and Emancipation, Review of International Studies, 17 (4): 313-326.
1.2. Sectors of Security: Traditional and Non-Traditional Security
Essential readings
Buzan, Barry & Lene Hansen (2009). Defining International Security Studies, in The Evolution of
International Security Studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 8-19
Mallavarappu, S. (2008). International relations theory and non-traditional approaches to security.
WISCOMP Perspectives 27. http://wiscomp.org/Publications/141%20-
%20Perspectives%2027%20-%20International%20Relations%20Theory%20and%20Non-
Traditional%20Approaches%20to%20Security.pdf
Additional Readings
Buzan, Barry (1983). People, states, and fear: The national security problem in international
relations. Brighton, Sussex: Wheatsheaf Books. pp. 18-52
Mathews, J. T. (1989). Redefining Security. Foreign Affairs, 68(2), 162–177.
Wæver, Ole (2011), Politics, security, theory. Security Dialogue. 42 (4-5): 465-480.
1.3. Levels of Security Referents: Individual, Region, Society, Globe
Essential readings
Buzan, Barry and Ole Wæver (2003). Levels Distinguishing the regional from the global. In

140
Regions and Powers: The Structure of International Security. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press. pp. 27-39
Bilgin, P. (2003). Individual and Societal Dimensions of Security. International Studies Review, 5
(2): 203–222.
Shahrbanou, Tadjbakhsh and Anuradha M Chenoy. (2007). Human Security: Concepts and
Implications. Routledge. Part 1. pp. 7-123.
Buzan, Barry (1991). New patterns of global security in the twenty-first century, International
Affairs, 67 (3): 431–451.
Additional Readings
Nizamani, HK (2008). Our region their theories: A case for critical security studies in South Asia.
in N C Behera (ed.) International Relations in South Asia: Search for an Alternative Paradigm.
New Delhi: SAGE, 90–109.
Roe, Paul (2007). Societal Security, in Alan, Collins., Contemporary Security Studies. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Acharya, A. (2001). Human Security: East versus West. International Journal, 56(3), 442–460.
https://doi.org/10.2307/40203577
1.4.Indian understanding of security
Essential readings
More, Sachin (2015). “Kautilya on State Fragility in Contemporary Security Environment” in
Pradip Kumar Gautam et.al. Indigenous Historical Knowledge: Kautilya and His Vocabulary,
Vol.1. Pentagon Press. pp. 11-23
Olivelle , Patrick (2016 ) Economy, Ecology, and National Defence in Kauäilya’s Arthasàstra in
Pradip Kumar Gautam et.al. Indigenous Historical Knowledge: Kautilya and His Vocabulary,
Vol.3, pp.3-15
Additional Readings
Jaishankar, S. (2020). “Krishna’s Choice: The Strategic Culture of a Rising Power” in The India
Way: Strategies for an Uncertain World. New Delhi: HarperCollins. pp. 45-68
Pratibha, M.S. (2017). “Kautilya and Sun Zi: A Comparative Philosophical Analysis”, in Michael
and Liebig and Saurabh Mishra (Ed) The Arthashastra in a Transcultural Perspective: Comparing
Kautilya with Sun Zi, Nizam ul- Mulk, Barani and Machiavelli. Pentagon Press. pp. 222-240
Unit 2: Major Approaches to Security in International Relations
2.1. Traditional approaches (Realism, Liberalism)
Essential reading
Smith, Edward. (2015). “The Traditional Roots to Security: Realism and Liberalism”, in Peter
Hough, Shahin Malik, Andrew Moran and Bruce Pilbeam (Ed). International Security Studies:
Theory and Practice. Routledge: New York. Pp. 12-30

141
Additional Readings
Charles L. Glaser (2013). Realism, in Alan Collins (eds.) Contemporary Security Studies, Oxford:
Oxford University Press
Patrick Morgan (2013). Liberalism, in Alan Collins (eds.) Contemporary Security Studies, Oxford:
Oxford University Press
2.2. Critical approaches to security
Essential reading
Peoples, Columba and Nick Vaughan-Williams (2010). Postcolonial Perspectives, in Critical
Security Studies: An Introduction. Routledge: New York. Chapter 1, Pp 17-32
Additional Readings
Behera NC, Hinds K, Tickner AB (2021). Making amends: Towards an antiracist critical security
studies and international relations. Security Dialogue 52 (1_suppl): 8-16.
Newman, E. (2010). Critical human security studies. Review of International Studies, 36(1), 77-
94.
2.3. Constructivism and security
Essential reading
Malik, Shahin (2015), Constructing Security, in Peter Hough, Shahin Malik, Andrew Moran and
Bruce Pilbeam (Ed). International Security Studies: Theory and Practice, Routledge: New York.
Pp. 72-84
Additional Reading
Agius, Christine (2013). Social Constructivism in Allan Collins Contemporary Security Studies,
Oxford: Oxford University Press. pp 87-103
2.4. Gender and Security
Essential reading
Peoples, Columba and Nick Vaughan-Williams (2010). Critical Security Studies: An Introduction,
Routledge: New York. Chapter 2, Pp 33-46
Additional Reading
Caroline Kennedy (2013). Gender and Security, in Alan Collins (eds.) Contemporary Security
Studies, Oxford: Oxford University Press
2.5.Securitization
Essential reading
Wæver O. (1995). Securitization and De securitization, in Ronnie D Lipschutz (Ed) On Security.
Columbia: Columbia University Press. pp. 46-86
Additional Reading
Ralf Emmers (2013). Securitization, in Alan Collins (eds.) Contemporary Security Studies,

142
Oxford: Oxford University Press
Unit 3: Security Issues and Challenges in the Contemporary World/Global Politics
3.1.National Security: From within and outside
Essential readings
Buzan, B. (2011). The national security problem in international relations, in C.W. Hughes, &
Y.M. Lai (Eds.). Security Studies: A Reader (1st ed.). Routledge.
Christian Fjäder (2014). The nation-state, national security and resilience in the age of
globalisation, Resilience, 2:2, 114-129, DOI: 10.1080/21693293.2014.914771
Smith, Michael E (2017). Terrorism. International Security: Politics, Policy, Prospects. Palgrave:
New York. Chapter 7, Pp. 177-209
Additional Readings
Wolfers, A. (1952). “National Security” as an Ambiguous Symbol. Political Science Quarterly, 67(4),
481–502.
Picareli, John T. (2008). Transnational Organised Crime in P.D. Williams (ed.). Security Studies:
An Introduction. Abingdon: Routledge
3.2.New Threats to Security (Energy Security, Cyber Security, Public Health)
Essential readings
Raphael, Sam and Doug Stokes (2013). Energy Security, in Allan Collins Contemporary Security
Studies. Oxford University Press. pp 306-319.
Smith, Michael E (2017). Cyber-Security. International Security: Politics, Policy, Prospects.
Palgrave: New York. Chapter 8, Pp. 210-238
Smith, Michael E (2017). Security and Public Health. International Security: Politics, Policy,
Prospects. Palgrave: New York. Chapter 12, Pp. 332-359
Additional Readings
Bridge, G. (2015). Energy (in)security: world-making in an age of scarcity. The Geographical
Journal, 181(4), 328–339.
Qerimi, Q. (2020). Smart Technologies, Human Security and Global Justice” in “Smart
Technologies” for Society, State and Economy, Swtizerland: Springer Nature.
Maurer, Tim. (2011). “Cyber Norm Emergence at the United Nations—An Analysis of the UN's
Activities Regarding Cyber-security.” Discussion Paper, 2011-11, Science, Technology, and
Public Policy Program, Belfer Center.
Mathew, Richard A. (2008). Resource Scarcity: Responding to the Security Challenge, Report of
the International Peace Institute, New York, USA. URL: https://www.ipinst.org/wp-
content/uploads/2015/06/rscar0408.pdf
Rushton S. (2011). Global Health Security: Security for whom? Security from what? Political
Studies. 2011;59(4):779-796.

143
Unit 4: Non-western Perspectives (4 lectures)
Essential readings
Ayoob, Mohammad (1995). The Third World Security Predicament: State making, regional
conflict and international system, London: Lynne Rienner Publishers. Chapter 1, Pp. 1-20
Barkawi T., and Laffey, M. (2006). The Postcolonial Moment in Security Studies, Review of
International Studies, 32, pp.329-352.
Bilgin, P. (2010). The “Western-Centrism” of Security Studies: “Blind Spot” or Constitutive
Practice? Security Dialogue, 41(6), 615–622.
Additional readings
Achaarya, Amitav. (2011). Third World and Security Studies in Christopher W Hughes and Lai
Yew Meng (Eds) Security Studies: A Reader. (Routledge: New York). Pp. 52-63
Behera, N.C. (2008). The Security Problematique in South Asia: Alternative Conceptualizations.
In: , et al. Globalization and Environmental Challenges. Hexagon Series on Human and
Environmental Security and Peace, vol 3. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg.
Persaud, R (2018). Security studies, postcolonialism and the Third World, in Persaud, R, Sajed, A
(eds) Race, Gender, and Culture in International Relations. London: Routledge, 155–179.
Barthwal-Datta, M., & Basu, S. (2017). Reconceptualizing regional security in South Asia: A
critical security approach. Security Dialogue, 48(5), 393–409.
Further Readings
Dunn Cavelty, Myriam and Thierry Balzacq (2017). The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies.
Routledge. 480pp
Jarvis, Lee and Jack Holland (2015). Security: A Critical Introduction, Palgrave Macmillan
Williams, P.D. (ed.) (2008). Security Studies: An Introduction. 568pp. Abingdon: Routledge
Thomas C. (1987). In Search of Security: The Third World in International Relations. Boulder
CO: Lynne Rienner.
Job B.L., ed. (1992). The Insecurity Dilemma: National Security of Third World States. Boulder,
CO: Lynne Rienner
Booth, K (2007). Theory of World Security. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Rushton, Simon (2019). Security and Public Health. Wiley Online.
UNDP. (1994). Human Development Report 1994: New Dimensions of Human Security.
http://www.hdr.undp.org/en/content/human-development-report-1994.

144
 DSE 4b: Understanding Ambedkar

Course Objective
This course is broadly intended to introduce Ambedkar’s ideas and their relevance in contemporary
India, by looking beyond caste. Ambedkar’s philosophical contributions towards Indian economy
and class question, sociological interpretations on religion, gender, caste and cultural issues; ideas
on politics such as concepts of nation, state, democracy, law and constitutionalism are to be
pedagogically interrogated and interpreted. This will help students to critically engage themselves
with the existing social concerns, state and economic structures and other institutional
mechanisms. This also will facilitate them to strengthen their creative thinking with a collective
approach to understand ongoing social, political, cultural and economic issues of the society.

Course Learning Outcomes

The course is designed to provide students the original writings and ideas of Ambedkar on diverse
issues beyond caste and equip them to critically engage with the ideas, interpretations. By
engaging with the original sources as well as secondary writings on Ambedkar’s ideas that cover,
caste, class, gender, religion, state, democracy and constitution the students will be able to
understand a thinker in the context and contemporaneity. At the end of the course, students shall
be equipped with the method of understanding the ideas, philosophy and relevance of a particular
thinker. Students shall also be able to reflect on the method of the thinker’s engagement with the
then context, issues and concepts. Finally, the students shall be equipped in understanding the
conceptual and philosophical diversity, situatedness and significance of Ambedkar beyond his
contribution in the sphere of social justice and drafting the Indian constitution. The course thus
provides an opportunity to the students to understand Ambedkar for his several important
contributions in the field of religion, state, democracy, gender, economy and history.

Unit 1: Introducing Ambedkar (1 week)

Approach to Study Polity, History, Economy, Religion and Society

Unit 2: Caste and Religion (3 weeks)

a. Caste, Untouchability and Critique of Hindu Social Order
b. Islam and Partition of India
c. Religion and Conversion

Unit 3: Women’s Question (2 weeks)

a. Rise and fall of Hindu Women?
b. Hindu Code Bill
c. Uniform Civil Code

145
Unit 4: Political Vision (2 weeks)
a. Nation and Nationalism
b. Democracy and Citizenship

Unit 5: Constitutionalism (2 weeks)

a. Rights and Representations
b. Constitution as an Instrument of Social Transformation

Unit 6: Economy and Class Question (2 weeks)

a. Planning and Development
b. Land and Labour References

Unit wise reading list

1. Introducing Ambedkar
G. Omvedt (2008) ‘Phule-Remembering the Kingdom of Bali’, Seeking Begumpura, Navyana, pp.
159-184.
M. Gore (1993) The Social Context of an Ideology: Ambedkar’s Political and Social Thought,
Delhi: Sage Publication, pp. 73-122; 196-225.
B. Ambedkar (1989) ‘Annihilation of Caste with a Reply to Mahatma Gandhi’, in Dr. Babasaheb
Ambedkar Writings and Speeches: Vol. 1, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra,
Mumbai, pp. 23-96.
2. Caste and Religion
The Untouchables Who were they and why they become Untouchables? Available at
http://www.ambedkar.org/ambcd/39A.Untouchables%20who%20were%20they_why%20th
ey%20became%20PART%20I.htm
B. Ambedkar (1987) ‘The Hindu Social Order: Its Essential Principles’, in Dr. Babasaheb
Ambedkar Writings and Speeches: Vol. 3, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, 1989,
pp. 95-129.
B. Ambedkar (2003) ‘What way Emancipation?’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and
Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp-175-201.
B. Ambedkar (2015 paperback). Thoughts on Pakistan or Partition of India. Gautam Publication,
Delhi.
3. Women’s Question
S. Rege (2013) ‘Against the Madness of Manu’, in B. R. Ambedkar’s Writings on Brahmanical
Patriarchy, Navyana Publication, pp. 13-59 ; 191-232.
B. Ambedkar (2003) ‘The Rise and Fall of Hindu Woman: Who was Responsible for It?’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches Vol. 17- II, Education Deptt., Government of
Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 109-129.

146
4. Political Vision
B. Ambedkar (1991) ‘What Gandhi and Congress have done to the Untouchables’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Education Deptt, Government of Maharashtra,
Vol.9, pp. 40-102; 181-198; 274-297.
B. Ambedkar (2003) ‘Conditions Precedent for the successful working of Democracy’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education Deptt, Government of
Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 472-486.
5. Constitutionalism
Ambedkar, Evidence before South Borough committee on Franchise, Available at
http://www.ambedkar.org/ambcd/07.%20Evidence%20before%20the%20Southborough%20Co
mmittee.htm.
Constituent Assembly Debates, Ambedkar’s speech on Draft Constitution on 4th November 1948,
CAD Vol. VII, Lok Sabha Secretariat, Government of India, 3rd Print, pp. 31-41.
B. Ambedkar (2013), States and Minorities, Delhi: Critical Quest.
Ujjwal Singh and Anupama Roy (2017) B. R. Ambedkar and the Ideas of Constitutionalism and
Constitutional Democracy, IIAS Simla,
6. Economy and Class Question
S. Thorat (2007) ‘Economic System, Development and Economic Planning’, in S. Thorat and
Aryama (eds), Ambedkar in Retrospect: Essays on Economics, Politics and Society, Delhi: Rawat
Publishers, pp. 25-48.
B. Ambedkar (1991) ‘Labor and Parliamentary Democracy and Welfare’, in Dr. Babasaheb
Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 10, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra,
Mumbai, pp. 106-112; 139-143; 243-252

Additional Resources:
Classics
Ambedkar, B. R. (1987) ‘The Women and the Counter-Revolution’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar
Writings and Speeches, Vol. 3, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 427-
437.
Ambedkar, B. R. (2003), ‘I have no Homeland’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and
Speeches Vol- 17, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp-51-58.
Ambedkar, B. R. (2003), ‘Role of Dr. B. R. Ambedkar in Bringing The Untouchables on the
Political Horizon of India and Lying A Foundation of Indian Democracy’, in Dr. Babasaheb
Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-I, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra,
Mumbai, pp-63-178.
Ambedkar, B. R. (2003) ‘Buddhism paved way for Democracy and Socialistic Pattern of Society’,
in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education Deptt., Government of
Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 406-409.
Ambedkar, B. R. (2003) ‘Failure of Parliamentary Democracy will Result in Rebellion, Anarchy

147
and Communism’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education
Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 423-437.

Readings in Hindi
अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). एक रा]^ का अपने घर के ;लए आµवान. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $
वां·मय (Vol. 15, pp. 11-21). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). राŠय और अCपसं„यक. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय (Vol.
2, pp. 167-240). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). काय$पा;लका. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण

ू $ वां·मय (Vol. 17, pp.
17-18). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). भारत मo छोटE जोत‰ कL समRया और उसका 9नवारण. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ०
अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय (Vol. 2, pp. 243-276). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और
अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). uयायपा;लका कL Rवतं`ता. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय
(Vol. 3, pp. 205-209). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). भारतीय-œ;मक यx

ु ध जीतने के ;लए rय‰ ˆढ़संकCप है . In बाबासाहे ब डॉ०
अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय(Vol. 18, pp. 27-34). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और
अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). छोटे }कसान राहत Fवधेयक. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय
(Vol. 3, pp. 146-155). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). Aहuद€ु व का दश$न. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय (Vol. 6, pp.
15-120). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). भारत मo जा9तeथा. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय (Vol. 1,
pp. 17-36). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). जा9तeथा-उuमल

ू न और महा€मा गांधी को Aदया गया उ•र. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ०
अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय (Vol. 1, pp. 37-51). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और
अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). Aहuद ू समाज, {यवRथा. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय(Vol. 6,
pp. 122-163). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). नारE और e9त~ािuत. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय (Vol. 7,
pp. 330-342). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). मजदरू और संसदEय लोकतं`. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $ वां·मय

148
(Vol. 18, pp. 95-101). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता मं`ालय.

अ•बेडकर, बी.आर., डॉ० (2013). कम$चारE कCयाण और सामािजक सरु bा. In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० अ•बेडकर स•पण
ू $
वां·मय (Vol. 18, pp. 309-312). नई AदCलE: डॉ० अ•बेडकर e9त]ठान. सामािजक uयाय और अ•धका@रता
मं`ालय.

डॉ० अ•बेडकर. (2015). जा9तभेद का उºछे द. AदCलE: गौतम बक

ु सेuटर.

9तलक, रजनी. (2012). डॉ० अ•बेडकर और मAहला आuदोलन. In डॉ० अ•बेडकर और मAहला आuदोलन (pp.
5-20). AदCलE: बr
ु स इं—डया.

AदसोAदया, रजनी. (2012). नारE ~ां9त के अjदत

ू ः डॉ० अंबेडकर. In डॉ० अ•बेडकर और मAहला आuदोलन (pp.
25-35). AदCलE: बr
ु स इं—डया.

परमार, डॉ० तारा. (2012). डॉ० बाबा साहे बअ•बेडकर का भारतीय नारE उ€थान मo योगदान. Inडॉ० अ•बेडकर
और मAहला आuदोलन (pp. 36-40). AदCलE:बr
ु स इं—डया.

मेघवाल, कुसम
ु . (2012). Aहंद ु कोड ‹बल और डॉ० अ•बेडकर. In डॉ० अ•बेडकर और मAहला आuदोलन (pp.
41-46). AदCलE:बr
ु स इं—डया.

9तलक, रजनी. (2012). मAहला आंदोलन कL रEढ़-साFव`ीबाई फूले. In डॉ० अ•बेडकर और मAहला आuदोलन
(pp. 21-24). AदCलE:बr
ु स इं—डया.

मेघवाल, कुसम
ु . (1994). डॉ० अ•बेडकर और मAहला जागरण (pp. 113-122); नारE Rवतं`ता व समानता का
ु ारं भ (pp. 123-128). In भारतीय नारE के उxधारकः डॉ० बी. आर. अ•बेडकर. उदयपरु ः राजRथान द;लत
शभ
साAह€य अकादमी.

सोनटrके, यशवंत. (2017). धमा¼तरण (pp. 320-333) ; रा]^ और रा]^Eयता (pp. 169-174) ; लोकतां‹`क
समाज (pp. 67-88) In बाबासाहे ब डॉ० आंबेडकर के Fवचार. नई AदCलE: स•यक eकाशन.

जाटव, डी. आर., डॉ० (1996). ‘œ;मक वग$ः सरु bा एवं कCयाण’ (pp. 67-77) ‘आ•थ$क Fवचारधारा कL œंख
ृ ला
मo ’ (pp. 100-109) In डॉ० अ•बेडकर के आ•थ$क Fवचार (eयोजन एवं eासं•गकता) जयपरु : समता साAह€य.

Additional Readings:
G. Omvedt, Liberty Equality and Community: Dr. Ambedkar’s Vision of New Social Order,
Available at http://www.ambedkar.org/research/LibertyEquality.htm
A. Gajendran (2007) ‘Representation’, in S. Thorat and Aryama (eds.), Ambedkar in Retrospect:
Essays on Economics, Politics and Society, Delhi: Rawat Publishers, pp. 184-194.
R. Ram (2010) ‘Dr, Ambedkar, Neo Liberal Market-Economy and Social Democracy in India’, in
Human Rights Global Focus, Vol. V (384), pp. 12-38.
A. Teltumbde and S. Sen (eds), ‘Caste Question in India’, in Scripting the Change, Selected
Writings of Anuradha Ghandi, pp. 62- 91.

149
 DSE 5a: Contemporary Debates in Indian Politics

Course objective
The course is designed with the aim to provide an introduction to contemporary debates around
critical issues in Indian Politics. Having acquired an understanding of the political processes and
political institutions in India, this course encourages students to make sense of contemporary
Indian politics. The themes chosen represent the changing landscape of Indian politics prompting
the question whether the study of politics in contemporary India is in need of new concepts and
analytical tools. The course will enable students to think through the concerns of older paradigms
to address the questions presented by new forms of politics. How, for example, does a citizen
reconcile to be biometrically mapped premised upon a guarantee of social benefits or how does
one view the media as a pillar of democracy in the age of disinformation, social media violence
and weak regulatory mechanisms. What does citizenship mean in the context of documentary
regimes and enumeration practices, what do urban spaces and new forms of informal economy
mean for the labouring poor, and how does the market rearticulate the relationship between land,
displacement, and dispossession.

Course Outcome:
On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate:
• An understanding of contemporary debates around key themes in Indian Politics
• An understanding of the changes being witnessed such as in relation to the rules governing
citizenship, new forms of informal labour, etc.
• Knowledge of established constitutional rights such as free speech, free press and the
challenges in their realisation in practice

Unit 1: Welfare and Unique Identification Scheme (UID)

Unit 2: Citizenship and National Register of Citizenship (NRC)

Unit 3: Land and the Market

Unit 4: Labour and the Urban Space

Unit 5: The Politics of Media

Unit 6: Free Speech and Public Order

150
 Unit wise reading list
Welfare and Unique Identification Scheme
P Henman and G. Marston, 2008 The Social Division of Welfare Surveillance. Journal of Social
Policy, 37(2).
Pramod K Nayar, 2012, Surveillance and Biological Citizenship, 'I Sing the Body Biometric', in
Economic and Political Weekly Vol. 47, Issue No. 32
Reetika Khera, 2015, UID: From inclusion to exclusion. Seminar, 672, 78–81.
Reetika Khera, 2020, India’s Welfare State: A Halting Shift from Benevolence to Rights, Current
History, Vol 119, Issue 816,
T Sriraman, 2011, Revisiting welfare: Ration card narratives in India, Economic and Political
Weekly 46 (38).
Kritika Bhardwaj, 2020, Digital Surveillance Systems to Combat COVID-19 May Do More Harm
Than Good, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 55, Issue No. 23.
NRC and Citizenship
Anupama Roy, 2022, Citizenship Regimes, Law and Belonging: The CAA and NRC, Oxford
University Press, Oxford [Introduction: Citizenship, Law and Belonging and Chapter One:
Hyphenated Citizenship: The National Register of Citizens].
Assam Sanmilita Mahasangha and Others vs. Union of India and others, [WP (Civil) No. 562 of
2012], Judgement available on https://indiankanoon.org/doc/50798357/
Debates in the Lok Sabha on the Citizenship Amendment Bill on 9 December 2019, Speech by
the Home Minister Amit Shah, pp.549-564, available on
http://164.100.47.194/Loksabha/Debates/debatelok.aspx
Niraja G Jayal, 2022, Reinventing the Republic: Faith and Citizenship in India,Studies in Indian
Politics, April 2022, https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/23210230221082799
Land and the Market
A. Shrivastava and A. Kothari, 2012, ‘Land Wars and Crony Capitalism’, in A. Shrivastava and
A. Kothari, Churning the Earth pp. 193-203 New Delhi, Penguin
Dhanmanjiri Sathe, 2016, Need for a Shift in Discourse? Land Acquisition, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 51, Issue No. 51,
Dhanmanjiri Sathe, 2017, Introduction and A Review of Some Other Acquisitions in Indian and
Policy Implications, in The Political Economy of Land Acquisition in India, How a Village Stops
Being One, Springer.
Xaxa. Virginius. 2012. ‘Tribes and Development: Retrospect and Prospect’ in Dev Nathan and
Virginius Xaxa (eds), in Social Exclusion and Adverse Inclusion, Oxford University Press
A. Nigam and N. Menon, 2008, ‘Globalisation I: Accumulation by Dispossession’, in A. Nigam
and N. Menon, Power and Contestation: India since 1989 Hyderabad: Orient Longman, pp. 61-

151
82.
Labour and the Urban Space
G. Bhan, 2009, ‘This is no longer the city I once knew: Evictions, the urban poor and the right to
the city in millennial Delhi’, in Environment and Urbanization 21: 127, Available
athttp://eau.sagepub.com/content/21/1/127.full.pdf, Accessed: 18.04.2013.
Das. Raju. J. 2019. ‘Class Relations, Class Struggle, and the State in India’, in Critical Reflections
on Economy and Politics in India: A class Theory Perspective. Leiden; Boston: Brill,
UshaRamanathan, 2006, ‘Illegality and the Urban Poor’, in Economic and Political Weekly Vol.
XLI (29)
The Politics of Media
Paranjoy G Thakurta, 2011, Introduction and Ch 7 (Paid News), in Media Ethics, OUP.
Adrian Athique,2017, Media Development to Media Economy, in Adrian Athiqueet al,The Indian
Media Economy (Vol 1), OUP.
Cass Sunstein, 2018, in CH 1 and 2, in #Divided Democracy in the Age of Social Media, Princeton
university Press.
Tabrez Ahmed Neyazi, 2019, The Politics of the Social Media, in Niraja Jayal (ed) Re-forming
India, the Nation Today, Penguin.
Law Commission, 2006, Introduction and Ch III (Do publications in the media subconsciously
affect the Judges), in 200th Law Commission Report on Trial by Media, available at
http://lawcommissionofindia.nic.in/reports/rep200.pdf
Free Speech and Public Order
Eric Barendt, 2007 (Revised edition), Why Protect Free Speech, in Freedom of Speech, Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Gautam Bhatia, 2016 Introduction, in Offend, Shock or Disturb, New Delhi, OUP
Law Commission, 2017, Law Commission Report on Hate Speech, available at
https://lawcommissionofindia.nic.in/reports/Report267.pdf
Lawrence Liang, 2019, Free Speech and Expression, in Sujit Choudhryet al, The Oxford Handbook
of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: OUP.

152
 DSE 5b: The Idea of the Political: Perspectives from the Indian Intellectual
Tradition

Course Objective
This course aims at introducing to the students, the idea of the political by framing the same, in
the vocabulary of the Indian intellectual history and tradition. Arguing that the technical discourse
that is employed for understanding the idea of political is largely Eurocentric in character. The
course intends to inculcate among the students, the tools and techniques to understand the idea of
political from the ontic and epistemic context of the Indian intellectual history and tradition. The
paper discusses as to how, unlike the Eurocentric intellectual tradition which is largely rooted in
the idea of the knower, the Indian intellectual tradition is rooted in the conception of the listener.
Such a conception of the listener is at the bottom of the idea of the political in India and it has been
largely mediated and transmitted across generations, through pedagogical techniques. This kind of
a focus on the listener that is disseminated through pedagogical techniques is distinct from the
Eurocentric accentuation upon the phenomenon of epistemology and the knower. Situating upon
this framework, the course builds upon the ways in which the Indian idea of the political is largely
based on the understanding of the self and its location in the community, as an act of self-
actualisation. Such an act of self- actualisation is derived from the idea of the ‘chetna’ that is
accomplished by creating the idea of a listener, rather than that of a mere discoverer of the material
world that is grounded in Eurocentric epistemologies. In this sense, the key objective of the paper
is to introduce to the students, the significance of situating ourselves in metaphysics to know the
idea of the political, a phenomenon that is neglected in the post-enlightenment Eurocentric
epistemologies.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students would gain the following outcomes:
1. The students would understand the significance of being a good listener for the purpose
of gaining knowledge.
2. The students would understand the significance of metaphysics for the purpose of
knowing the idea of the political.
3. The students would be introduced to the ways in which the Indian intellectual history,
offers us a repository of knowledge to make sense of the socio-political phenomenon.
4. At the end of the course, the students would also be able to deconstruct the modern
phenomenon of the political from the perspective of the ancient intellectual tradition that
has been part of the growth of knowledge in India.
5. On completion of the course, the students would be able to critically evaluate the modern
idea of the political that has been largely disseminated around the world, through a focus
on Eurocentric epistemologies.

Unit 1: The Idea of Knowing: Gyan and Chetna

Unit 2: Idea of the Collective

153
Unit 3: Dharma to Dhamma (Ethics and Way of life)

Unit 4: Ganrajya and Swarajya

Unit 5: Prakriti and Lok-kalyan

Unit 6: Maitri

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: The Idea of Knowing: Gyan and Chetna

Essential Readings
Griffiths, Paul J. "Pure Consciousness and Indian Buddhism." In The Problem of Pure
Consciousness: Mysticism and Philosophy, edited by Robert K. C. Forman, New York: Oxford
University Press, 1990, pp. 71–97.
Matilal, Bimal K. Perception: An Essay on Classical Indian Theories of Knowledge. Oxford:
Clarendon, 1986. (Chapter 4 “Knowledge as a Mental Episode”, Chapter 5 “Knowing that one
Knows”, Chapter 6 “Analysis of Perceptual Illusion”), pp. 97-221.
Mohanty, J. N. "Understanding Some Ontological Differences in Indian Philosophy." Journal of
Indian Philosophy 8, no. 3 (1980): 205–217.
Additional Readings
Altekar, A. S. “Educational and intellectual methods in Vedic and ancient Indian cultures.” Cahiers
d’Histoire Mondiale. Journal of World History. Cuadernos de Historia Mundial 5. 2 (1959).
Chakrabarti, Kisor K. “Introduction”, Classical Indian Philosophy of Mind: The Nyaya Dualist
Tradition. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1999.
Gupta, Bina. CIT: Consciousness. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2003.
Unit 2: Idea of the Collective
Essential Readings
Chakkarath, Pradeep. “The Indian Self and the Others: Individual and Collective Identities in
India.” Taiwan Journal of East Asian Studies, Vol. 7, No. 2 (Issue 14) (Dec. 2010), pp. 1-23.
Kagitçibasi, Cigdem. "Individualism and Collectivism," in J. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C. Kagitçibasi
(eds.), Handbook of Cross-Cultural Psychology, Vol. 3 (Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon, 1996, 2nd
ed.), pp. 1-49.
Michael F. Mascolo & Sunil Bhatia, "The Dynamic Construction of Culture, Self, and Social
Relations," Psychology & Developing Societies, 14 (2002), pp. 55-89.
Triandis, Harry C. Individualism and Collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1995.

154
(Introduction and Chapter 1), pp. 1-41

Additional Readings
Friedrich, Max Mueller, India: What Can it Teach Us? New York, NY: Funk & Wagnalls, 1883.
Markus, Hazel & Shinobu Kitayama 1991 "Culture and the Self: Implications for Cognition,
Emotion, and Motivation," Psychological Review, 98 (1991), pp. 224-253.
Sen, Amartya. The Argumentative Indian: Writings on Indian History, Culture, and Identity.
London, UK: Penguin Books, 2005.
Unit 3: Dharma to Dhamma (Ethics and Way of life)
Essential Readings
Kane, Pandurang Vaman. History of Dharmashastra (Ancient and Medieval Religious and Civil
Law), Vol. I. Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1930. Sec.1. ‘Meaning of Dharma’,
pp.1-4; Sec.2. ‘Sources of Dharma’, pp. 4-7.
Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy, USA:
Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 14 Pūrva Mimāṁsā, pp. 486-505.)
Suda, J.P. “Dharma: Its Nature and Role in Ancient India”, The Indian Journal of Political Science,
Vol. 31, No. 4 (October—December 1970), pp. 356-366.
Tundawala, Moiz. “Ambedkar’s Dhamma: A Counter Theology of Law for Indian Political
Thought”. Political Theology, 2021. DOI: 10.1080/1462317X.2021.2014033.
Additional Readings
Agarwal, R. “Dharma/Dhamma”. In Athyal. J.M. (ed). Religions in Southeast Asia: An
Encyclopedia of Faiths and Cultures. ABC-CLIO, 2015.
Bhandarkar D.R. Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity: The Manindra Chandra Nandy Lectures,
25, Delivered in February, 1925. Benaras Hindu University Press, 1929, Lecture I. Hindu Science
of Politics., pp.1-11.
Bronkhorst, Johannes, “Some Uses of Dharma in Classical Indian Philosophy”, Journal of Indian
Philosophy 32(5), December 2004, pp. 733-750.
Unit 4: Ganrajya and Swarajya
Essential Readings
Altekar, A. S. State and Government in Ancient India. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 1948
(Chapters 1, 2, 3 and 4), pp. 1-46.
Altekar, A. S. State and Government in Ancient India. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers, 1948
(Chapter 6 “Republics”), pp. 71-94.
Bhandarkar D.R. Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity : The Manindra Chandra Nandy Lectures,
25, Delivered in February, 1925. Benaras Hindu University Press, 1929, Lecture IV. Different

155
Types of States., pp.91-125.
Prabhu, Pandharinath H. Hindu Social Organization: A Study in Socio-Psychological and
Ideological Foundations. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1979, pp.79-82.
Prasad, B.N. “Swaraj, Democracy and Subaltern: Regional Dynamics of Agrarian India” in K.B.
Saxena (ed.), Swaraj and the Reluctant State. New York, Routledge, 2021, pp. 431-447.
Additional Readings
Agrawala, V.S. India as Known to Panini (A Study of the Cultural Material in the Ashtadhyayi).
Lucknow: University of Lucknow, 1953, Chapter VII, Sections 5 and 6, pp. 424-433.
Bhattacharya, Krishna Chandra, “Swaraj in Ideas”, Visvabharati Quarterly, Vol. 20 (1954), pp.
103-114.
Ghoshal U.N. A History of Indian Public Life (Volume Two), The Pre Maurya and the Maurya
Periods. Bombay: Oxford University Press, 1934, PART ONE: The Pre Maurya Period, Section
X, ‘Republics and Mixed Constitutions’, pp. 185-197.
Ghoshal U.N. – The Constitutional Significance of Sangha and Gana in the post-Vedic India,
Indian Culture, Vol. 12, 1945-46.
Krishnan, P.S. “Synthesising the Gandhi-Ambedkar-Narayanaguru-Marx Visions for Dalit
Liberation”, in K.B. Saxena (ed.), Swaraj and The Reluctant State, New York, Routledge, 2021,
pp. 63-104.
Unit 5: Prakriti and Lok-kalyan
Essential Readings
Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy, USA:
Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 12, Sāṁkhya, pp. 424-452).
Additional Readings
Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy, USA:
Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 13, Yoga, pp. 453-485).
Goodwin, William F. “Ethics and Value in Indian Philosophy”, Philosophy East and West Vol. 4,
No. 4 (Jan., 1955), pp. 321-344.
Unit 6: Maitri
Essential Readings
Ghoshal U.N. A Study of Indian Public Life (Volume Two), The Pre Maurya and the Maurya
Periods. Bombay: Oxford University Press, 1934, PART ONE: The Pre Maurya Period, Section
XI, ‘Inter-State relations’, pp. 198-206.
Mathur, D. B. “Some Reflections on Ancient Indian Diplomacy”, The Indian Journal of Political
Science Vol. 23, No. 1/4 (January-December, 1962), pp. 398-405.
Dwivedi, OP. Common Good and Good Governance. Indian Journal of Public Administration.

156
1998;44(3):253-264.
Parekh, Bhikhu, “Friendship in Classical Indian Thought”, India International Centre Quarterly
Vol. 35, No. 2 (Autumn 2008), pp. 152-167.
Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy. USA:
Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 6, Kauṭilya’s Artha-Śāstra , pp. 193-224).
Additional Readings
Bhandarkar D.R. Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity: The Manindra Chandra Nandy Lectures,
25, Delivered in February, 1925. Calcutta: Benaras Hindu University, 1929, Lecture, pp.1-11.
Jayaswal, K. P., Hindu Polity, Bangalore, 1955.
Mahapatra, Debidatta Aurobinda, “From a latent to a ‘strong’ soft power? The evolution of
India’s Cultural Diplomacy”, Palgrave Communications, December 6, 2016, pp. 1-11. Rao, M. V.
Krishna, Studies in Kautilya, Delhi, 1958. (Chapter 9)

157
 DSE 6a: Public Policy in India
Course Objective
This course provides a theoretical and practical understanding of the concepts and methods that
can be employed in the analysis of public policy. It uses the methods of political economy to
understand policy as well as understand politics as it is shaped by economic changes. The course
will be useful for students who seek an integrative link to their understanding of political science,
economic theory and the practical world of development and social change.

Course Learning Outcomes

Following on the newly introduced Discipline Core course on Public Policy, the students will be
able to
• enhance their conceptual understanding of public policy in India
• locate it in the context of other theoretical insights they would have received from other
sub-disciplines like Comparative and Indian politics
• acquire a holistic approach to public policy

Unit I: Introduction to Policy Analysis

• Perspectives
• Processes

Unit 2: The Analysis of Policy in the Context of Theories of State

Unit 3: Political Economy and Policy

Interest Groups and Social Movements

Unit 4: Models of Policy Decision-Making

Unit 5: Ideology and Policy

Nehruvian Vision, Economic Liberalisation and recent developments

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Introduction to Policy Analysis
Jenkins, B. (1997) 'Policy Analysis: Models and Approaches' in Hill, M. (1997) The Policy
Process: A Reader (2nd Edition). London: Prentice Hall, pp. 30-40.
Dye, T.R. (2002) Understanding Public Policy. Tenth Edition. Delhi: Pearson, pp.1-9, 32-56 and
312-329.
Sapru, R. K. (1996) Public Policy: Formulation, Implementation and Evaluation. New Delhi:
Sterling Publishers, pp. 26-46.
Wildavsky, A. (2004), ‘Rescuing Policy Analysis from PPBS’ in Shafritz, J.M. & Hyde, A.C.
(eds.) Classics of Public Administration. 5th Edition. Belmont: Wadsworth, pp.271-284.
Unit 2: The Analysis of Policy in the Context of Theories of State
Dunleavy, P. and O'Leary, B. (1987) Theories of the State. London: Routledge.

158
McClennan, G. (1997) 'The Evolution of Pluralist Theory' in Hill, M. (ed.) The Policy Process: A
Reader. 2nd Edition. London: Prentice Hall, pp. 53-61.
Simmie, J. & King, R. (eds.) (1990) The State in Action: Public Policy and Politics. London:
Printer Publication, pp.3-21 and 171-184.
Skocpol, T. et al (eds.) (1985) Bringing the State Back In. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 3-43 and 343-366.
Dye, T.R. (2002) Understanding Public Policy. 10th Edition. Delhi: Pearson, pp.11-31.
Unit 3: Political Economy and Policy
Lukes, S. (1986) Power. Basil: Oxford, pp. 28-36.
Lukes, S. (1997) 'Three Distinctive Views of Power Compared', in Hill, M. (ed.), The Policy
Process: A Reader. 2nd Edition. London: Prentice Hall, pp. 45-52.
Giddens, A. (1998) The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy. Cambridge: Polity
Press, pp. 27-64 and 99-118.
Unit 4: Models of Policy Decision-Making
Hogwood, B. & Gunn, L. (1984) Policy Analysis for the Real World. U.K: Oxford University
Press, pp. 42-62.
Sabatier, P.L. & Mazmanian, D. (1979) 'The Conditions of Effective Policy Implementation', in
Policy Analysis, vol. 5, pp. 481-504.
Smith, G. & May, D. (1997) 'The Artificial Debate between Rationalist and Incrementalist
Models of Decision-making', in Hill, M. The Policy Process: A Reader. 2nd Ed London: Prentice
Hall, pp. 163-174.
Henry, N. (1999) Public Administration and Public Affairs. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, pp. 346-
368
Unit 5: Ideology and Policy
Self, P. (1993) Government by the Market? The Politics of Public Choice. Basingstoke:
MacMillan, pp. 1-20,70-105,113-146,198-231 and 262-277.
Girden,E.J.(1987) ‘Economic Liberalisation in India: The New Electronics Policy’ in Asian
Survey. California University Press. Vol. 27, No.11.

159
 DSE 6b: Feminism: Theory and Practice

Course Objective
The aim of this course is to introduce feminist theory to the students and to explain them about
contemporary debates on feminism and the history of feminist struggles. The course is meant to
inculcate feminist perspective in young minds.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing this course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the concept of patriarchy and different approaches of feminism
• Understand different trajectories of history of feminism as it developed in western,
socialist and Indian contexts.
• Make sense of how patriarchy functions within the family.

Unit 1: Feminist Theories, Approaches and Concepts: (22 Lectures)

Feminist theorising of the sex/gender distinction. Biologism versus social constructivism
Key Concepts in Feminism: Patriarchy, Masculinities, Sexuality, Queer Liberal, Socialist,
Marxist, Radical feminism
New Feminist Schools/Traditions- Postmodernist feminism, Postcolonial Feminimism

Unit 2: History of Feminism (22 Lectures)

Origins of Feminism in the West: France, Britain and United States of America
Feminism in the Socialist Countries: China, Cuba and erstwhile USSR
Social Reform Movements and history of Women’s struggle in India

Unit 3: Women’s Movement in India (16 Lectures)

Women’s Movement in Contemporary India (1970s to present)- Issues and Debates
Women and Society: Family, Property Rights, Personal Laws
Women and Labour: Sexual Division of Labour, Unpaid Work, Feminisation of Labour,
Gender and Development
Women and Politics: Women’s Representation and Participation in Democratic
Institutions

Unit wise reading list

1. Feminist Theories, Approaches and Concepts:

Richardson, D. (2008) ‘Conceptualizing Gender’ in Richardson, D. and Robinson, V. (ed.).
Introducing Gender and Women’s Studies (Third Edition). New York: Palgrave Macmillan
Geetha, V. (2002) Gender. Calcutta: Stree.

160
Geetha, V. (2007) Patriarchy. Calcutta: Stree.
Jagger, A. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. U.K.: Harvester Press, pp. 25-350. Hines,
S. (2008) ‘Feminist Theories’ in Richardson, D. and Robinson, V. (ed.)
(2008). Introducing Gender and Women’s Studies (Third Edition). New York: Palgrave Macmillan
Jackson, S. and Jones, J. (ed.) (1998) Contemporary Feminist Theories. Edinburgh University
Press, pp. 12-33, 98-112, 131-146, 177-193
2. History of Feminism
Rowbotham, Shiela. (1993) Women in Movements. New York and London: Routledge, Section I,
pp. 27-74 and 178-218.
Jayawardene, Kumari. (1986) Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World. London: Zed Books,
pp. 1-24, 71-108, and Conclusion.
Forbes, Geraldine (1998) Women in Modern India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.
1-150.
3. Women’s Movement in India
Banerjee, Nirmala. (1999) ‘Analysing Women’s work under Patriarchy’ in Sangari, Kumkum &
Chakravarty, Uma. (eds.) From Myths to Markets: Essays on Gender. Delhi: Manohar.
Gandhi, Nandita & Shah, Nandita. (1991) The Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in
Contemporary Women’s Movement in India. Delhi: Zubaan, pp. 7-72.
Desai, Neera & Thakkar, Usha. (2001) Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National Book Trust.
John, Mary E. (ed.) (2008). Women’s Studies in India: A Reader. New Delhi: Penguin
Basu, A. (2011). ‘Gender and Politics’ in Jayal, N.G and Mehta, P.B (ed.) (2011). The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India: Student Edition, New Delhi: OUP
Additional Readings:
Beauvoir, Simone de (1949), The Second Sex, London: Vintage Books.
Wollstonecraft, Mary (1793), Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Dublin: J. Stockdales.
Mill, J.S. (1870), The Subjection of Women, New York: D. Appleton and Company.
Lerner, Gerda (1986) The Creation of Patriarchy. New York: Oxford University Press.
Mohanty, C.T. (2003). Under Western Eyes: Feminist Scholarship and Colonial Discourses in
Feminism without Borders: Decolonizing Theory, Practicing Solidarity
Banarjee, Sikata. (2007) ‘Gender and Nationalism: The Masculinisation of Hinduism and Female
Political Participation’, in Ghadially, Rehana. (ed.) Urban Women in Contemporary India: A
Reader. New Delhi: Sage.
Eisentein, Zillah. (1979) Capitalist Patriarchy and the Case for Socialist Feminism. New York:
Monthly Review Press, pp. 271-353.

161
Funk, Nanette & Mueller, Magda. (1993) Gender, Politics and Post-Communism. New York and
London: Routledge, Introduction and Chapter 28.
Chaudhuri, Maiyatree. (2003) ‘Gender in the Making of the Indian Nation State’, in Rege,
Sharmila. (ed.) The Sociology of Gender: The Challenge of Feminist Sociological Knowledge. New
Delhi: Sage.
Ray, Suranjita. Understanding Patriarchy. Available at:
<http://www.du.ac.in/fileadmin/DU/Academics/course_material/hrge_06.pdf>
Gandhi, Nandita & Shah, Nandita. (1991) The Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in
Contemporary Women’s Movement in India. Delhi: Zubaan, pp. 7-72.
Shinde, Tarabai (1993) ‘Stri-Purush Tulna’, in Tharu, Susie & Lalita, K. (eds.) Women Writing in
India, 600 BC to the Present. Vol. I. New York: Feminist Press.
Desai, Neera & Thakkar, Usha. (2001) Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National Book Trust.
Readings in Hindi
मेनन, िनवेिदता, साधना आयार् और िजनी लोकनीता (ed.), नारीवादी राजनीित: संघषर् एवं मुद्दे, िदल्ली: िहं दी माध्यम कायर्न्वय
िनदेशालय,2001.

162
 DSE 7a: Power Dilemmas in International Relations
Course Objective
This paper introduces students to some of the key dilemmas that power represents in the discipline
of international Relations. These dilemmas originate in the contemporary world at critical
junctures that challenge political-social-economic transformations at global and local levels and
have significant implications for relationships among people, institutions, and states. The bipolar-
unipolar-multipolar shifts have further opened up the discourse on power. This course will engage
with above debates and undertake further discussions around the conceptualization and
measurement of power with interdisciplinary readings. Another dilemma of power is how to assess
the power distribution among three levels of actors-states, institutions, and the people. This paper
enables an understanding of various processes and actors competing for power at the institutional
level that render the negotiation in trade, economy, and climate change difficult. The paper also
engages with the rapid emergence of a cosmopolitan, global citizenship, diaspora and NGOs
through social globalisation, as examples of peoples ’power. In the final segment, the course
concludes with debates around the notions of hard, soft and smart power and the limits of power
discourse in IR.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students would have acquired:
• An introductory understanding of the concept of power, with specific reference to different
perspectives on power in international relations.
• An understanding of the competing and overlapping categories like Great Powers, Middle
Powers, Major Powers, Emerging/Rising Powers and, ability to differentiate these from the
concept of hegemony.
• A critical lens to distinguish between overlapping spheres of power in institutional
processes such as regionalism and multilateralism.
• Tools to assess the distribution of power in different institutional sites such as the World
Trade Organization (WTO) and the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC).
• Comprehension of people’s power through concepts like cosmopolitanism and global
citizenship, social globalisation and the role of INGOs as examples of power from below.
• Familiarisation with the debates on hard and soft power as well as the limits of the power
discourse in IR.

Unit 1. Conceptualising Power in IR (14 Lectures)

a. Understanding Power (2 lectures)
b. Perspectives : 1. Realist ; 2. Liberal ; 3. Postcolonial ; 4. Sociological ; 5. Critical (10
Lectures)
c. Indian Understandings of Power (2 lectures)

Unit 2. State Power in IR: Is there a measure? (6 lectures)

a. 1. Great Powers, 2. Middle Powers, 3. Major Powers, 4. Emerging/Rising Powers (5
lectures)
b. Hegemony (1 lecture)

163
Unit 3. Power and Institutions (6 lectures)
a. Shifting Power: Between Regionalism and Multilateralism (2 lectures)
b. Power conundrums at the WTO (2 lectures)
c. Power Negotiations at the UNFCCC (2 lectures)

Unit 4. Power from People’s perspective (5 lectures)

a. Cosmopolitanism and Global citizenship (3 lectures)
b. Social globalisation and the role of INGOs (2 lectures)

Unit 5: Debating Power (5 lectures)

a. 1. Hard power 2. Soft power 3. Radical power (3 lectures)
b. Limits of power (2 lectures)

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1. Conceptualising Power in IR (14 Lectures)
a. Understanding Power
Essential Readings
Finnemore, M. & Glodstein, J. (2013). Back to Basics State Power in a Contemporary World,
Oxford University Press: New York, pp: 3-17.
Forsberg, T. (2011). Power in International Relations: An Interdisciplinary Perspective. In: Aalto,
P., Harle, V., Moisio, S. (eds) International Studies. Palgrave Macmillan, London. pp: 207-227.
Additional Readings
Guzzini, S. (2021). Power in World Politics, DIIS Working Paper 2021 (17): pp. 3-22.
Lukes, S. (2005). Power and the Battle for the Hearts and Minds. Millennium: Journal of
International Studies, 33(3): pp. 477-494.
b. Perspectives
1. Realist Perspective
Essential Reading
Mearsheimer, J. J. (2001). The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, Norton Press: New York, pp. 29-
54.
Paul, T. V. (2004). Introduction: The Enduring Axioms of Balance of Power Theory and Their
Contemporary Relevance. In T. V. Paul, J. J. Wirtz, and M. Fortmann (eds.), Balance of Power
Theory and Practice in the 21st Century, Stanford University Press: Stanford, California, pp.1-28.
Additional Reading
Schmidt, B. C. (2005). Competing Realist Conceptions of Power. Millennium - Journal of
International Studies, 33(3): pp. 523–549.

164
2. Liberal Perspective
Essential Reading
Keohane, R. O. & Nye, J. (2012). Power and Interdependence, 4th Ed., Longman: USA, pp.1-19.
Philpott, D. (2001). Liberalism, Power, and Authority in International Relations: On the Origins
of Colonial Independence and Internationally Sanctioned Intervention, Security Studies, 11(2): pp.
117-163.
Additional Reading
Lebow, R. N. (2007). The power of persuasion. In Felix Berenskoetter and M. J. Williams P. (eds.),
Power in World Politics. Routledge: UK, pp. 120-140.
3. Postcolonial Perspective
Essential Readings
Chowdhry, G. & Nair, S. (2004). Introduction: Power in a postcolonial world: race, gender and
class in international relations. In Geeta Chowdhry and Sheela Nair (eds.) Power, Postcolonialism
and International Relations: Reading race, gender and class, Routledge: London, pp: 1-32.
Additional Readings
Epstein, C. (2014). The Postcolonial Perspective: An Introduction. International Theory, 6(2):
294-311.
4. Sociological Perspective
Essential Readings
Wendt, A. (1999). Social Theory of International Politics, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 96–97.
Guzzini, S. (2005). The Concept of Power: A Constructivist Analysis. Millennium: Journal of
International Studies, 33(3): pp. 495-522.
Additional Reading
MacDonald, D. (2011). The power of ideas in international relations. In Nadine Godehardt, Dirk
Nabers (eds.) Regional Powers and Regional Orders, London: Routledge. Pp: 33-48.
5. Critical Perspective
Essential Readings
Jessop, B. (2006). Developments in Marxist Theory. In E. Amenta, K. Nash, A. Scott, eds, The
Wiley Blackwell Companion to Political Sociology, Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 7-16.
Lukes, S. (2005). Power A Radical View (2nd Ed.). Palgrave Macmillan: New York, pp. 14-59 &
108-151.
Additional Readings
Linklater, A. (1990). Power, Order and Emancipation in International Theory. In Beyond Realism
and Marxism. Palgrave Macmillan, London. pp: 8-33.

165
c. Indian Understandings of Power
Essential Readings
Bisht, M. (2020). Kautilya’s Arthashastra: Philosophy of Strategy, Routledge: Oxon, pp. 65-78.
Long, W.J. (2021). “Buddha on Politics, Economics, and Statecraft” in A Buddhist Approach to
International Relations. Palgrave Macmillan: Switzerland, pp. 35-50.
Additional Readings
Adityakiran, G. (2015). Kautilya’s Pioneering Exposition of Comprehensive National Power in
the Arthashastra. In P.K. Gautam, S. Mishra, A. Gupta (Eds.) Indigenous Historical Knowledge
Kautilya and His Vocabulary, Volume I, Pentagon Press: India, pp. 24-38.
Unit 2. State Power in IR: Is there a measure? (6 lectures)
a. Great Powers, Middle Powers, Major Powers, Emerging/Rising Powers
1. Great Powers
Essential Readings
Erickson, E. (2018). What Do We Mean by Great Power or Superpower? An Introduction to
Concepts and Terms, MCU Journal 9(2): 9-21.
Additional Readings
Cesa, M. (2011). Great Powers. In R. Devetak, A. Burke, & J. George (Eds.), An Introduction to
International Relations, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, pp. 268-280.
2. Middle Powers
Essential Reading
Chapnick, A. (1999). The Middle Power. Canadian Foreign Policy Journal, 7(2): 73–82.
Additional Reading
Aydin, U. (2021). Emerging middle powers and the liberal international order, International
Affairs, 97 (5): 1377–1394.
3. Major Powers
Essential Readings
Black, J. (2008) Into the Future: The Rivalry of Major Powers? The RUSI Journal, 153(4): 12-17.
Additional Readings
Danilovic, V. (2002). When Stakes are High: Deterrence and Conflict among Major Powers.
Michigan University Press, pp. 26-46, pp. 225-230.
4. Emerging/Rising Powers
Essential Readings
Hurrell, A. (2019). Rising powers and the emerging global order. In J. Baylis, S. Smith, and P.
Owens (eds.) The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations (8th

166
edn), Oxford University Press: UK, pp: 84-98.
Chaulia, S. (2011). India’s ‘power’ attributes. In David Scott (ed.) Handbook of India’s
International Relations, Routledge: New York. pp. 23-34.
Additional Readings
Turner, O. & Nymalm, N. (2019). Morality and progress: IR narratives on international
revisionism and the status quo, Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 32 (4): 407-428.
Mahbubani, K. (2008). The New Asian Hemisphere: The Irresistible Shift of Global Power to the
East. New York: Public Affairs, pp. 51-100.
b. Hegemony
Essential Reading
Antoniades, A. (2018). Hegemony and international relations. International Politics, 55 (5): 595-611.
Additional Reading
Clark, Ian. (2011). Hegemony in International Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-33.
Ikenberry, G. J., & Kupchan, C. A. (1990). Socialization and Hegemonic Power. International
Organization, 44(3): 283–315.
Unit 3. Power and Institutions (8 lectures)
a. Shifting Power: Between Regionalism and Multilateralism
Essential Readings
Buzan, B. & Wæver, O. (2003). “Levels: Distinguishing the Regional from the Global” in Regions
& Powers: The Structure of International Security, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, pp:
27-39.
Bhagwati, J. (1993). Regionalism and multilateralism: An overview. In J. De Melo & A.
Panagariya (Eds.), New Dimensions in Regional Integration, Cambridge University Press:
Cambridge, pp. 22-51.
Additional Readings
Patriota, A. A. (2019). Is the World Ready for a Cooperative Multipolarity? In T. Meyer, J.L. de
Sales Marques and M. Telò (eds.), Regionalism and Multilateralism: Politics, Economics, Culture,
Routledge: London, pp.202-214.
Katzenstein, P.J. (2019). Polyvalent Globalism and Constrained Diversity: Multiple Modernities
and Regionalisms in World Politics. In T. Meyer, J. L. de Sales Marques and M. Telò (eds),
Regionalism and Multilateralism: Politics, Economics, Culture, London: Routledge. pp. 17-35.
b. Power conundrums at the WTO
Essential Readings
Shaffer, G. (2005). Power, Governance, and the WTO: A Comparative Institutional Approach. In
Michael Barnett and Raymond Duvall (eds.) Power in Global Governance, Cambridge University

167
Press: Cambridge, pp: 130-160.
Peet, R. (2009). The Unholy Trinity: the IMF, World Bank and WTO. Zed Books: London, New
York, pp. 178-243.
Additional Readings
Bonzon, Y. (2008). Institutionalising Public Participation in WTO Decision Making: Some
Conceptual Hurdles and Avenues. Journal of International Economic Law, 11(4): pp. 751–777.
Hopewell, K. (2016). Power, Multilateralism, and Neoliberalism at the WTO. & Powershift. In
Breaking the WTO: How Emerging Powers Disrupted the Neoliberal Project. Stanford University
Press: California, pp.42-76 & 77-104.
c. Power Negotiations at the UNFCCC
Essential Readings
Iskander, N. N. & Lowe, N. (2020). Climate Change and Work: Politics and Power. Annual Review
of Political Science. 23(1): pp. 111-131.
Vogler, J. (2016). “The UNFCCC Regime” in Climate change in world politics. Palgrave
Macmillan, pp: 35-59.
Additional Readings
Hurrell, A. (2005). “Power, Institutions, and the Production of Inequality” in M. Barnett and R.
Duvall (eds.) Power in Global Governance. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp: 33-58.
Prashad, V. (ed). (2020). Will the Flower slip through the Asphalt? Writers Respond to Capitalist
Climate Change. India: Left Word Books, pp.12-28.
Unit 4. Power from People’s perspective (5 lectures)
a. Cosmopolitanism and Global citizenship
Essential Readings
Parekh, B. (2003). Cosmopolitanism and global citizenship. Review of International Studies,
29(1): pp. 3-17.
Kunz, R. (2012). The Diffusion of Power and the International ‘Discovery’ of ‘Diasporas’. In:
Guzzini, S., Neumann, I.B. (eds) The Diffusion of Power in Global Governance. Palgrave Studies
in International Relations. Palgrave Macmillan, London.
Additional Readings
Avant, D.D., Finnemore, M. and Sell, S.K. eds., 2010. Who governs the globe? Cambridge
University Press: Cambridge. pp:1-34.
Adamson, F. B. (2016). The Growing Importance of Diaspora Politics. Current History, 115 (784):
291–297.
b. Social Globalisation and the Role of INGOs
Essential Readings

168
Stroup, S. S. (2019). NGOs’ interactions with states. In Routledge Handbook of NGOs and
International Relations ed. Thomas Davies. Abingdon: Routledge, pp. 32-45.
Krut, R., Howard, K., Howard, E., Gleckman, H. & Pattison, D. (1997). Globalization and Civil
Society: NGO Influence in International Decision Making, The United Nations Research Institute
for Social Development Discussion Paper 83, April: pp. 6-48.
Additional Readings
Grant, R. W., & Keohane, R. O. (2005). Accountability and Abuses of Power in World Politics.
American Political Science Review, 99(01): pp 29-43.
Ruhlman, M. (2019). NGOs in Global Governance. In Thomas Davis (Ed.), Routledge Handbook
of NGOs and International Relations. New York: Routledge, pp. 46-62.
Unit 5: Debating Power (5 lectures)
a.1. Hard power
Essential Reading
Nye, J. S. (2020). The Future of Power, Public Affairs: New York, pp.25-52.
Bilgin, P., & Elis, B. (2008). Hard Power, Soft Power: Toward a More Realistic Power Analysis.
Insight Turkey, 10(2): pp.5–20.
Additional Reading
Wagner, C. (2005). From Hard Power to Soft Power? Heidelberg Papers in South Asian and
Comparative Politics, 26: pp. 1-17.
a.2. Soft power
Essential Reading
Nye, J. S. (2009). Soft Power: The Means to Success in World Politics. New York Public Affairs:
New York, pp: 1-32.
Ohnesorge, H. W. (2020). Soft Power: The Forces of Attraction in International Relations,
Springer: Switzerland, pp. 23-67.
Additional Readings
Thussu, D. K. (2013). Communicating India’s Soft Power: Buddha to Bollywood, Palgrave,
Macmillan: USA, pp. 45–63.
a.3. Smart Power
Essential Reading
Nye, J. S. (2020). The Future of Power, Public Affairs: New York, pp.207-234.
Additional Reading
Wilson, E. J. (2008). Hard Power, Soft Power, Smart Power. ANNALS of the American Academy
of Political and Social Sciences, Issue 616: pp. 110-124.

169
Lackey, D.P. (2015). Soft Power, Hard Power, and Smart Power. The Philosophical Forum, 46(1):
pp.121-126.
b. Limits of Power
Essential Reading
Katzenstein, P., & Seybert, L. (2018). Uncertainty, Risk, Power and the Limits of International
Relations Theory. In P. Katzenstein & L. Seybert (eds.), Protean Power: Exploring the Uncertain
and Unexpected in World Politics. Cambridge Studies in International Relations, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, pp. 27-56.
Additional Readings
Naim, M. (2013). The End of Power: From Boardrooms to Battlefields and Churches to States,
Why Being in Charge Isn’t What It Used to Be, Basic Books: USA, pp.114-136.
Bacevich, A. J. (2008). The Limits of Power: The End of American Exceptionalism, Holt
Paperbacks: New York, pp. 215-23.
Reference Literature
Chowdhry, G. & Nair, S. (2004). Power, Postcolonialism and International Relations: Reading
race, gender and class, Routledge: London.
Biswas, S. (2014). Nuclear Desire: Power and the Postcolonial Nuclear Order, University of
Minnesota Press: Minneapolis
Vasquez, J.A. (2004). The Power of Power Politics From Classical Realism to Neo-traditionalism,
Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
Berenskoetter, F. & Williams, M.J. (2007). Power in World Politics, Routledge: Oxon.
Mearsheimer, J.J. (2001). The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, W.W. Norton & Company:
London, New York.
Kennedy, P. (2017). The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, William Collins: United Kingdom.
Bacevich, A.J. (2008) The Limits of Power: The End of American Exceptionalism, Metropolitan
Books, Henry Holt & Co.: New York.
Baldwin, D. A. (2016). Power in International Relations: A Conceptual Approach, Princeton
University Press: New Jersey.
Prys, M. (2012). Redefining Regional Powers in International Relations: Indian and South African
Perspectives, Routledge: London & New York.
Isakovic, Z. (2019). Introduction to a Theory of Political Power in International Relations,
Routledge: Oxon.
Gallarotti, G. M. (2010). Cosmopolitan Power in International Relations: A synthesis of Realism,
Neoliberalism and Constructivism, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.

170
 DSE 7b: Contemporary Political Economy

Course Objective
Given the growing recognition worldwide of the importance of the political economy approachto
the study of global order, this course has the following objectives:
• To familiarize the students with the different theoretical approaches
• To give a brief overview of the history of the evolution of the modern capitalist world;
• To highlight the important contemporary problems, issues and debates on how these should
be addressed.

Course Learning Outcomes

• The students will learn about diverse approaches to international political economy.
• The study of role of international organization in transforming the world economy will
equip the students to understand the process of evolution of capitalism.
• Insights into issues and contentions of development and perspectives on globalization will
augment students’ ability to assess its impact on culture, environment, militarysecurity
dimensions and traditional knowledge systems.
• The paper will enable students to comprehend contemporary dilemmas in the socio-
political, gender and ethnic domains.

Unit 1: Approaches to Political Economy

a) Classical Liberalism
b) Marxism
c) Welfarism
d) Neo-liberalism
e) Gandhian approach

Unit 2: Capitalist Transformation

a) European Feudalism and Transition to Capitalism
b) Capitalism in global South
c) Globalization: Transnational Corporations, World Trade Organization, International
Nongovernmental Organizations

Unit 3: Issues in Development

a) Culture
b) Environment
c) Knowledge Economy

Unit 4: Globalization and Development Dilemmas

a) Gender
b) Racial and Ethnic Problems
c) Migration

171
 Reading list
Arblaster, A. (2006) ‘The Rise and Decline of Western Liberalism’ in Lal, D. Revivingthe Invisible
Hand: The Case for Classical Liberalism in the Twentyfirst Century. Princeton: Princeton
University Press, pp. 1- 8, 17- 30, and 48- 51.
Mandel, E. (1979) An Introduction to Marxist Economic Theory. New York: Pathfinder Press,3rd
print, pp. 3-73.
Kersbergen, K.V. and Manow, P. (2009) Religion, Class Coalition and Welfare State. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, chapters 1 and 10, pp. 1-38; 266-295
Andersen, J. G. (ed.) (2008) 'The Impact of Public Policies' in Caramani, DComparative Politics.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, ch 22, pp. 547- 563 .
Harvey, D. (2005) A Brief History of Neo-liberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-206.
Ghosh, B.N. (2007) Gandhian Political Economy: Principles, Practice and Policy.Ashgate
Publishing Limited, pp. 21- 88.
Phukan, M. (1998) The Rise of the Modern West: Social and Economic History of Early Modern
Europe. Delhi: Macmillan India, pp. 420- 440.
Gilpin, R. (2003) Global Political Economy: Understanding the International Economic
Order,Princeton University Press, pp. 278- 304.
Kennedy, P. (1993) Preparing for the Twenty – First Century. UK: Vintage, Ch. 3
Prasad, K. (2000) NGOs and Social-economic Development Opportunities. New Delhi: Deep
&Deep, Ch. 1, 2, 3, 5.
Fisher, J. (2003) Non-governments – NGOs and the Political Development in the Third World.
Jaipur: Rawat, Ch. 1, 4, 6.81
Media and Television Mackay, H. (2004) ‘The Globalization of Culture’ in Held, D. (ed.)A
Globalizing World? Culture, Economics and Politics. London: Routledge, pp. 47- 84.
Tomlinson, J. (2004) ‘Cultural Imperialism’ in Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) TheGlobalization
Reader. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 303- 311.
Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) (2004) The Globalization Reader. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 361-376
and 398- 404.
Held, D. and Mcrew, A. (eds.) (2000) The Global Transformations Reader. Cambridge: Polity
Press, pp. 374- 386.
Singh, S. (1997) Taming the Waters: The Political Economy of Large Dams in India. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. 133- 163, 182- 203, 204- 240.
Kesselman, M. (2007) The Politics of Globalization. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, pp.330-
339.
Marglin, S. (1990) ‘Towards the Decolonisation of the Mind’ in Marglin, S. and Marglin, F.

172
A.(eds.) Dominating Knowledge: Development, Culture and Resistance. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 1- 28.
L. Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) (2004) The Globalization Reader. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 211-
244.
Held, D. and McGrew, A. (eds.) (2000) The Global Transformations Reader. Cambridge: Polity
Press, pp. 105-155.
Omahe, K. (2004) ‘The End of the Nation State’, L. Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) The
Globalization Reader. Oxford: Blackwell.
Glen, J. (2007) Globalization: North-South Perspectives. London: Routledge, ch.6.
Sen, A. (2006) Identity and Violence: Illusion and Destiny. London: Penguin/Allen Lane, pp.130-
148.
Berkovitch, N. (2004) ‘The Emergence and Transformation of the International Women’s
Movements’ in L. Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) The Globalization Reader, Oxford: Blackwell,
ch.31, pp. 251- 257.
Steans, J. (2000) ‘The Gender Dimension’ in Held, D. and Mcrew, A. (eds.), The Global
Transformations Reader. Cambridge: Polity Press, ch.35, pp. 366- 373.
Tickner, J. A. (2008) ‘Gender in World Politics’ in Baylis, J. Smith, S. & Owens, P.(eds.)
Globalization of World Politics, 4th edn., New Delhi: Oxford University Press, ch.15.
Arya, S. and Roy, A. (eds.) Poverty Gender and Migration. New Delhi: Sage, Ch. 1.
Kesselman, M. (2007) The Politics of Globalization. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, pp.450-
462.
Nayyar, D. (ed.) (2002) Governing Globalization. Delhi: OUP, pp. 144- 176.
Classic Readings
Robert Gilpin (1987) The Political Economy of International Relations, Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
Susan Strange (1989), Paths to International Political Economy, London: Routledge.
Gelinas, J. B. (2003) Juggernaut Politics- Understanding Predatory Globalization. Halifax,
Fernwood. www.globalpolicy.org

173
 DSE 8a: Comparative Constitutionalism

Course Objectives
This course intends to make students comprehend differentiated forms of constitutional practices.
Distinguishing between constitutions as historical texts and constitutionalism as the ideological
site providing justification for specific constitutional theory and practices, the course will attempt
to familiarize students with the multiple sites of constitutional politics across jurisdictions.
Bringing in comparative inferences from different countries, the course addresses questions such
as, what is a constitution, what are the processes through which constitutions evolve, and what are
the different underlying principles they pledge, what rights are incorporated in the constitutions
and what are the implications of their incorporation, are constitutions static/stagnant or do they
embody principles of transformative change? For adequate responses to these questions, the course
takes the students along the diverse historical experiences of constitutional development and their
forms, their relationship with culture and democracy and the conception of transformative
constitutionalism in societies transitioning from colonial to postcolonial constitutionalism.

Course Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
• An understanding of the conceptual difference between constitutions and constitutionalism
• Awareness of varied forms of constitutional practice
• Awareness of the historical evolution of constitutions as texts and constitutionalism as the
theory and philosophy of these texts, in a comparative perspective
• An understanding of the relationship between constitutionalism and democracy on the one
hand and constitutionalism and emergency on the other.

Unit 1: What is constitutionalism?

• Difference between constitution and constitutionalism
• Evolution of Constitutionalism

Unit 2: Democracy and Constitutionalism

Unit 3: Emergency and Constitutionalism

Unit 4: Transformative Constitutionalism

Unit 5: Gendering Constitutionalism

Unit 6: Environmental Constitutionalism

174
 Unit wise reading list
1. What is constitutionalism?
Gerhard Casper,Constitutionalism,Occasional Papers- Law School Publications, University of
Chicago Law School, Chicago Unbound, 1987, pp.3-17.
Dieter Grimm, Types of constitutions, in Michel Rosenfeld and AndrasSajo (eds), Comparative
Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional law, Oxford University
Press, 2012.
Stephen Holmes, Constitutions and Constitutionalism, in Michel Rosenfeld and Andras Sajo (eds),
Comparative Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional law, Oxford
University Press, 2012.
Larry Alexander, Constitutionalism, Legal Studies Research Paper Series, Research Paper No.07-
04, September 2005.
Kim Lane Schepple, ‘The Agendas of Comparative Constitutionalism,’ Law and Courts, Spring
2003, pp.5-22. http://www.law.nyu.edu/lawcourts/pubs/newsletter/spring03.pd
2. Democracy and Constitutionalism
Jon Elster and Rune Slagstad. Introduction, in Constitutionalism and Democracy. 2012.
Richard Bellamy and Dario Castiglione, Constitutionalism and Democracy - Political Theory and
the American Constitution (Review Article), British Journal of Political Science, Vol. 27, No. 4,
1997, pp. 595-618
Gunter Frankenberg, Democracy, in Michel Rosenfeld and Andras Sajo (eds), Comparative
Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional law, Oxford University
Press, 2012.
Ronald Dworkin, ‘Constitutionalism and Democracy’, European Journal of Philosophy, 1995, 3,
pp. 2–11
3. Emergency and Constitutionalism
J Ferejohn, Emergency Powers and Constitutionalism, International Journal of Constitutional
Law, Volume 2, Issue 2, 2004, pp. 207–209,
Venkat Iyer, States of Emergency and International Law, in States of Emergency, the Indian
Experience, Butterworths, 2000, pp. 1-21
Anil Kalhan, ‘Constitution and ‘Extraconstitution’: Emergency powers in postcolonial
Pakistanand India’, Drexel University Earle Mack School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper
Series2009 – A-16, http://www.ssrn.com/link/Drexel-U-LEG.html
Clement Fatovic, Constitutionalism and Presidential Prerogative: Jeffersonian and Hamiltonian
Perspectives, American Journal of Political Science, Vol. 48, No. 3, 2004
Melbourne Forum on Constitution-building, ‘Legal Approaches to Responding to Emergencies:
Covid-19 as a Case Study’, Constitutional Insights no. 6, September 2021.

175
4. Transformative Constitutionalism
Pius Langa, 'Transformative Constitutionalism', 17 Stellenbosch Law Review, 351, 2006.
Anupama Roy (Transformative Constitutionalism and Constitutional Insurgencies- sub section,pp.
16-22) Making Citizenship Familiar, in Gendered Citizenship, Historical and Conceptual
Exploration, Orient BlackSwan, 2013.
Hailbronner, Michaela, Transformative Constitutionalism: Not Only in the Global South American
Journal of Comparative Law, Volume 65, Issue 3, 2016, Available at SSRN:
https://ssrn.com/abstract=2777695
Gautam Bhatia, Prologue- The Past is a Foreign Country, in Transformative Constitutionalism- A
radical Biography in Nine Acts, Harper Collins Publishers India, 2019.
5. Gendering Constitutionalism
Helen Irving, Introduction, in Gender and the Constitution, Equity and Agency in Comparative
Constitutional Design, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2008.
Catharine Mackinnon, ‘Gender in Constitutions’, Michel Rosenfeld and Andras Sajo (eds),
Comparative Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional law, Oxford
University Press, 2012.
Beverley Baines, ‘Introduction’, in Daphne Barak-Erez, and Tsvi Kahana (eds). Feminist
Constitutionalism, Global Perspectives. Cambridge University Press, 2012.
6. Environmental Constitutionalism
Arnold Kreilhuber. “New Frontiers in Environmental Constitutionalism in New Frontiers in
Environmental Constitutionalism, United Nations Environment Programme (UN Environment),
2017, https://www.informea.org/sites/default/files/imported-documents/Frontiers-Environmental-
Constitutionalism.pdf.
Erin Daly, Louis Kotzé, James R. May. “Introduction to Environmental Constitutionalism in New
Frontiers in Environmental Constitutionalism, United Nations Environment Programme (UN
Environment) May, 2017, https://www.informea.org/sites/default/files/imported-
documents/Frontiers-Environmental-Constitutionalism.pdf
James R. May and Erin Daly. Judicial Handbook on Environmental Constitutionalism, United
Nations Environment Programme (UN Environment), 2017,
https://www.iucn.org/sites/dev/files/content/documents/2_judicial_handbook_on_environmental
_constitutionalism_march_2017.pdf

Additional Readings:
Charles Howard McIlwain, Constitutionalism, Ancient and Modern, Cornell University Press,
Ithaca, New York, 1947.
Jon Elster, 'Forces and Mechanisms in the Constitution-Making Process', Duke Law Journal,
Vol.45, No, 364, 1995, pp. 364-396.

176
Mark Tushnet, Advanced Introduction to Comparative Constitutional Law, Edward
Elgar,Cheltenham, 2014 [Introduction and Conclusion].
Charles Howard McIlwain, Constitutionalism, Ancient and Modern, Cornell University Press,
Ithaca, New York, 1947.
Jeremy Waldron, ‘Constitutionalism: A Skeptical View,’ Public Law and Legal Theory Research
Paper Series, Electronic copy available at: http://ssrn.com/abstract=172277
Carl J. Friedrich, Constitutional Government and Democracy, Theory and Practice in Europe and
America, Oxford and IBH Publishing, New Delhi, 1974 (first Indian reprint)
Sunil Khilnani, Vikram Raghavan and Arun K. Thiruvengadam (eds), Comparative
Constitutionalism in South Asia, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.
Bruce Ackerman, ‘The Emergency Constitution’, The Yale Law Journal, Vol. 113, No. 5 (Mar.,
2004), pp. 1029-1091.
James Tully, Strange Multiplicity, Constitutionalism in an age of diversity, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, 1995.
Julian Go, ‘A Globalizing Constitutionalism? Views from the Postcolony’, 1945–2000,
International Sociology, March 2003, Vol 18(1).
Upendra Baxi, ‘Constitutionalism as a Site of State Formative Practices’, 21 Cardozo Law
Review,1183, 2000.
Upendra Baxi, ‘Postcolonial Legality’, in Henry Schwartz and Sangeeta Ray (eds.), A Companion
to Postcolonial Studies, Blackwell, 2000.
Upendra Baxi, ‘Alternate Constitutionalisms under Signatures of Capitalism’, Modern Law review
Symposium on Globalisation and Constitutionalism, 6 June 2003.
Upendra Baxi, ‘Preliminary Notes on Transformative Constitutionalism’, BISA Conference:
Courting Justice, Delhi, April 27-29, 2008.

177
 DSE 8b: Dilemmas in Politics
Course Objective
This course will explore, analyze and evaluate some of the central issues, values and debates in the
contemporary world that have a bearing on normative political inquiry. The issues selected as
dilemmas, though not exhaustive, are some of the salient ones discussed across societies.

Course Learning Outcomes

After taking this course, the learner will be able to appreciate:
• Why these dilemmas are part of the human condition; and
• How societies negotiate them politically.

Unit 1: The Moral Economy of Violence (2 weeks)

Unit 2: Social Exclusion, Capabilities and the Politics of Empowerment (2 weeks)

Unit 3: Global Justice and Cosmopolitanism (2 weeks)

Unit 4: Feminism and the Politics of Interpretation (2 weeks)

Unit 5: Debating human rights: the politics of Humanitarian Intervention (2 weeks)

Unit 6: Ecology and Political Responsibility (2 weeks)

Unit wise reading list

I. The Moral Economy of Violence
Hobbes, T. (1994) Leviathan, ed. Edwin Curley. Indianapolis: Hackett (Chapters 13 and 14).
Arendt, Hannah. (1969) On Violence. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
Tilly, C. (2003) Politics of Collective Violence. New York: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-
54.
Ungar, M., Bermanzohn, S. A. and Worcester, K. (2002) ‘Violence and Politics’, in Ungar, M.,
Worcester, K. (eds), Violence and Politics: Globalization’s Paradox. New York: Routledge, pp. 1-
12.
II. Social Exclusion, Capabilities and the Politics of Empowerment
Sen, A. (2000) Social Exclusion: Concept, Application, and Scrutiny. Social Development Papers
No. 1 (June), Asian Development Bank.
Sen, A. (1995) Inequality Reexamined. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 39-55, 73-87.
Sen, A. (1998) Development as Freedom. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 87-110.
III. Global Justice and Cosmopolitanism
Fabre, C. (2007) Justice in a Changing World. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 95-112.

178
Held, D. (2005) ‘Principles of Cosmopolitan Order’, in Brock, G. and Brighouse, H. (eds),
Political Philosophy of Cosmopolitanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 10-38.
Sypnowich, C. (2005) ‘Cosmopolitans, Cosmopolitanism and Human Flourishing’, in Brock, G.
and Brighouse, H. (eds), Political Philosophy of Cosmopolitanism. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, pp. 55-74.
IV: Feminism and the Politics of Interpretation
Jaggar, A. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. Forbes Boulevard: Rowman and
Litlefield, pp. 1-13; 353-394.
Chambers, C. (2008) ‘Gender’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 265-288.
Shanley, M. and Pateman, C. (1991) ‘Introduction’ in M. Shanley and C. Pateman (eds), Feminist
Interpretations and Political Theory. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 1-10.
V. Debating human rights: the politics of Humanitarian Intervention
Orend, B. (2002) Human Rights: Concept and Context. Peterborough: Broadview Press, pp.15-
101, 129-190.
Coady, C. A. J. (2008) ‘War and Intervention’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory.
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 56-79.
Keohane, R. O. (2003). ‘Introduction’, in Holzgrefe, J. L. and Keohane, R. O. (eds)
Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and Political Dilemmas. New York: Cambridge
University Press. pp. 1-14.
Holzgrefe, J. L. (2003). ‘The Humanitarian Debate’, in Holzgrefe, J. L. and Keohane, R. O. (eds)
Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and Political Dilemmas. New York: Cambridge
University Press. pp. 15-53.
Teson, F. R. (2003). ‘The Liberal case for Humanitarian Intervention’, in Holzgrefe, J. L. and
Keohane, R. O. (eds) Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and Political Dilemmas. New
York: Cambridge University Press. pp. 56-79.
Smits, K. (2009). Can Military Intervention in Other Countries be Justified on Humanitarian
Grounds?’, in Applying Political Theory: Issues and Debates. Palgrave Macmillan. Pp. 209-229.
Parekh, B. (1997). ‘Rethinking Humanitarian Intervention’, International Political Science
Review 18: 49-69.
VI. Ecology and Political Responsibility
Eckersley, R. (1992) Environmentalism and Political Theory: Towards an Ecocentric Approach,
London: UCL Press, pp. 1-71.
Clark, M. (1993) ‘Environmentalism’, in Bellamy, R. (ed.), Theory and Concepts of Politics.
New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 243-264.
Bryant, R. L. & Bailey, S. (1997) Third World Political Ecology: An Introduction, London:
Routledge, pp. 27-47.

179
Jamieson, D. (2008) ‘Environment’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 313-335.
Smits, K. (2009). ‘Should the Natural Environment be Protected for Future Generations?’, in
Applying Political Theory: Issues and Debates. Palgrave Macmillan. pp. 230-250.

Additional Readings
Arendt, Hannah. (1969) On Violence. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing
Company.
Hobbes, T. (1994) Leviathan, ed. Edwin Curley. Indianapolis: Hackett.
Weber, M. (1965) Politics as Vocation. Fortress Press.
Mandle, J. (2006) Global Justice. Cambridge: Polity Press.
De Beauvoir, S. (1949) The Second Sex. Paris: Gallimard.
Walzer, M. (1977) Just and Unjust Wars: A Moral Argument with Historical Illustrations. New
York: Basic Books.
Dobson, A. (2000) Green Political Thought. London: Routledge.
Fanon, F. (1963). The Wretched of the Earth. New York: Grove Press.
Gunn, R. (1993). “Politics and Violence”, Bellamy, R. (ed.), Theories and Concepts in Politics:
An Introduction. New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 265-292.
Byrre, D. J. (2003) Human Rights. New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 1-71.
Holzgrefe, J. L. and Keohane, R. O. (eds) Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and
Political Dilemmas. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Moellendorf, D. (2002) Cosmopolitan Justice. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Okin, S. M. (1989) Justice, Gender and the Family. New York: Basic Books.
Readings in Hindi
भाग$व, राजीव और अशोक आचाया$ (सं०), राजनी9तक ;सxधांत : एक प@रचय, AदCलE: Fपएस$न, 2011

180
 DSE 9a: Citizenship and Governance
Course Objective
The objective of this course is to introduce to the students to the meaning and models of
governance and their relationship with citizens. There is a broader agreement on this premise that
active citizen participation leads to better governance. In other words, even the best policies may
not essentially lead to success even if government machinery intends to do it. This module allows
the students to critically engage in discussions on laws and issues which touch our lives on a daily
basis.

Course Learning Outcomes:

• Students will come to know about the meaning and different models of governance.
• Students will be able to explain what role both the states and citizens are to play in
realizing the goal of government.
• They will be able to explain the meaning and nature of Citizen’s Charter in India.
• They will come to know what is Right to information and whether it has contributed to
the good governance at all.
• Students will be able to explain what consumer rights are and how the Consumer
Protection rights protect the consumer against any spurious, faulty and fraudulent designs
of the sellers and manufacturers.
• They will be able to explain how technology has revolutionized the ambit of governance.

Unit 1: Government and Governance

a. Meaning of Governance and Good Governance
b. Factors and Models of Good Governance

Unit 2: Democracy and Governance

a. Governance with and without Democracy
b. Relationship between Democracy and Good Governance

Unit 3: State and Citizenship in Governance

a. Role of the state in governance, policy formulations and enforcement of Social Audit
b. Role of the citizen in Governance: Civic Culture, Citizen Participation and Social Audit

Unit 4: Institutional and Legal Arrangements

a. Citizen Charter
b. Right to Information
c. Consumer Protection Act
d. E-Governance, Mobile Governance
e. Public Service Delivery

Unit 5: Indian Ombudsman

a. Lokpal
b. Lokayukta

181
Unit 6: Key Areas of Governance Issues
a. Environment Governance
b. Education and Health Governance

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Government and Governance
Frederickson, H. George et al. (2015). Theories of Governance In The Public Administration
Theory Primer, Boulder, CO: Westview Press, pp. 219-244.
Leftwich, A. (1994). Governance, the State and the Politics of Development. Development and
Change, 25(2), Blackwell Publishing Ltd, pp. 363–86.
World Bank Report. (2017). World Development Report: Governance and the Law.Washington.
Keping, Y. (2018). Governance and Good Governance: A New Framework for Political Analysis.
Fudan Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences, 11(1), pp. 1–8.
Singh, A. P., & Murari, K. (2018). Governance: Issues and Challenges. New Delhi: Pearson.
Ragi, S. K. (2019). Citizenship and Governance. New Delhi: National Book Trust.
Unit 2: Democracy and Governance
Currie, B. (1996). Governance, Democracy and Economic Adjustment in India: Conceptual and
Empirical Problems. Third World Quarterly, 17(4), pp. 787-807.
Leftwich, A. (1993). Governance, Democracy and Development in the Third World. Third World
Quarterly, 14(3), pp. 605-624.
Unit 3: State and Citizenship in Governance
Capano, G. (2015). Bringing Governments Back In Governance and Governing in Comparative
Policy Analysis. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice, 17(4): 311-321.
Faur, D. L. (2012). From “Big Government” to “Big Governance”? The Oxford Handbook of
Governance.
Crow, D. (2009). How Citizens Interact with Their Government and Why We Care. Public
Administration Review, 69(2), pp. 353-355.
Shastri, S. (2002). Citizen Confidence in Political Institutions and Processes in India: Some
Findings from the World Values Survey. The Indian Journal of Political Science, 63(1), pp. 89-
104.
Almond, G., & Verba, S. (1963). The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five
Nations. Princeton University Press.
Unit 4: Institutional and Legal Arrangements
Haque, M. S. (2007). Limits of the Citizen's Charter in India: The critical impacts of social
exclusion. Journal of Public Management Review, pp. 391-416.

182
Paul, S. (2008). India's Citizen's Charters: In Search of a Champion. Economic and Political
Weekly, 43(7), pp. 67-73.
Jain, A. (2012). Good Governance and Right to Information: A Perspective. Journal of the Indian
Law Institute, 54(4), pp. 506-519.
Birkinshaw, P. (2006). Freedom of Information and Openness: Fundamental Human Rights?
Administrative Law Review, 58(1), pp. 177-218.
Saxena, I. (1988). The Consumer Protection Act 1986: A Viewpoint. Journal of the Indian Law
Institute, 30(3), pp. 321-331.
Saxena, A. (2005). E-Governance and Good Governance: The Indian Context.The Indian Journal
of Political Science, 66(2), pp. 313-328.
Yadav, S. (2009). Implementing E-Governance in India Exploring the Administrative Reforms
Agenda. The Indian Journal of Political Science, 70(3), pp. 679-692.
Paul, S. et al. (2004). State of India's Public Services: Benchmarks for the States. Economic and
Political Weekly, 39(9), pp. 920-933.
Sangita, S. (2007). Decentralisation for Good Governance and Service Delivery in India: Theory
and Practice. The Indian Journal of Political Science, 68(3), pp. 447- 464.
Unit 5: Indian Ombudsman
Panchu, S. (2011). Lokpal: Where Do We Stand Now, and How We Got Here. Economic and
Political Weekly, 46(41), pp. 19-21.
Panchu, S. (2012). Repairing the Lokpal Bill. Economic and Political Weekly, 47(3), pp. 10-13.
Nanth, V. (2011). Lokpal Bill Campaign: Democratic and Constitutional. Economic and Political
Weekly, 46(16), pp. 20-22.
Jha, R. R. (2018). India’s Anti-Corruption Authorities: Lokpal and Lokayukta. Indian Journal of
Public Administration, 64(3), pp. 502–517.
Unit 6: Key Areas of Governance Issues
Lele, S. et al. (2010). A Structure for Environmental Governance in India: A Perspective.
Economic & Political Weekly, 45(6), pp.13-16.
Kandpal, P. C. (2018). Environmental Governance in India: Issues and Challenges. New Delhi:
Sage.
Abrol, D. (2010). Governance of Indian Higher Education: An Alternate Proposal. Social Scientist,
38(9/12), pp. 143-177.
Qadeer, I. (2008). Health Planning in India: Some Lessons from the Past. Social Scientist, 36(5/6),
pp. 51-75.
Gupta, M. et al. (2010). How Might India's Public Health Systems Be Strengthened? Lessons from
Tamil Nadu. Economic and Political Weekly, 45(10), pp. 46-60.

183
 DSE 9b: Development and Migration in Comparative Perspective
Course Objective:
The course aims to make students understand the intersectionality between migration and
development. It will deal with the shifts in theoretical paradigms in the development discourse and
focus on their interlinkages and the ensuing complexity of debates on migratory processes. The
paper blends the innovative insights from Anthropology, Sociology, and Political Science on
migration that delve into the conceptions of "new economics labour migration," the idea of
"migration hump," "network theory", "transnational theory", etc. The level of development and
politics of identity guide policy issues at the international and national levels. Recent policy
promoting and prohibiting mobility has brought out the power dimension associated with
development and migration projects, revealing the extant societal power relation. The course
would examine the impact of the policies on migration and the advantage and disadvantages of the
policies implemented to bring about a synergy or an asymmetry between the two.

Course learning outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
• An Understanding of the various dimensions of the global economy and its relationship
with the national and the local economy
• Familiarity with the debates and theories in the development discourse
• An understanding of the relationship between development paradigm and migratory
processes
• Familiarity with the phenomenon of migration and its impact on gender, labour and human
rights in general.

Unit 1:
Development and Migration
a. Neo-classical theory of development
b. Migration and development linkage
c. Migration theories

Unit 2:
Politics of Forced Migration
a. Politics of Regional Development, Distress and Displacement
b. State, Labour and Migration
c. Migrants as Political subjects

Unit 3:
Migration and Gender
a. Gender, Labor and Migration: Independent or dependent
b. Migration and Remittance or Control over Income
c. Consequences of Migration over Gender role and Decision Making

Unit 4:
Human Rights, Policies and Protection of Migrants
a. Migration and Rightlessness
b. Legality, Illegality of Migration and Human Rights

184
 c. International Conventions and protection of Migrants

Unit wise reading list

Development and Migration
Castles, Stephen (2008) Development and Migration – Migration and Development: What comes
first? https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.674.2219&rep=rep1&type=pdf
King Russell (2013). Theories and Typologies of Migration: An Overview And A Primer, Willy
Brandt Series of Working Papers in International Migration and Ethnic Relations,3/12 Malmö
University. Malmo Institute for Studies of migration, diversity and welfare (MIM).
King, R., Collyer, M. (2016). Migration and Development Framework and Its Links to Integration.
In: Garcés-Mascareñas, B., Penninx, R. (eds) Integration Processes and Policies in Europe.
IMISCOE Research Series. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-21674-4_10
Esteva, Gustavo (2010) Development in Wolfgang Sach ed., Development Dictionary: a guide to
knowledge as power, London and New York, Zed books
Sanyal, Kalyan. (2007.) Introduction, in Sanyal, Kalyan, Rethinking capitalist development:
Primitive accumulation, governmentality and post-colonial capitalism. London and New York.
Routledge.
Lange, Mathew, Mahoney, James and Hau, Matthias vom (2006) Colonialism and Development:
A Comparative Analysis of Spanish and British Colonies, American Journal of Sociology, Vol 111
number 5.Pp 1412-1462
Koser, Khalid (2007) International Migration A Very Short Introduction, Oxford, Oxford
University Press
Van Hear, Nicholas and Ninna Nyberg Sorenson (2002) The Migration-Development Nexus.
International Migration Vol. 40 (5) Special Issue 2.
Haas, Hein de (2008) Migration and Development: A Theoretical Perspective, Working Papers,
International Migration Institute.
Politics of Forced Migration
Samaddar, Ranabir. (2020.) “The spectral presence of the migrant.” Pp. 110-124, in Mitra, Iman
Kumar, RanabirSamaddar, and SamitaSeneds. The Postcolonial Age of Migration, New York:
Routledge (South Asia edition)
SandroMezzadra (2016) “What’s at Stake in the Mobility of Labour? Borders, Migration,
Contemporary Capitalism”, Migration, Mobility, and Displacement, 2 (1: pp. 30-43),
McNeill William H. and Ruth S. Adams (1978) Human Migration: Patterns and Policies, Indiana
University Press, Bloomington & London
Kundu, Amitabh Migration (1986) Urbanisation and Inter-Regional Inequality: The Emerging
Socio-Political Challenge. Economic and Political Weekly, Nov. 15, 1986, 21 (46): 2005-2008
Massey Douglas S. (2009), The Political Economy of Migration in an Era of Globalization, in
International Migration and Human Rights, University of California Press,

185
https://content.ucpress.edu/chapters/11307.ch01.pdf
Nicholls, W. J. (2015). The Politics of Regional Development. Territory, Politics, Governance,vol
3 no 3, PP 227–234.
Mohanty, Manoranjan (2021) Migrant labour on Center Stage, but Politics Fails them, in Asha
Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and Pushpendra, Migration, Workers and
Fundamental Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and states of exception in India, London and
New York Routledge. pp 9–23
Mitra, Iman Kumar, Ranabir Samaddar, and Samita Sen (2017) Introduction: A Post-Colonial
Critique of Capital Accumulation Today, in Mitra, Iman Kumar, Ranabir Samaddar, and
SamitaSen Accumulation in Post-Colonial Capitalism, Singapore Accumulation in Post-Colonial
Capitalism, Singapore, Springer
Migration and Gender
Banerjee, Paula (2022) What is Feminist about Studying Women’s Forced Migration in
ChowdhoryNasreen and Paula Banerjee, eds. Gender, Identity and Migration in India, Palgrave
Macmillan. Pp 43-52
Agnihotri, Indu and Asha Hans (2021) The “New Normal”: Making Sense of Women Migrants’
Encounter with Covid-19 in India, in Asha Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and
Pushpendra, Migration, Workers and Fundamental Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and
states of exception in India, London and New York Routledge. Pp 53–66
Susanne Buckley-Zistel and Ulrike Krause (eds.) (2019) Gender, Violence, Refugees (New York
and Oxford: Berghahn Books,
Latefa Narriman Guemar (2018) “The Feminization of Forced Migration during Conflict: The
Complex Experiences of Algerian Women Who Fled in the ‘Black Decade’”, Journal of Refugee
Studies, 32 (3), pp. 482-501
Taroa Zuniga Silva (2021) “Migrant Women are Holding Society Together during This
Pandemic”, The Bullet, 12 April
Tilly, Charles (2007). “Trust Networks in Transnational Migration,” Sociological Forum 22 (1).
Canefe, Nergis (2022) Gender, Dispossession, and Ethics of Witnessing: Method as Intervention,
in Chowdhory Nasreen and Paula Banerjee, eds. Gender, Identity and Migration in India, Palgrave
Macmillan, pp. 81–97
Menon, Shaileja (2022) “If only I were a Male”: Work value, and the Female Body, in Chowdhory
Nasreen and Paula Banerjee, eds. Gender, Identity and Migration in India, Palgrave Macmillan,
pp. 119-138
Canefe, Nergis, Paula Banerjee, Nasreen Chowdhory (2022) Gender, Identity and Displacement:
Nexus Requirements for a Critical Epistemology in Chowdhory Nasreen and Paula Banerjee
Gender, Identity and Migration in India, Palgrave Macmillan, pp 1–14
Human Rights, Policies and Protection of Migrants
The UN International Convention on the Protection of the Rights of All Migrant Workers and

186
Members of their Families, https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-
mechanisms/instruments/international-convention-protection-rights-all-migrant-workers
De Genova, N. P. (2002). Migrant “Illegality” and Deportability in Everyday Life. Annual Review
of Anthropology, 31(1), 419–447.
Garcés-Mascareñas, B. (2010). Legal production of illegality in a comparative perspective. The
cases of Malaysia and Spain. Asia Europe Journal vol 8, Pp 77–89
Srivastava, Ravi. 2020. “Labour Migration, Vulnerability, and Development Policy: The
Pandemic as Inflexion Point?” Indian Journal of Labour Economics 63 (4): 859–83.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s41027-020-00301-x.
Rights of Migrant Workers, United Nation’s enable
https://www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/comp509.htm
AytenGungogdu (2015) Rightlessness in an Age of Rights: Hannah Arendt and the Contemporary
Struggles of Migrants,Oxford: Oxford University Press,
Ahn, Pong-sul ed. (2004) Migrant Workers and Human Rights Out-Migration from South Asia,
International Labour Organization, https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/@asia/@ro-
bangkok/@sro-new_delhi/documents/publication/wcms_124657.pdf
Chowdhory, Nasreen and Shamna Thacham Poyil (2021) Mobile Population and Pandemic
Citizenship, in Asha Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and Pushpendra,
Migration, Workers and Fundamental Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and states of
exception in India, London and New York Routledge. pp 24-37
Rajan, Irudaya S, Renjini Rajagopalan and P Sivakumar (2021) The Long Walk towards
Uncertainty: The Migrant Dilemma in times of Covid-19 in India, in Asha Hans, Kalpana
Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and Pushpendra, Migration, Workers and Fundamental
Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and states of exception in India, London and New York
Routledge.pp 67–80

187
 DSE 10a: Gandhi and the Contemporary World

Course objective
The Course has been designed to acquaint student with the core foundations of Gandhi’s
thoughts, methods and his position on key important issues of national and global concern. These
issues range from the social, political, cultural to religious and economic questions which
engaged the intellectual minds in his times and even today. As a celebrated champion of non-
violent struggle Gandhi is anonym for fight against injustice, discrimination and unfair
treatments.

Learning Outcomes
After reading this module the student will be able to answer:
a) What are the core principles of Gandhian thought on which he scrutinizes all actions?
b) How Gandhi applied those principles in shaping his positions on social, political,
economic and religious questions?
c) The students will be able to answer how Gandhi presented the critique of the Western
Civilization.
d) The students will be able to know the position of Gandhi on key questions of
contemporary debates in India like Religious conversion, protection of cow, language
issue and Hinduism.
e) The student will be able to know how Gandhi’s use of the term Swadeshi does not
just limit to economic aspects but all gametes of national life.

Unit 1: Truth and Non-violence

Unit 2: Gandhian Thought: Theory and Action

a. Theory of Satyagraha
b. Satyagraha in Action: Peasant Satyagraha, Temple Entry and Critique of Caste, Social
Harmony and Communal Unity

Unit 3: Gandhi on Modern Civilization and Ethics of Development

a. Conception of Modern Civilization and Alternative Modernity
b. Critique of Development

Unit 4: Gandhi and the Idea of Political

a. Swaraj
b. Swadeshi

Unit 5: Gandhi’s views on

a. Hinduism
b. Religious Conversion
c. Cow Protection
d. Language Questions

188
 Unit wise reading list

Unit I
Bilgrami, Akeel (2003) Gandhi, The Philosopher, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 38 (39),
pp- (4159-416).
Veeravalli, Anuradha. (2014). Gandhi in political theory: Truth, law and experiment Ashgate,
Farnham, UK and Burlington, USA.
Godrej Farah (2006). Nonviolence and Gandhi's Truth: A Method for Moral and Political
Arbitration. The Review of Politics 68 pp- 287-317. USA. University of Notre Dame.
Allen, Douglas ((2007). ‘Mahatma Gandhi on Violence and Peace Education’. Philosophy, East
and West 57 (3):290-310.
Unit 2
Diwakar, R. R. (1969). Saga of Satyagraha. New Delhi: Gandhi Peace Foundation
Nayar, Sushila (1951,1989). Mahatma Gandhi, Volume IV, Satyagraha at Work. Ahmedabad:
Navajivan Publishing House.
Pyarelal & Sushila Nayar (1965), 1986 Gandhi - Birth of Satyagraha: From Petitioning to Passive
Resistance, Vol.3. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House.
P. Rao (2009) ‘Gandhi, Untouchability and the Postcolonial Predicament: A Note’. Social
Scientist.Vol.37(1/2). Pp.64-70.
B. Parekh,(1999)‘DiscourseonUnsociability’,inColonialism,TraditionandReform: An Analysis of
Gandhi's Political Discourse, New Delhi: Sage Publication
Unit 3
B. Parekh (1997) ‘The Critique of Modernity’, in Gandhi: A Brief Insight, Delhi: Sterling
Publishing Company, pp. 63-74.
K. Ishii (2001) ‘The Socio-economic Thoughts of Mahatma Gandhi: As an Origin of Alternative’
Unit 4
D. Dalton (1996) ‘Swaraj: Gandhi’s Idea of Freedom’ in Mahatma Gandhi: Selected Political
Writings, USA: Hackett Publishing, pp. 95-148.
Ragi, Sangit K. (2022), RSS and Gandhi: The Idea of India, New Delhi: Sage [On Swadeshi: pp.
221-250]
R. Ramashray (1984) ‘Liberty Versus Liberation’, in Self and Society: A Study in Gandhian
Thought, New Delhi: Sage Publication.
Kumar, Sanjeev (ed) (2020). ‘Understanding Gandhi: Why Gandhi Matters Today ‘in Gandhi and
the Contemporary World. Oxon & New York: Routledge.PP-1-23.

189
Unit 5
Gandhi, Mahatma. (1994). What is Hinduism. National Book Trust, New Delhi,
Ragi, Sangit K. (2022), RSS and Gandhi: The Idea of India, New Delhi: Sage [On Hinduism: pp.
42-74; On Religious Conversion: pp. 75-114; On Cow Protection: 193-220; On Language
Questions: pp. 160-192]
Mehta, Sandhya. (2002). Gandhiji On Religious Conversion Selected and Compiled, Ist Edition.
Mumbai. Mani Bhavan Gandhi Sangrahalaya.
Gandhi (M.K.) . (1955), My Religion. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Trust.
Bilgrami, Akeel (2011), Gandhi’s Religion and Its relation to his Politics. In: Brown, Judith M.
and Parel, Anthony (ed.): The Cambridge Companion to Gandhi. Cambridge University Press, 93–
116
S Radhakrishnan (2007): “Gandhi’s Religion and Politics,” in S Radhakrishnan (ed), Mahatma
Gandhi: Essays and Reflections, Mumbai: Jaico Publication House.
D. Hardiman (2003) ‘Fighting Religious Hatreds’, in Gandhi in His Time and Ours. Delhi: Oxford
University Press.

190
 DSE 10b: Ethics, Politics and Governance

Course Objective
This course dwells on how and why ethical issues lie at the centre of politics and governance. From
the issues of distributive justice to choices related to the use of technology, many contemporary
political practices demand ethical reasoning for which a more focused and comprehensive
engagement between ethics, politics and governance is called for.

Course Learning Outcomes

After taking this course, the learner will be able to appreciate:
• Demonstrate ethical awareness, the ability to do ethical reflection, and the ability to apply
ethical principles in decision-making.
• How to use specific capacities and skills to make moral decisions and ethical judgments.

Unit 1: The Nature of Ethical Reasoning

a. Rationality and Objectivity in Ethics
b. Ethical Reasoning in Politics: Consequentialist, Deontological and Virtue Ethics
theories
c. Values in Organizations and Professions

Unit 2: Poverty and Hunger

a. Hunger, Homelessness and Freedom
b. Hunger: Capabilities and the Right to Food
c. International Obligations to Remove Poverty

Unit 3: Corruption
a. Public Ethics and Private Morality
b. Corruption in Public and Private Life
c. The Problem of Dirty Hands and Democracy

Unit 4: Free Speech

a. Values of Free Speech and its Moral Limits
b. Free Speech and Democracy
c. Social Media: Enabler or Deceptive?

Unit 5: Ethics of New Emerging technologies

a. Technology and Neutrality: AI, Big Data Analytics, IOT
b. Technology and Autonomy: The Dilemma of Control
c. Transhumanism

191
Unit 6: Issues in ICT
a. Algorithm Bias, Decision Making, Digital Surveillance
b. Digital Democracy and Manipulation of Choice
c. Ethical Audit of Technology

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1
Raz, Joseph, Ethics in the Public Domain: Essays in the Morality of Law and Politics, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1995.
Boston, Jonathan, Andrew Bradstock, David Eng, Public Policy: Why Ethics Matters, Canberra,
ANU E-Press, 2010.
Rachels, James and Stuart Rachels, The Elements of Moral Philosophy, 9th Edition, McGraw Hill,
2018.
Lazari-Radek, Katarzyna de, and Peter Singer. “The Objectivity of Ethics and the Unity of
Practical Reason.” Ethics 123, no. 1 (2012): 9–31.
Scott, Elizabeth D. “Organizational Moral Values.” Business Ethics Quarterly 12, no. 1 (2002):
33–55.
Beauchamp, Tom. I and James F. Childress, Principles of Biomedical Ethics, Oxford, Oxford
University Press, 2012.
Unit 2
Schramm, Michael, Thomas Pogge, Elke Mack, Absolute Poverty and Global Justice Empirical
Data - Moral Theories – Initiatives, Routledge, 2009. Chs. 1-3.
Cabrera, Luis. ‘Poverty, Inequality and Global Distributive Justice’ in Patrick Hayden (ed.), The
Ashgate Research Companion to Ethics and International Relations, Ashgate, 2009, Ch. 18.
Unit 3
Lever, Annabelle, and Andrei Poama. The Routledge Handbook of Ethics and Public Policy.
London: Routledge, 2020. Chs. 11, 20, 24
Primoratz, Igor (ed.), Politics and Morality, New York, Palgrave MacMillan, 2007
Archard, David. “Dirty Hands and the Complicity of the Democratic Public.” Ethical Theory and
Moral Practice 16, no. 4 (2013): 777–90.
Williams, Bernard, “Politics and Moral Character”, in Stuart Hampshire (ed.), Public and Private
Morality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 55–73, 1978.
Walzer, Michael, 1973, “Political Action: The Problem of Dirty Hands”, Philosophy and Public
Affairs, 2 (2): 160–180.
Unit 4

192
Stone, Adrienne, and Frederick Schauer. The Oxford Handbook of Freedom of Speech. Oxford
University Press, 2021. Chs. 4, 5, 8
Redish, Martin H. “The Value of Free Speech.” University of Pennsylvania Law Review 130, no.
3 (1982): 591–645.
Scanlon, Thomas, A Theory of Freedom of Expression, Philosophy & Public Affairs, Vol. 1, No. 2
(Winter, 1972), pp. 204-226 (23 pages)
Gunatilleke, Gehan. “Justifying Limitations on the Freedom of Expression.” Hum Rights
Rev 22, 91–108 (2021).
Rogers, Richard, and Sabine Niederer, eds. The Politics of Social Media Manipulation. Amsterdam
University Press, 2020. Chs. 1, 2, 4
Shirky, Clay. “The Political Power of Social Media: Technology, the Public Sphere, and Political
Change.” Foreign Affairs 90, no. 1 (2011): 28–41.
Zeitzoff, Thomas. “How Social Media Is Changing Conflict.” The Journal of Conflict Resolution
61, no. 9 (2017): 1970–91.
Unit 5
Liao, S. Matthew. Ethics of Artificial Intelligence. New York, NY, United States of America:
Oxford University Press, 2020. Chs. 1, 13, 17
Sandler, Ronald L. (Ed). Ethics and Emerging Technologies. Palgrave Macmillan, 2014: Chs. 1,
3, 5, 8, 9, 31 & 35.
Dignum, Virginia. Responsible Artificial Intelligence: How to Develop and Use AI in a
Responsible Way.: Springer, 2020. Chs. 2, 3, 5
Strate, Lance. “If It’s Neutral, It’s Not Technology.” Educational Technology 52, no. 1 (2012): 6–
9.
Genus, Audley, and Andy Stirling. “Collingridge and the Dilemma of Control: Towards
Responsible and Accountable Innovation.” Research Policy. North-Holland, October 5, 2017.
Stinson, Catherine. “Algorithms Are Not Neutral - AI and Ethics.” SpringerLink. Springer
International Publishing, January 31, 2022. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s43681-022-
00136-w
Williams, Betsy Anne, Catherine F. Brooks, and Yotam Shmargad. “How Algorithms
Discriminate Based on Data They Lack: Challenges, Solutions, and Policy Implications.” Journal
of Information Policy 8 (2018): 78–115.
Graham, Elaine. “Nietzsche Gets A Modem’: Transhumanism And The Technological Sublime.”
Literature and Theology 16, no. 1 (2002): 65–80.
Unit 6
Wagner, Ben, Matthias C. Kettemann, and Kilian Vieth. Research Handbook on Human Rights
and Digital Technology: Global Politics, Law and International Relations. Cheltenham, UK:
Edward Elgar Publishing, 2020. Chs. 2, 5, 6, 11

193
Zuboff, Shoshana. “Big Other: Surveillance Capitalism and the Prospects of an Information
Civilization.” Journal of Information Technology 30, no. 1 (March 2015): 75–89.
Adeney, Bernard T. 1994. “The Dark Side of Technology”. Transformation 11 (2): 21-25
Russo, Federica. “Digital Technologies, Ethical Questions, and the Need of an Informational
Framework.” Philos. Technol. 31, 655–667 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13347-018-0326-2
Susser, Daniel, Beate Roessler, and Helen Nissenbaum. “Online Manipulation: Hidden Influences
in a Digital World.” SSRN, January 8, 2019.
Nadler, Anthony, and Joan Donovan. “Weaponizing the Digital Influence Machine.” Data &
Society. Data & Society Research Institute, October 17, 2018.
https://datasociety.net/library/weaponizing-the-digital-influence-machine/.
Brown, Shea, Jovana Davidovic, and Ali Hasan. “The Algorithm Audit: Scoring the Algorithms
That Score Us.” Big Data & Society (January 2021).

194
 DSE 11: Research Methods in Politics

Course objective:
The course would serve as the first formal introduction to the basics of social science research in
the specific context of the discipline of Political Science. As an elementary course to introduce the
students to the fundamentals of research in the study of politics, the purpose of the course is twin-
fold - first, two familiarise students with the different methodologies to study the discipline of
politics; second, to walk them through the application of these methods through selected texts. By
the time this course is offered, the students would be familiar with the salient analytical
frameworks and arguments in the discipline. This course offers the students the opportunity to
understand the methods by which these frameworks were arrived, the tools that were used to make
them comprehensible, and the debates that the arguments spawned. The course is divided into three
parts. The first will introduce the student to some key debates. The second takes them through the
praxis of research by asking elementary questions such as, how to conceptualize a research
problem, how to formulate research questions, etc. The third aims to introduce them to specific
methodologies by using the strategy of reading a well-known work to discern the method used
accompanied by an article that reflects upon that method.

Course Outcome:
On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
• Preliminary training in basic elements of social science research
• Familiarity with how to conceptualize a research problem
• Familiarity with diverse methodologies used in the study of politics
• Skills to identify and understand the use of specific methodologies in a text

1. Introduction
a. Human Enquiry and Social Science Research
b. What is political inquiry? Why do we need it?
c. Issues of objectivity and Interpretation in political enquiry
d. Epistemological Debate- Quantitative and Qualitative analysis

2. Conceptualizing Research
a. Formulation of a research problem
b. Framing research questions
c. Sources and citations

3. Methods in the study of politics and their application?

a. Empirical
b. Discourse Analysis
c. Archival
d. Ethnography

195
 Unit wise reading list
I. Introduction
G. King, R. Keohane, and S. Verba (1994) Designing Social Inquiry: Scientific Inference in
Qualitative Research, Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, pp. 1-12.
A. MacIntyre (1971) ‘Is the Science of Comparative Politics possible?’, in Against the Self Images
ofAge, Essays on Ideology and Philosophy, London: Schocken Books, pp.8-26.
E Babbie (2008) Human Enquiry and Science, in The Basics of Social Research(4th
Edn.),Thomson Wordsworth pp. 3-29.
H. Sandra and O. Heath (2020), Objectivity and Values, in Political Research: Methods and
Practical Skills (revised edition), Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 64-91.
A Bryman (1984), The Debate about Qualitative and Quantitative Research. A Question of
Methods or Epistemology, The British Journal of Sociology, Vol. 35 , Issue 1, pp. 75- 92.
L. Rudolph and S. Rudolph (2010) ‘An Intellectual History of the Study of Indian Politics’, in
N.Jayal and P. Mehta, The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University
Press,pp.555-586.
Sudipta Kaviraj (1978), ‘How not to study method?’, in S. Kaviraj, P. Chatterjee, S. K. Chaube,
S. Datta Gupta eds., The State of Political Theory: Some Marxist Essays, Calcutta: Research
India Publications, Calcutta, pp.1-33
D Vaid (2013), Perspectives on Methods in Political Science. Studies in Indian Politics, Vol 1(1),
pp. 103-107.
2. Conceptualizing Research
Bala J (2020), An Overview of Longitudinal Research Designs in Social Sciences. Studies in
Indian Politics, Vol. 8(1), pp. 105-114.
E Babbie (2008) Research Design, in The Basics of Social Research (4th Edn.), Thomson
Wordsworth, pp. 94- 128.
H. Sandra and O. Heath (2020) Asking Questions: How to Find and Formulate Research
Questions, in Political Research: Methods and Practical Skills (revised edition), Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 93-122.
M Mohanty, Preparing a Research Proposal, available at
http://www.polscience.du.ac.in/web4/uploads/PDF/academics/PhD/Preparing%20a%20Research
%20Proposal%20Manoranjan%20Mohanty.pdf
3. Methods in the study of politics and their application
Empirical
A. Datta and D Vaid (2018). Mind the Gap?: Navigating the Quantitative and the Qualitative in
Survey Research. Studies in Indian Politics, Vol 6(1), pp. 140-145.
S. Kumar, & P. Rai (2013) Measuring Voting Behaviour in India, New Delhi: Sage Publications,

196
pp.1-12.
FR Jensenius, G Verniers (2017) Studying Indian Politics with Large-scale Data: Indian Election
Data 1961–Today. Studies in Indian Politics, Vol 5(2), pp. 269-275
N Ummareddy, and A. Alam. (2021) What Do Preambles Do? A Study of Constitutional Intent
and Reality. Studies in Indian Politics. Vol 9 (2), pp. 221-238.
Discourse Analysis
J. Gee (2010) An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and Method, London: Routledge,
pp.2-10.
H. Sandra and O. Heath (2020), Textual Analysis, in Political Research: Methods and Practical
Skills (revised edition), Oxford: OxfordUniversity Press, pp. 364-392.
A Phadnis and A. Kashyap. (2019), The Politics of Historical Personalities: Textual Analysis of
Speeches by the Indian Prime Ministers, Working Paper at IIM Indore, WP/02/2018 19/HSS
Archival
K. Paul, G. Gray, and L. Melvin (eds.) (2009) ‘Introduction’, in An American Political Archives
Reader, Maryland: The Scarecrow Press.
S. Hazareesingh and K. Nabulsi (2008) ‘Using Archival Data to Theorise about Politics’, in David
Leopold and Mark Stears (eds.), Political Theory: Methods and Approaches Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 150-170.
Ethnography
H. Sandra & O. Heath (2012) Political Research: Methods and Practical Skills, Oxford:
OxfordUniversity Press, pp. 287-304.
Y. Yadav (2020), ‘On Ethnography: What Work Does “Fieldwork” Do in the Field of Elections’,
in Y. Yadav ed. Making Sense of Indian Democracy, Ranikhet: Permanent Black, pp. 300-324.
S Kumar (2014) The Promise of Ethnography for the Study of Politics. Studies in Indian Politics,
Vol 2(2), pp. 237-242
Additional Reading:
D. Easton (1969) ‘The New Revolution in Political Science’, in The American Political
ScienceReview, Vol. LXIII (4), pp.1051-1061.
S. Wolin (1969) ‘Political Theory as a Vocation’, in The American Political Science Review,
Vol.LXIII (4), pp.1062-82.
D. Marsh and G. Stoker (2010) Theory and Methods in Political Science, 3rd Edition, Palgrave
Macmillan.
D. E. McNabb (2009), Research Methods for Political Science: Quantitative and Qualitative
Methods, Armonk: M.E. Sharpe [Eastern Economy Edition]

197
 GE 1: Ideas in Indian Political Thought

Course Objective
This paper is designed for students who are from other disciplines and wish to have a basic
understanding of the various themes that has shaped Indian society and politics. It revolves around
key concepts based on original texts which would help the students to critically engage with the
ideas.

Course Learning outcomes

• Students will be able to answer about the nature and form of statecraft that existed in
Ancient India.
• They will be able to explain how the texts in ancient India interpreted Dharma and Danda
• Students will be able to answer what were sources and mechanisms to practice Nyay in
ancient India.
• They will be able to make distinction between Rastra and Rajya.
• They will able to explain the meaning and foundations of Varna and how are they different
from caste.

Unit 1: Dharma and Danda: Kautilya

Unit 2: Gender: Tarabai Shinde

Unit 3: Culture and Nationalism: Vivekananda

Unit 4: Swaraj: Gandhi

Unit 5: Nyaya: Ambedkar

Unit 6: Hindutva: Savarkar

Unit 7: Integral Humanism: Deen Dayal Upadhyaya

Unit wise reading list

1. Dharma and Danda: Kautilya

Mehta, V.R. (1992) ‘The Pragmatic Vision: Kautilya and His Successor’, in Foundations of Indian
Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 88- 109.
Sharma, R S (2005), Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Motilal
Banarsidass, New Delhi pp 143-164

198
2. Gender: Tarabai Shinde
O’ Hanlon, Rosalind (2002) A comparison between women and men: Tarabai Shinde and the
critique of Gender Relations in Colonial India. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Lele, Jayant (1998) Gender Consciousness in Mid-Nineteenth Century Maharashtra, in Anne
Feldhaus Images of women in Maharastrain Society. The University of New York Press: New
York
3. Culture and Nationalism: Vivekananda
Sen, Amiya P. (2011), ‘Vivekanand: Cultural Nationalism’, in M. P. Singh and Himanshu Roy
(ed.), Indian Political Thought: Themes and Thinkers Delhi. Pearson
Kiggley, Dermot (1990) ‘Vivekananda’s western message from the East’ in William Radice (ed)
Swami Vivekananda and modernization of Hinduism, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
4. Swaraj: Gandhi
Parel, A. (ed.) (2002), ‘Introduction’, in Gandhi, freedom and Self Rule, Delhi: Vistaar
Publication.
Dalton, Denis (1982) Indian Idea of freedom, Gurgaon: Academic Press, pp 154-190
5. Nyaya: Ambedkar
Pantham, Thomas and Kenneth Deutsch (ed) (1986) Political Thought in Modern India, New
Delhi: Sage, pp 161-175
Rodrigues, Valerian (2002) The Essential writings of B.R Ambedkar, Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp 1-44
6. Hindutva: Savarkar
Savarkar, Vinayak Damodar (1922-23) Essentials of Hindutva, 1922, available at:
http://savarkar.org/en/encyc/2017/5/23/2_12_12_04_essentials_of_hindutva.v001.pdf_1.pdf
Sampath, Vikram (2021) Savarkar: A Contested Legacy, 1924-1966, Gurugram: Penguin Random
House India
7. Integral Humanism: Deen Dayal Upadhyaya
Upadhyaya, Deendayal. (1964), Integral Humanism, Delhi: Bharatiya Jan Sangh.

199
 GE 2: Introduction to the Indian Constitution

Course Objective
The course aims to introduce the students to the foundational text of constitutional democracy in
India - the Indian Constitution. By providing an overview of the socio-political context of its origin
and its basic tenets, which provide the organizing framework for democracy in India, the course
expects to bring historical insights in making the constitutional text comprehensible. The course
traces the history of the Constitution both in the colonial legislations and in the declaration and
reports produced in the course of the Indian National Movement. It focuses on the creation and the
working of the Constituent Assembly as part of a transformative vision for independent India. The
basic features of the Constitution form the core themes of the course introducing students to the
philosophy behind them and the final form in which they were adopted in the Indian Constitution
to make it a document for social revolution. The course aims at providing students with both a
textual and a contextual introduction to the Indian Constitution.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate
• Knowledge of the origin and contents of the Indian Constitution
• Awareness of the rights and duties of the citizens and the obligations of the state
• Familiarity with the functioning of constitutional governance in India and the division of
power between different tiers of the government.

Unit 1. Constitutional antecedents and the making of the Constitution of India.

Unit 2. Basic features of the Indian Constitution

Unit 3. Fundamental Rights

Unit 4. Obligations of State and Duties of Citizens

Unit 5. Organs of Constitutional Governance- Legislature, Executive and Judiciary

Unit 6. Centre-State Relations and Decentralization

Readings:
1. Constitutional antecedents and the making of the Constitution of India
(a) Constitutional antecedents
Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2010, Pre History, in The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution,
NBT, India.
Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Origin and Crafting of the Constitution (pp. 11 to 26), in The
Constitution of India, a Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing.
D D Basu, 2011, The Historical background,in Introduction to the Constitution of India (20thed.).

200
Lexis Nexis, India.
(b) Making of the Constitution of India
Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2000, Birth of the Constituent Assembly, in Constituent Assembly of
India: Springboard of Revolution, Manohar.
Granville Austin, 1966, The Constituent Assembly- Microcosm in Action, in Indian Constitution,
Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP.

Subhash Kashyap, 1994, Making of the Constitution, in Our Constitution: An Introduction to

India's Constitution and Constitutional Law, NBT, India.
2. Basic Features of the Indian Constitution
B R Ambedkar, 2010, Basic features of the Indian Constitution, in Valerian Rodrigues (ed), The
essential writings of BR Ambedkar. Oxford University Press, India.
D D Basu, 2011, Outstanding Feature of Our Constitution,in Introduction to the Constitution of
India (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
Ivor Jennings, 1953, Introduction, in Some Characteristics of Indian Constitution, G Cumberlege
and Oxford University Press.
3. Fundamental Rights
Primary text: Article 14- 32, Part III, The Constitution of India
Granville Austin, 1966, The Conscience of the Constitution- Fundamental Rights and Directive
Principles of State Policy- I (pp. 63-94), inIndian Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP
Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2010, Rights of Indians, in The Making and Working of the Indian
Constitution, NBT, India.
D D Basu, 2011, Fundamental Rights and Duties (pp. 79- 142),in Introduction to the Constitution
of India (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Fundamental rights, Directive Principles and the Judiciary (pp. 118-
137), in The Constitution of India, a Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing.
4. Obligations of State and Duties of Citizens
Primary text: Article 36- 51A, Part IV and IVA, The Constitution of India
Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2010, Duties of State and Citizens, in The Making and Working of the
Indian Constitution, NBT, India.
D D Basu, 2011, Directive Principles of State Policy (pp. 79- 142), in Introduction to the
Constitution of India (20th ed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
Gautam Bhatia, 2016, Directive Principles of State Policy, in Sujit Choudhry, et al, The Oxford
Handbook of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: OUP
Ivor Jennings, 1953, Directives of Social Policy, in Some Characteristics of Indian Constitution,

201
G Cumberlege and Oxford University Press.
5. Organs of Constitutional Governance- Legislature, Executive and Judiciary
Primary Text: Part V, The Constitution of India
S.K. Chaube, Union Government- 1: The Executive, in The Making and Working of Indian
Constitution, NBT, India
S.K. Chaube, Union Government 2: The Legislature, in The Making and Working of Indian
Constitution, NBT, India
Granville Austin, 1966, Indian Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP, pp. 145- 230.
Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, The Executive and the Parliament, in The Constitution of India, a
Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing
M.R. Madhavan, 2017, Parliament, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.), Rethinking
Public Institutions in India, Oxford University Press
D.D. Basu, 2011, The Judicature (pp. 299- 313), in Introduction to the Constitution of India
(20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
Pratap Bhanu Mehta, 2005, India's Judiciary: the Promise of Uncertainty, in Public Institutions in
India: Performance and Design, OUP, India.
Punam S Khanna, 2008, The Indian Judicial system, in K Sankaran and U K Singh (eds), Towards
Legal Literacy: An Introduction to Law in India, OUP.
6. Centre-State Relations and Decentralization
D D Basu, 2011, Distribution of Legislative and Executive Powers, in Introduction to the
Constitution of India (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
M.P. Singh and Rekha Saxena, 2013, Asymmetrical Federalism, in Federalising India in the Age
of Globalisation, Primus
Ivor Jennings, 1953, Indian Federalism, in Some Characteristics of Indian Constitution, G
Cumberlege and Oxford University Press.
S.K. Chaube, Local Government, in The Making and Working of Indian Constitution, NBT, India.

202
 GE 3: Nationalism in India

Course objective
The course aims to help students understand the national movement in India. It looks at the
movement from different theoretical perspectives that highlight its varied dimensions. The course
begins by looking at the Indian responses to colonial dominance in the nineteenth century, and
traces the development of the anti-colonial struggle up to the mid-20th century. It successively
focuses on the events leading to the Partition and the Independence in 1947. In the process, the
course also tries to focus on the various tensions and debates within nationalism in India as it
engaged with the questions of communalism, class struggle, caste and gender.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students would:
• Gain an understanding of the different theoretical views on the emergence and
development of nationalism in India and the tensions that existed between them
• Demonstrate knowledge of the historical trajectory of the development of the nationalist
movement in India, with specific focus on its different phases
• Understand the contribution of various social movements in the anti-colonial struggle
• Demonstrate awareness of the history of partition and independence

Unit 1. Approaches to the Study of Nationalism in India: Nationalist, Imperialist, Marxist,

and Subaltern

Unit 2. Reformism and Anti-Reformism in the Nineteenth Century: Major Social and
Religious Movements in 19th century

Unit 3. Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base

a. Phases of Nationalist Movement: Liberal Constitutionalists, Swadeshi and the Radicals;
Beginning of Constitutionalism in India
b. Gandhi and Mass Mobilisation: Non-Cooperation Movement, Civil Disobedience
Movement, and Quit India Movement
c. Revolutionaries, Socialists, and Communists

Unit 4. Social Movements

Peasants, Tribals, Workers, Women and anti-caste movements

Unit 5. Partition, Independence and Integration of states

Communalism in Indian Politics, The Two-Nation Theory and Partition, Independence and
Integration of Indian States

203
 Unit wise reading list
Approaches to the Study of Nationalism in India
S. Bandopadhyay (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, New Delhi: Orient
Longman, pp. 184-191.
R. Thapar (2000) ‘Interpretations of Colonial History: Colonial, Nationalist, Post-colonial’, in P.
DeSouza (ed.) Contemporary India: Transitions, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 25-36.
Reformism and Anti-Reformism in the Nineteenth Century
S. Bandopadhyay (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, New Delhi: Orient
Longman, pp.139-158, 234-276.
A. Sen (2007) ‘The idea of Social Reform and its Critique among Hindus of Nineteenth Century
India’, in S. Bhattacharya (ed.) Development of Modern Indian Thought and the Social Sciences,
Vol. X. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base
S. Bandopadhyay (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India. New Delhi: Orient
Longman, pp. 279-311.
S. Sarkar (1983) Modern India (1885-1947), New Delhi: Macmillan,
P. Chatterjee (1993) ‘The Nation and its Pasts’, in P. Chatterjee, The Nation and its Fragments:
Colonial and Postcolonial Histories. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 76-115.
Social Movements
S. Bandopadhyay (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A history of Modern India. New Delhi: Orient
Longman, pp. 342-357, 369-381.
Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Crusade Against Caste System, in Social Background of
Indian Nationalism, Sage.
Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Crusade Against Untouchability, in Social Background of
Indian Nationalism, Sage.
Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Movement for the Emancipation of Women, in Social
Background of Indian Nationalism, Sage.
G. Shah (2002) Social Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 13-31
Partition, Independence and Integration of States
A. Jalal, and S. Bose (1997) Modern South Asia: History, Culture, and Political Economy. New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 135-156.
A. Nandy (2005) Rashtravadbanam Deshbhakti Translated by A. Dubey, New Delhi: Vani
Prakashan. pp. 23-33. (The original essay in English is from A. Nandy (1994) New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp. 1-8.)
V P Menon (1956), CH I- Setting the Stage and Ch XXV- The Cost of Integration, in The Story of the

204
Integration of the Indian States, Orient Longman.
Additional Readings:
B.Chakrabarty and R. Pandey (2010) Modern Indian Political Thought, New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
P. Chatterjee (1993) The Nation and its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories, New
Delhi: Oxford University Press.
R. Pradhan (2008) Raj to Swaraj, New Delhi: Macmillan (Available in Hindi).
S. Islam (2006) Bharat Mein Algaovaadaur Dharm, New Delhi: Vani Prakashan.

205
 GE 4: Understanding International Relations

Course Objective
This course aims to make students understand the intersections between politics, economics,
culture and nature that shape human life in the contemporary world. These intersectional relations
foreground the multiple interactions that constitute the reality of the group life of humans. The
issues around which the course is designed consists of the role of state in international politics,
cultural identities such as the nation and, issues such as global poverty and global inequalities.
Additionally, the course dwells on the psycho-cultural and politico- economic causes of violence,
oppression and injustices that make the world a contested space. It examines the ways in which
information technology shapes the course of human life in the age of globalization and how the
phenomenon of the international manifests both in the virtual and the material world. Going
beyond the Westphalian conception of territoriality, the course looks at the ways in which IR
manifests in the realm of art/cinema/museums.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course students will be able to:
• Understand the nature of the contemporary world in which we live through connected
histories, economies and societies.
• Analyze the ways in which our world is shaped in both territorial and non-territorial
forms leading to basic planetary understandings of both human and non-human relations.
• Enhance cognitive abilities to map out the multiple and complex interactions in
international relations between peoples, histories and civilisations.
• To understand the role of the state and its interface with the market, probe into the
cultural identities of a nation, analyse global poverty and climate change politics.
• To critically analyse the politics of ‘common yet differentiated responsibilities.’
• Think critically about issues of global inequalities, violence, and injustices in the age of
globalization.
• Appreciate the ways in which aesthetic articulation(s) problematize and interrogate the
international and our ways of being therein.

Unit 1. Making Sense of the World

1.1 What is IR?
1.2 Understanding Space: How do we sense our planet
1.3 Ways of knowing and being: - Peoples, Histories and Civilisations

Unit 2. States, Nations and Markets

2.1 State and Diffusion of authority/power 2.2 Nations and Nationalism
2.3 States and Markets

Unit 3. Inequalities
3.1 Politico-military inequalities: big states, small states
3.2 Economic inequalities: rich states, poor states
3.3 Climate Change: Global commons and differentiated responsibilities

206
Unit 4. Sites of Conflict and Forms of Violence
4.1 Changing Landscape/ Nature of Conflict
4.2 Forms of Violence

Unit 5. Knowing our Virtual and Creative World: The Visual Turn in IR
5.1 Internet
5.2 Museums
5.3 Cinemas

Unit wise reading list:

1.1. What is IR?
David Blaney, “Where, When and What is IR?” in Arlene B, Tickner and Karen Smith (eds.),
International Relations from the Global South: World of Difference, New York: Routledge, 2020,
pp. 38-55.
1.2. Understanding Space: How can we understand our planet.
Simon Dalby, “What happens if we don’t take nature for granted,” in Jenny Edkins and Maja
Zehfuss (eds.), Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 39-60.
Dipesh Chakrabarty, ‘The Climate of History in a Planetary Age,’ London: University of Chicago
Press, 2021, pp. 1-20.
1.3. Ways of knowing and being: - Peoples, Histories and Civilisations
Veronique Pin-Fat, “How do we begin to think about the world,” in Jenny Edkins and Maja
Zehfuss (eds.), Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 20-38.
Tamara A. Trownsell, Amaya Querejazu, Giorgio Shani, Navnita Chadha Behera, Jarrad
Reddekop and Arlene B. Tickner Recrafting International Relations through Relationality,” E-
International Relations, January 2019. https://www.e- ir.info/2019/01/08/recrafting-international-
relations-through-relationality/.
Tamara A. Trownsell, Arlene B. Tickner, Amaya Querejazu, Jarrad Reddekop, Giorgio Shani,
Kosuke Shimizu, Navnita Chadha Behera and Anahita Arian, ‘Differing about difference:
relational IR from around the world,’ International Studies Perspectives, 22:1, February 2021, pp.
25-64.
Giorgio Shani, ‘IR as inter-cosmological relations?’ International Politics Review, 9 (2021) 306–
312. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41312-021-00120-2.
Additional Readings:
Milja Kurki, “International Relations in a Relational Universe,” Oxford University Press (2020)
1-16.
Arturo Escobar, ‘Introduction: Another possible is possible,’ and ‘Theory and the un/real: Tools
for rethinking “Reality” and the possible,” in Pluriversal Politics: The Real and the Possible,
Durham: Duke University Press, 2020, pp. 1-30.

207
Ashish Kothari, Ariel Salleh, Arturo Escobar, Federico Demaria, Albert Acosta, ‘Introduction:
Finding Pluriversal Paths’, in Ariel Salleh, Arturo Escobar, Federico Demaria, Albert Acosta
(eds.), ‘Pluriverse: a post-development dictionary’, New Delhi: Tulika Books, 2019, pp. xxii-xl.
Also, see, https://kalpavriksh.org/ourteam/ashish-kothari/
2.1 State and Diffusion of authority/power
Shibashish Chatterjee, ‘Reconsidering the State in International Relations,’ in Kanti and Siddharth
Mallavarapu (eds.), International Relations in India: Bringing Theory back home, New Delhi:
Orient Longman, 2005, pp. 451-489.
David Held, “The territorial State and Global Politics,” in Global Transformations: Politics,
Economics and Culture, USA: Stanford University Press, 1999, pp. 32-48.
Susan Strange, “The State of the State,” in The Retreat of the State: The Diffusion of Power in the
World Economy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996, pp. 66- 88.
2.2 Nations and Nationalism
Andrew Heywood, “Nations and Nationalism” in Politics, China: Palgrave Macmillian, 2013, pp.
108-127.
Michael J. Shapiro, “Does the nation-state work?” in Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss (eds.),
Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 269- 287.
Elena Barabantseva, “How do people come to identify with nations?” in Jenny Edkins and Maja
Zehfuss (eds.), Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 245-268.
Sanjay Chaturvedi, ‘Indian Geo-politics: ‘Nation-State and the Colonial Legacy’ in Kanti Bajpai
and Siddharth Mallavarapu (eds.), International Relations in India: Theorising the Region and
Nation, New Delhi: Orient Longman, 2005, pp. 238-283.
2.3 States and Markets
Lavanya Rajamani,“The principle of common but differentiated responsibilities and respective
capabilities in the international climate change regime” in Ludwig Kramer and Emanuela Orlando
(eds.), Principles of Environmental Law, Sussex: Edward Elgar publishing, 2018, pp. 46-60.
David Held, Chapter five on “Corporate Power and Global Production Networks,” in Global
Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture, Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1999, pp.
236-282.
Matthew Watson, ‘Understanding the State within Modern Society’ and ‘Understanding the
Market within Modern Society’ in Foundations of International Political Economy, New York:
Palgrave, 2005, pp. 161-196.
Additional Readings:
Thomas L. Friedman, The World is Flat: A Brief History of the Twenty-First Century, New York:
Picador Publication, 2005, pp. 1-50.

Yuval Noah Harari, “Nationalism,” in 21 Lessons for the 21st Century, USA: Spiegel & Grau,
Jonathan Cape, 2018, pp. 104-117.

208
Dr V. Basil Hans, ‘State and the Market- Debate and Developments,’ January 2014,
http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2373827
Andrew Heywood, “Sovereignty, the Nation and Supranationalism,” in Political Ideas and
Concept, New York: St. Martin’s Press,1994, pp. 48-77.
Stuart Elden, “Why the World Divided Territorially,” in Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss (eds.),
Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, , pp. 220-244.
Robert Gilpin, “Nature of political economy,” in Global Political Economy: Understanding the
International Economic Order, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2001, pp- 25-45.
Stephen D. Krasner, ‘Sharing Sovereignty: New Institutions for Collapsed and Failing States,’
International Security, 29: 2, 2004, pp. 85-120.
Susan Strange, Chapters 3-6, on ‘The Security Structure’, ‘The Production Structure’, ‘The
Financial Structure’, ‘The Knowledge Structure’, in States and Markets, London: Bloomsbury,
2015,
Unit 3. Inequalities
Mohammad Ayoob, ‘Inequality and Theorizing in International Relations: The Case for Subaltern
Realism,’ International Studies review, 4:3, 2002, pp. 27-48.
3.1 Mapping inequalities in IR
Joao Pontes Nogueira, “Inequality,” in Arlene B, Tickner and Karen Smith (eds.), International
Relations from the Global South: World of Difference, New York: Routledge, 2020, pp. 240-255.
Paul Cammack, “Why are Some People Better off than Others,” in Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss
(eds.), Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 405-428.
3.2 Climate Change: Global commons and differentiated responsibilities
A. Damodaran, ‘Encircling the Seamless- India, Climate Change, and the Global Commons,’
Oxford University Press, 2010, India. Chapters 1 and 2.

Additional Readings:
Amartya Sen, “Capabilities and Resources,” in The Idea of Justice, New York: Penguin Books,
2009, pp. 253-268.
Amartya Sen, “Measures of Inequality,” in On Economic Inequality, New York: Clarendon Press
Oxford, 1997, pp. 24-46.
Dipesh Chakrabarty, Chapter 7 on ‘Anthropocene Time,” in The Climate of History in a Planetary
Age,’ University of Chicago Press London, 2021, pp. 155-181.
Graham Thompson, “Global Inequality, Economic Globalization and Technological Change,”
Chapter Eleven in ‘A World of Whose Making- Ordering the International: History, Change and
Transformation’ by William Brown, Simon Bromley, and Suma Athreye. Pluto Press, 2004, pp.
377-415.

209
Unit 4. Sites of Conflict and Forms of Violence
Arlene B. Tickner, “War and Conflict,” in Arlene B, Tickner and Karen Smith (eds.), International
Relations from the Global South: World of Difference, New York: Routledge, 2020, pp. 115-138.
4.1 Changing Landscape/ Nature of Conflict
Michael Dillon, “What makes the world dangerous,” in Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss (eds.),
Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 519-538
Mary Kaldor, ‘In Defense of New Wars’, Stability: International Journal of Security and
Development, 2:1, 2013, 1-16. http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/sta.at.
4.2 Forms of Violence
Joanna Bourke, “Why Does Politics Turns into Violence?” in Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss
(eds.), Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 472-495.
Anuradha M. Chenoy, “Militarization, Conflict and Women in South Asia,” in Lois Ann Lorentzen
and Jennifer Turpin (eds.), The Women and War Reader, New York: New York University Press,
1998, pp. 101-110.
Additional Readings:
Roland Bleiker, “Can we move beyond Conflict,” in Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss (eds.), Global
Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 564- 589.
David Held, “Expanding reach of organized violence,” in Global Transformations: Politics,
Economics and Culture, Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1999, pp. 87- 92.
5.1 Internet
M. I. Franklin, “How does the way we use the Internet make a difference?” in Jenny Edkins and
Maja Zehfuss (eds.), Global Politics: A New Introduction, New York: Routledge, 2008, pp. 176-
199.
Jr. Harry M. Cleaver, ‘The Zapatista Effect: The Internet and the Rise of an Alternative Political
Fabric,’ Journal of International Affairs, 51:2, 1998, pp. 621- 640.
5.2 Museums
Christine Sylvester, “Can International Relations and Art/Museums Come Together,” in
Art/Museums: International Relations Where We Least Expect it, New York: Routledge, 2016, pp.
1-24.
https://www.ushmm.org/teach/teaching-materials/holocaust
https://www.partitionmuseum.org/event/remembering-the-jallianwala-bagh-massacre-100-years-
later/
5.3 Cinemas
Cynthia Weber, “Culture, Ideology, and the Myth Function in IR Theory,” in International
Relations Theory: A Critical Introduction, London: Routledge, 2013, pp. 1-12.

210
Cynthia Weber, “Case Study: Modernization and Development theory: is there a clash of
civilizations? Movie analysis of East is East,” in International Relations Theory: A Critical
Introduction, London: Routledge, 2013, pp. 173-202.
Additional Readings:
Maria Elena Martinez- Torres, ‘Civil Society, the Internet, and the Zapatistas,’ Journal of Social
Justice, 13:3, 2001, pp. 347-355.
Lene Hansen, Rebecca Adler-Nissen and Katrine Emelie Andersen, ‘The visual international
politics of the European refugee crisis: Tragedy, humanitarianism, borders,’ Cooperation and
Conflict, 56:44, 2021, pp. 367-393.
Mirzoeff, Nicholas, “Global Visual Cultures” in An Introduction to Visual Culture 2nd Edition,
London: Routledge, 2009, pp. 1-16.
Azmat Rasul and Mudassir Mukhtar, ‘Bollywoodization of foreign policy: How film discourse
portrays tensions between states’ Journal of Media Critiques, 1:1, June 2015, pp. 11-27.
Roland Bleiker, Visual Global Politics, London and New York: Routledge, 2018, pp.1-29.

211
 GE 5: Governance: Issues and Challenges
Course Objective
This paper deals with concepts and different dimensions of governance highlighting the major
debates in the contemporary times. There is a need to understand the importance of the concept of
governance in the context of a globalising world, environment, administration, development. The
essence of governance is explored through the various good governance initiatives introduced in
India.

Course Learning Outcomes

• The students are acquainted with the changing nature of governance in the era of
globalization.
• The students are introduced to the most contemporary ideas of sustainable development
and green governance.
• The students become familiar with a rigorous introduction to the best practices in India
on good governance.

Unit 1: Government and Governance: Concepts

a) Role of State in The Era of Globalisation
b) State, Market and Civil Society

Unit 2: Governance and Development

Changing Dimensions of Development Strengthening Democracy through Good
Governance

Unit 3: Environmental Governance

a) Human-Environment Interaction
b) Green Governance: Sustainable Human Development

Unit 4: Local Governance

a) Democratic Decentralisation
b) People's Participation in Governance

Unit 5: Good Governance Initiatives in India: Best Practices

a) Public Service Delivery
b) Electronic Governance
c) Citizens Charter & Right to Information
d) Corporate Social Responsibility

212
 Unit wise reading list
Government and Governance: Concepts
B. Chakrabarty and M. Bhattacharya (eds.) The Governance Discourse. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press,1998
Surendra Munshi and Biju Paul Abraham (eds.), Good Governance, Democratic Societies and
Globalisation, Sage Publishers, 2004
United Nation Development Programme, Reconceptualising Governance, New York, 1997
Carlos Santiso, Good Governance and Aid Effectiveness: The World Bank and Conditionality,
Johns Hopkins University, The Georgetown Public Policy Review, Volume VII, No.1, 2001
Vasudha Chotray and Gery Stroker, Governance Theory: A Cross Disciplinary Approach,
Palgrave Macmillan, 2008
J. Rosenau, ‘Governance, Order, and Change in World Politics’, in J. Rosenau, and E. Czempiel
(eds.) Governance without Government: Order and Change in World Politics, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1992
B. Nayar (ed.), Globalization and Politics in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2007 pp. 218-
240.
Smita Mishra Panda, Engendering Governance Institutions: State, Market and Civil Society, Sage
Publications, 2008
Neera Chandhoke, State and Civil Society Explorations in Political Theory, Sage Publishers, 1995

िसं ह, अभय प्रसाद एवं कृष्ण मुरारी (2018), शासन: मुद्दे एवं चुनौितयाँ, ओिरयंट ब्लैकस्वान, नई िदल्ली

चक्रबतीर्, िबद्युत, प्रकाश चंद (2018), वैश्वीकृत दुिनया में लोक प्रशासन, सेज भाषा, नई िदल्ली

िसन्हा, मनोज (2010) प्रशासन एवं लोकनीित, ओिरयंट ब्लैकस्वान, नई िदल्ली

Governance and Development
B. C. Smith, Good Governance and Development, Palgrave, 2007
World Bank Report, Governance and Development, 1992
P. Bardhan, ‘Epilogue on the Political Economy of Reform in India’, in The Political Economy of
Development in India. 6th edition, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2005
J. Dreze and A. Sen, India: Economic Development and Social Opportunity. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 1995
Niraja Gopal Jayal [ed.], Democracy in India, Oxford University Press, 2007
Environmental Governance
Ramachandra Guha, Environmentalism: A Global History, Longman Publishers, 1999
J.P. Evans, Environmental Governance, Routledge, 2012

213
Emilio F. Moran, Environmental Social Science: Human - Environment interactions and
Sustainability, Wiley-Blackwell, 2010
Burns H Weston and David Bollier, Green Governance: Ecological Survival, Human Rights and
the Law of the Commons, Cambridge University Press, 2013
Bina Agarwal, Gender And Green Governance, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2013
J. Volger, ‘Environmental Issues’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.) Globalization of
World Politics, New York: Oxford University Press, 2011, pp. 348-362.
A. Heywood, Global Politics, New York: Palgrave, 2011, pp. 383-411.
N. Carter, The Politics of Environment: Ideas, Activism, Policy, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 2007, pp. 13-81.
Local Governance
Pranab Bardhan and Dilip Mookherjee, Decentralization and Local Governance in Developing
Countries: A Comparative Perspective, MIT Press, 2006
T.R. Raghunandan, Decentralization And Local Governments: The Indian Experience, Readings
On The Economy, Polity And Society, Orient Blackswan, 2013
Pardeep Sachdeva, Local Government In India, Pearson Publishers, 2011
P. de Souza (2002) ‘Decentralization and Local Government: The Second Wind of Democracy in
India’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living
Constitution: Ideas, Practices and Controversies, New Delhi: Permanent Black, 2002
Mary John, ‘Women in Power? Gender, Caste and Politics of Local Urban Governance’, Economic
and Political Weekly, Vol. 42(39), 2007
Good Governance Initiatives in India: Best Practices
Niraja Gopal Jayal, Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism, and Development in
Contemporary India, Oxford University Press, 1999
Reetika Khera[ed.], The Battle for Employment Guarantee, Oxford University Press, 2011
Nalini Juneja, Primary Education for All in the City of Mumbai: The Challenge Set By Local
Actors', International Institute For Educational Planning, UNESCO: Paris, 2001
Maxine Molyneux and Shahra Razavi, Gender, Justice, Development, and Rights, Oxford
University Press, 2002
Jugal Kishore, National Health Programs of India: National Policies and Legislations, Century
Publications, 2005
Jean Drèze and Amartya Sen, India, Economic Development and Social Opportunity, Oxford
University Press, 1995
K. Lee and Mills, The Economic Of Health In Developing Countries, Oxford University Press,
1983

214
Marmar Mukhopadhyay and Madhu Parhar (eds.) Education in India: Dynamics of Development,
Shipra Publications, 2007
K. Vijaya Kumar, Right to Education Act 2009: Its Implementation as to Social Development in
India, Akansha Publishers, 2012
Amartya Sen and Jean Dreze, Omnibus: Poverty and Famines, Hunger and Public Action, India-
Economic Development and Social Opportunity, Oxford University Press, 1998
Jean Dreze and Amartya Sen, An Uncertain Glory: India and Its Contradictions, Princeton
University Press, 2013
Reetika Khera, ‘Rural Poverty and Public Distribution System’, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol-XLVIII, No.45-46, Nov 2013
Pradeep Chaturvedi, Women and Food Security: Role Of Panchayats, Concept Publishing House,
2002
Bidyut Mohanty, “Women, Right to Food and Role of Panchayats”, Mainstream, Vol. LII, No. 42,
October 11, 2014
D. Crowther, Corporate Social Responsibility, Deep and Deep Publishers, 2008
Sanjay K. Agarwal, Corporate Social Responsibility in India, Sage Publishers, 2008
Pushpa Sundar, Business & Community: The Story of Corporate Social Responsibility in India,
New Delhi: Sage Publications, 2013.

215
 GE 6: Western Political Philosophy

Course Objective
This course familiarizes the students with the manner in which the political questions are posed
and answered normatively by select thinkers. The aim is to introduce to the students the questions,
ideas and values of political philosophy addressed by political thinkers and juxtapose the same to
contemporary political thinking.

Course Learning Outcomes

By the end of the course students would be able to:
• Understand how to read and decode the classics and use them to engage contemporary
socio-political issues.
• Connect with historically written texts and their interpretations.
• Clearly present their own arguments and thoughts about contemporary issues and develop
ideas to engage with the latter.

Unit 1: Classical Political Philosophy

a) Plato
b) Aristotle
Unit 2: Renaissance and Modern Political Philosophy
a) Machiavelli
b) Hobbes
c) Rousseau
d) Mill
e) Marx

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1
R. Kraut (1996) ‘Introduction to the study of Plato’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge Companion
to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-50.
D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From Socrates to the Present, Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 62-80
A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi: Pearson
Education pp. 53-64.
J. Barnes (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Q. Skinner (2000) Machiavelli: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp.
23-53

216
Unit 2
C. Macpherson (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke.
Oxford University Press.
D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 207-224
J. Coleman (2000) ‘Introduction’, in A History of Political Thought: From Ancient Greece to
Early Christianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.
I. Hampsher-Monk (2001) A History of Modern Political Thought: Major Political Thinkers from
Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.

217
 GE 7: Politics of Globalisation

Course Objective
This course examines the paradoxes of contemporary globalisation. It has been crafted in a
manner as to introduce to the students from diverse disciplinary backgrounds the complex
multifaceted nature of the contemporary phenomenon of globalization. Students will learn about
the evolution of globalization by examining whether globalization is a mere historical process,
or, it is also a socio-cultural, politico-economic and, psychological phenomenon and, understand
these through different conceptual frames. It then makes the students understand the debates that
have been put forth for and against globalization. The course introduces the discourse regarding
the Eurocentric formulations of globalization and the ways in which the non-European voices
have historically been marginalized in the shaping of Western modernity. Students will also learn
about the political, economic and cultural facets of globalization. As a political phenomenon, the
course seeks to understand as to how globalization has impacted upon the functioning of the
sovereignty of nation-states. In the realm of economy, it introduces the impact of time/space
compression upon the macroeconomic structures of trade and finance as well as the structural
transformation that information and communications technology has brought in the working of
the global political economy. As a cultural phenomenon, the course also discusses the new global
mobilizations in the form of global social movements, movements of people across borders and
the political and economic impact of global epidemics.

Course Learning Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course, students will have the knowledge and skills to:
• Understand the nature, significance, and principal debates in the literature on globalisation
and the concept of globalization as both a historical process and, a socio-cultural
phenomenon.
• Study various approaches which will augment student's knowledge on international
political economy.
• Demonstrate basic knowledge of the interconnectedness of global issues, processes, and
dynamics.
• Develop insight into the alternative understanding of globalisation and various critical
aspects related to it like who are the beneficiaries in this process.
• Understand diverse global challenges like global migration and epidemics.
• Learn the ways in which globalization holds promise for a better world and a developed
world and, at the same time, understand how it is laden with deep-seated tendencies to
engender strands of inequalities and spur erosion of local cultures.

Unit 1. Conceptualizing Globalisation (10 lectures)

1.1 Is Globalisation New? Historical Perspectives
1.2 Approaches to Understand globalisation
1.3 The Globalisation Debate

Unit 2. Globalization: A Eurocentric Project? (6 lectures)

2.1 The Question of Post-Coloniality
2.2 Making Sense of Globalization for the People at the Margins

218
Unit 3. Sovereign State in a Globalised World (4 lectures)
3.1 Political Dimensions
3.2 Shift from State to Market?

Unit 4. Role of International Institutions: Multi-dimensionality of Globalisation (10

lectures)
4.1 World Bank, International Monetary Fund, World Trade Organisation and, G-20
4.2 The Globalisation of Trade
4.3 Global Epidemics and Working of World Health Organization

Unit 5. Responses and Resistances to Globalization (6 lectures)

5.1 Global Social Movements
5.2 International Migration

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1. Conceptualizing Globalisation

Essential Readings
1.1 Is Globalisation New? Historical Perspectives
Hirst, Paul and Thompson, G. “Globalisation in Question” (Third Edition), UK: Polity Press,
2009, pp. 25-52.
Ritzer, George and Paul D. Paul, Globalization: A Basic Text (Second Edition), UK: Wiley
Blackwell, 2015, pp. 14-53.
1.2 Approaches to Understand Globalisation
Held, D and et. al. “Rethinking Globalisation” in Held, David and Anthony McGrew (eds.) The
Global Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the Globalisation Debate,(Second Edition).
Cambridge: Polity Press, Blackwell Publishing, 2003, pp. 60-67.
Ritzer, G and Dean, P. Globalisation: The Essentials, UK: Wiley-Blackwell, 2019, pp. 55-92.
1.3 The Globalisation Debate
Bishop, Matthew Louis & Anthony, “The political economies of different Globalizations:
Theorising Reglobalization”, Globalizations, Vol. 18, June 2020, pp. 1- 21.
Keohane, Robert O. and Nye Jr, Joseph S., “What’s New? What’s Not? (And So What?), in Held,
D and McGrew, A (ed.), The Global Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the
Globalisation Debate (2nd edition). Cambridge: Polity Press, Blackwell Publishing, 2003, pp. 75-
84.
Additional Readings
Held, David and Anthony McGrew (eds.) The Global Transformations Reader: An Introduction
to the Globalisation Debate (Second Edition). Cambridge: Polity Press, Blackwell Publishing,

219
2000, pp 1-42.
Bhagwati, J. “In Defence of Globalisation”, UK: Oxford University Press, 2007, pp. 3-36, 199-
220.
Dwivedi, Sangit S., “Localisation vs Globalisation: A Conscious Vision of India” in Tyagi, R.,
S. Mangla and Giri (eds.), Glocalization and Federal Governance in India, Bloomsbury. 2019,
pp. 141-154.
Michie, Jonathan. (eds.), “Globalisation in Questions?”, Handbook of Globalisation, UK, Edward
Elgar, 2003, pp: 17-79.
Mcgrew, A. “Globalisation and Global Politics” in Baylis J., Smith and Owens (eds.), The
Globalisation of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New York: Oxford
University Press. 2017, pp. 15-31.
Unit 2. Globalization: A Eurocentric Project?
Essential Readings
2.1 The Question of Post-Coloniality
Chatterjee, P. Our Modernity (SEPHIS) and (CODESRIA), Rotterdam/Dakar. 1997 pp. 3-20.
Sanjeev Kumar H.M., “Contesting Modernity: Crisis of Democratization in South Asia,” India
Quarterly, LXIV (4), October-December 2008, pp. 124-155.
2.2 Making Sense of Globalization for the People at the Margins
Vandana Shiva, “Ecological Balance in an Era of Globalisation,” in Frank J. Lechner and John
Boli (eds.), The Globalization Reader, Oxford: Blackwell, 2004: pp. 422-429.
Kirsten Foot, “Actors and Activities in the Anti-Human Trafficking Movement,” in Jorge Heine
and Ramesh Thakur (eds)., The Dark Side of Globalization, Tokyo: UN University Press, 2011,
pp. 249-265.
Additional Readings
Sen, A. “Introduction” and “The Perspective of Freedom” Development as freedom (2nd ed.).
New York: Oxford University Press. 2001 pp.1- 34.
Hirst, P. and Thompson, G. “The Future of Globalization”, Cooperation and Conflict, Vol. 37,
No. 3, Special Issue on Globalization, Cooperation and Conflict, September 2002, pp. 247-265.
Appadurai, Arjun. Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalisation. Minneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press, 1996, pp. 66-88.
Ashcroft, Bill, Gareth Griffiths, and Helen Tiffins, eds. The Empire Writes Back: Theory and
Practice in Post-Colonial Literature. London: Routledge, 1989, pp.1-32; 193-220.
Gustava Esteva and Madhu Suri Prakash, “From Global to Local: Beyond Neo-liberalism to
International Hope,” in Frank J. Lechner and John Boli (eds.), The Globalization Reader, Oxford:
Blackwell, 2004: pp. 410-416.

220
Research Foundation for Science, Technology and Diversity, “Jaiv Panchayat: Biodiversity
Protection at the Village Level,” in Robin Broad (ed.), Global Backlash: Citizen Initiatives for a
Just World Economy, Boulder: Rowman and Littlefield, 2002, pp. 269-272.
Unit 3. Sovereign State in a Globalised World
Essential Readings
3.1 Political Dimensions
Bull, Hedley. “Beyond the state system?” in Held, David and Anthony McGrew (eds.) The Global
Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the Globalisation Debate (Second Edition).
Cambridge: Polity Press, Blackwell Publishing, 2000, pp 577-582.
Elizabeth, A. and Ozioko, M. V, Effect of Globalisation on Sovereignty of States, UN Document,
2000, pp. 256-270.
3.2 Shift from State to Market?
Susan Strange, “The Declining Authority of States,” in in Frank J. Lechner and John Boli (eds.),
The Globalization Reader, Oxford: Blackwell, 2004: pp. 219-224.
Jessica T. Mathews, “Power Shift,” in David Held and Anthony McGrew (eds.), The Global
Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the Globalisation Debate,(Second Edition).
Cambridge: Polity Press, Blackwell Publishing, 2003, pp. 204-212.
Unit 4. Role of International Institutions: Multi-dimensionality of Globalisation
Essential Readings
4.1 World Bank, International Monetary Fund, World Trade Organisation and, G-20
Coffey Peter, Riley, Robert, Reform of the International Institutions - The IMF, World Bank and
the WTO, Part-2, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2006, pp. 12-84.
Dash, P., Shaw, Khandelwal, “Evolution of G20 Process: From Crisis Management to
Development Cooperation”, G 20 Digest, pp. 5-12. Available at: https://www.g20-
insights.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Dash_Shaw_Khandelwal_Evolution_G20.pdf
4.2 The Globalisation of Trade
Woods, N. “International Political Economy in an Age of Globalisation”, and Watson, M.
“Global Trade and Global Finance”, in Baylis J., Smith and Owens (eds.) The Globalisation of
World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New York: Oxford University Press.
2017, pp. 243-257, 417-428.
4.3. Global Epidemics and Working of World Health Organization
Editors, CFR. "What does the World Health Organisation do?" Council on Foreign Relations, 29
Jan. 2021, New York: 1-14. Available at : https://www.cfr.org/backgrounder/what-does-world-
health-organization-do
Lee, Kelley and Julliane Piper, “The WHO and Covid-19 Pandemic”, Global Governance and
Review of Multilateral Organizations, 2020. https://brill.com/view/journals/gg/gg-overview.xml

221
Additional Readings
Stiglitz, J. “The Promise of Global Institutions”, Globalisation and its Discontents, New York:
Norton, 2002, pp. 3–22.
Cypher, J. and Dietz, J. “The International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and Foreign Aid”, The
Process of Economic Development. New York: Routledge, 2009, pp. 555-591.
Oatley, Thomas, “Trade and Development: Import Substitution Industrialization”, International
Political Economy: Interests and Institutions in the Global Economy, 2011. Fifth Edition, pp. 111-
132.
Hoekman, Bernard and Kostecki, Michel, “The Trading System in Perspective”, The Political
Economy of the World Trading System: From GATT to WTO, 3rd Edition, 2009, New York: OUP,
pp. 7-57.
Friedman, T., Lexus and the Olive Tree: Understanding Globalization, 2000, New York: Anchor,
pp. 101-142.
Gilpin, Robert, The Challenge of Global Capitalism: The World Economy in the 21st Century,
USA: Princeton University Press, 2000, pp. 15-52, 293–324.
Charles, Clift. The Role of the World Health Organisation in the International System. London:
Chatham House, 2013: 1-51.
Lorena, Barberia et.al. “The Political Science of Covid-19: An Introduction”, Social Science
Quarterly, 2021. pp. 2045-2054.
Lebni Javed Y. and Abbas Jaffar et al., “How the COVID-19 pandemic affected economic, social,
political, and cultural factors: A lesson from Iran”, Journal of Social Psychiatry, 2021, 63 (7). pp:
298-300

Unit 5. Responses and Resistances to Globalization

Essential Readings
5.1 Global Social Movements
Donatella della Porta, et al, “The Study of Social Movements: Recurring Questions” and “Social
Movements and Democracy”, Social Movements in a Globalising World, UK: Macmillan, 1999,
pp. 3-23; 223-248.
5.2 International Migration
Keeley, B. “International Migration: The Human Face of Globalisation”, OECD, 2009, pp: 9-40
Inglis Christine et al (edited), “Introduction,” in The Handbook of International Migration, New
Delhi: Sage Publication, 2020, pp. 1-17
Additional Readings
Khagram, Sanjeev et al (ed.) “Women’s Rights are Human Rights”, and “Globalisation, Global
Alliances, and the Narmada Movement”, Restructuring World Politics: Transnational Social
Movements: Social Movements, Protest, and Contention, Volume 14, MN: University of

222
Minnesota Press. 2002. pp. 96-122; pp. 231-244
Berger, S., “Globalisation and Politics”, Annual Review of Political Science, 2000, vol- 3, pp. 43-
62.
Schaeffer, Robert K. Social Movement and Global Social Change: The Rising Tide, UK: Rowman
& Littlefield, 2014, pp. 1-18.
Tarrow, S. “The Global in the Local: Global Framing”, The New Transnational Activism, New
York: Cambridge University Press, 2005, pp 35-59.
Additional Readings
Gottlieb, G. “Nation against State: New Approach to Ethnic Conflicts and The Decline of
Sovereignty”, New York: Council on Foreign Press, 1993, pp: 6-47
Smith, G. and Naim, M. Altered States: Globalization, Sovereignty and Governance, IDRC,
2000. pp. 5-20.
Hardt, M. and Negri, A., “Passages of Sovereignty”, Empire, England: Harvard University Press,
2000 pp. 67-183.
Stiglitz, J. E., Globalization and Its Discontents Revisited: Anti-Globalization in the Era of
Trump, New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2018. pp. 89-132

कोसर् से सम्बिन्धत िहंदी माध्यम की पुस्तकें

दुब,े अभय कुमार (संपादक),भारत का भूमंडलीकरण, लोक िचं तन ग्रंथमाला, नई िदल्ली: वाणी प्रकाशन, २००३

पंत, पुष्पेश, भूमंडलीकरण एवं भारत, नई िदल्ली: एक्सेसपिब्लिशं ग, २०१६

खन्ना, वीएन, अंतराष्ट्रीय सम्बन्ध, नॉएडा (उप्र): िवकास पिब्लिशं ग हाउस, २०२०

चक्रवतीर्, िबद्युत एवं प्रकाश चंद कंडपाल, वैश्वीकृत दुिनया में लोक प्रशासन: िसद्धांत और पद्धितयां, २०१८

भागर्व, नरेश, वैश्वीकरण: समाज शात्रीय पिरप्रेक्ष्य, २०१४

पांडेय, ब्रज कुमार , भूमंडलीकरण की समझ , महावीर प्रकाशन िदल्ली

223
 GE 8: Introduction to Public Policy

Course Objective:
The paper seeks to provide an understanding to the concept of Public Policy. Public Policy is a
proposed course of action of a government to realize its socio-economic objectives. The essence
of public policy lies in its effectiveness in translating the governing philosophy into programmes
and policies and making it a part of community living. This course will help to understand the
complexities of public policy and its interaction with the socio-economic structure.

Course Learning Outcomes:

By the end of this course a student will acquire the following knowledge and skills.
a. Contextualization of knowledge;
b. Praxis and technique;
c. Critical Thinking;
d. Research and Communication

Unit 1: Public Policy

(a) Concept, Characteristics and Significance
(b) Determinants of Public Policy
(c) Policy Impact: Socio-Economic

Unit 2: Theoretical Approaches to Public Policy

(a) Elite Theory
(b) Group Theory
(c) Incremental Theory
(d) Rational Choice Theory

Unit 3: Process of Public Policy

(a) Policy Formulation
(b) Policy Implementation
(c) Policy Evaluation

Unit 4: Public Policy: Case Studies

(a) Education – National Education Policy (NEP) 2020
(b) Health – National Health Mission (NHM)
(c) Employment – Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
(MNREGA)
(d) Economic Empowerment – Pradhan Mantri Jan-Dhan Yogana (PMJDY), Direct
Benefit Transfer (DBT)

224
 Unit wise reading list
Unit 1
Anderson, J. (1975) Public Policy making. New York: Thomas Nelson and Sons Ltd.
Dye, T. (2002) Understanding Public Policy. New Delhi: Pearson.
Unit 2
Henry, Nicholos (2019) Public Administration and Public Affairs. New York: Routledge.
Simon, Herbert A. (1997) Administrative Behavior. New York: MacMillan.
Unit 3
Sapru, R.K. (1996) Public Policy: Formulation, Implementation and Evaluation. New Delhi:
Sterling.
Self, Peter (1972) Administrative Theories and Politics. London: Allen and Unwin.
Unit 4
National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government
of India.
National Health Mission, Ministry of Health, Government of India.
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act-2005, Ministry of Rural
Development, Government of India.

225
 GE 9: Women and Politics in India: Concepts and Debates

Course Objective
The course attempts to bring together feminist theory and praxis by focussing on conceptual
categories theorized by feminism and the mobilization of the feminist epistemology to focus on
key concerns surrounding the everyday existence of women. This course would serve as the
fundament introduction to the history of women’s movement with particular emphasis on the
women’s movement in India. The course opens up the question of women’s agency, taking it
beyond the question of women empowerment and locates women as radical social agents. It
attempts to question the complicity of social structures and relations in preserving gender
inequality. This is extended to cover new forms of precarious work and labour under the new
economy.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing this course, the students will be able to:
• Understand the concept of patriarchy, feminism, gender, etc.
• Understand the intersection between family, community and state in feminist debates
• Demonstrate awareness of the history of the women’s movement in India
• Show familiarity with and awareness of the key issues taken up by the women’s movement

Unit 1. Patriarchy and Feminism

a. Sex-Gender Debates
b. Public and Private Dichotomy
c. Power

Unit 2. Family and Community

Unit 3. Law, State and Women

Unit 4. History of the Women’s Movement in India

Unit 5. Violence against women

Unit 6. Women and Labour: Unpaid labour, Reproductive and care work, Sex work

Unit wise reading list

Patriarchy and Feminism
N. Menon (2008) ‘Gender’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction, Delhi: Pearson

226
V Geetha (2002) Gender, Kolkata, Stree, pp. 1-20.
M. Kosambi (2007) Crossing the Threshold, New Delhi, Permanent Black, pp. 3-10; 40-46.
N. Menon (2008) ‘Power’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction, Delhi: Pearson, pp.148-157
B. Hooks (2010) ‘Feminism: A Movement to End Sexism’, in C. McCann and S. Kim (eds), The
Feminist Reader: Local and Global Perspectives, New York: Routledge, pp. 51-57.
R. Delmar (2005) ‘What is Feminism?’, in W. Kolmar & F. Bartkowski (eds) Feminist Theory:A
Reader, pp. 27-37
N. Menon (2015), Is Feminism about ‘Women’? A Critical View on Intersectionality from India,
International Viewpoint,
http://www.internationalviewpoint.org/IMG/article_PDF/article_a4038.pdf.
T. Shinde (1993) ‘Stree Purusha Tulna’, in K. Lalitha and Susie Tharu (eds), Women Writing in
India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, pp. 221-234
U. Chakravarti (2001) ‘Pitrasatta Par ek Note’, in S. Arya, N. Menon & J. Lokneeta (eds.)
Naarivaadi Rajneeti: Sangharsh evam Muddey, University of Delhi: Hindi Medium
Implementation Board, pp.1-7
Family and Community
R. Palriwala (2008) ‘Economics and Patriliny: Consumption and Authority within the Household’
in M. John. (ed) Women's Studies in India, New Delhi: Penguin, pp. 414-423
Saheli Women’s Centre (2007) Talking Marriage, Caste and Community: Women’s Voices from
Within, New Delhi: monograph 114
U. Chakravarti (2003) Gendering Caste through a Feminist Lens, Kolkata, Stree, pp. 139- 159.
S. Rege (2005), A Dalit Feminist Standpoint, in Gender and Caste, in Anupama Rao (ed) Gender
and Caste, Zed Books, pp. 90-101
Kumkum Sangari (1995) Politics of Diversity: Religious Communities and Multiple
Patriarchies,Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 30, No. 52,, pp. 3381-3389
Law, State and Women
C. MacKinnon, ‘The Liberal State’ from Towards a Feminist Theory of State, Available at
http://fair-use.org/catharine-mackinnon/toward-a-feminist-theory-of-the-state/chapter-8
R. Kapur & B. Cossman (1999) ‘On Women, Equality and the Constitution: Through the Looking
Glass of Feminism’ in Nivedita Menon (ed) Gender and Politics in India, Oxford University Press
C MacKinnon (2006) ‘Sex Equality under the Constitution of India: Problems, Prospects and
Personal Laws’, International Journal of Constitutional Law, Volume 4, Issue 2, 181–202.
Ved Kumari (1999) ‘Gender Analyses of Indian Penal Code’ in Amita Dhanda, Archana
Parashar(eds) Engendering Law - Essays in Honour of Lotika Sarkar, Eastern Book Company,
139-160

227
History of the Women’s Movement in India
Radha Kumar (1993), The History of Doing: An Illustrated Account of Movements for Women’s
Rights and Feminism in India, 1800-1990, Zubaan
Anupama Roy (2010) Women's Movement in N.G. Jayal and P.B. Mehta (Ed.) Oxford Companion
to Indian Politics, New Delhi, Oxford
I. Agnihotri and V. Mazumdar (1997) ‘Changing the Terms of Political Discourse: Women’s
Movement in India, 1970s-1990s’, Economic and Political Weekly, 30 (29), pp. 1869-1878.
R. Kapur (2012) ‘Hecklers to Power? The Waning of Liberal Rights and Challenges to Feminism
in India’, in A. Loomba South Asian Feminisms, Durham and London: Duke University Press, pp.
333-355
Violence against women
N. Menon (2004) ‘Sexual Violence: Escaping the Body’, in Recovering Subversion, New Delhi:
Permanent Black, pp. 106-165
F. Agnes (1992), Protecting Women Against Violence – Review of a Decade of Legislation 1980-
89, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 27, Issue No. 17, Apr. 25.
Sunita V S Bandewar, Amita Pitre & Lakshmi Lingam (2018) Five Years Post Nirbhaya: Critical
Insights into the Status of Response to Sexual Assault, in Indian Journal Of Medical Ethics,
available at https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29650498/
A. Verma, H. Qureshi & J.Y. Kim (2017) Exploring the trend of violence against women in India,
International Journal of Comparative and Applied Criminal Justice, 41:1-2, 3-18
Women and Labour
P Swaminathan (2014) Outside the Realm of Protective Legislation: The Saga of Unpaid Work in
India, in Women and Law: Critical Feminist Perspective: New Delhi: Sage, pp. 115-143
P. Swaminathan (2012) ‘Introduction’, in Women and Work, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, pp.1-
17
J. Tronto (1996) ‘Care as a Political Concept’, in N. Hirschmann and C. Stephano, Revisioning the
Political, Boulder: Westview Press, pp. 139-156.
Darbar Mahila Samanwaya Committee, Kolkata (2011) ‘Why the so-called Immoral Traffic
(Preventive) Act of India Should be Repealed’, in P. Kotiswaran, Sex Work, New Delhi, Women
Unlimited, pp. 259-262
N. Jameela (2011) ‘Autobiography of a Sex Worker’, in P. Kotiswaran, Sex Work, New Delhi:
Women Unlimited, pp. 225-241
Additional Resources:
K. Millet (1968) Sexual Politics, http://www.marxists.org/subject/women/authors/millett-
kate/sexualpolitics.htm
S. de Beauvoir (1997) Second Sex, London: Vintage.

228
F. Engles, Family, Private Property and State,
http://readingfromtheleft.com/PDF/EngelsOrigin.pdf
S. Brownmiller (1975) Against our Wills, New York: Ballantine.
R. Hussain (1988) ‘Sultana’s Dream’, in Sultana’s Dream and Selections from the Secluded Ones
– translated by Roushan Jahan, New York: The Feminist Press.
S. Ray ‘Understanding Patriarchy’,
http://www.du.ac.in/fileadmin/DU/Academics/course_material/hrge_06.pdf,
C. Zetkin, ‘Proletarian Woman’, http://www.marxists.org/archive/zetkin/1896/10/women.htm
J. Ghosh (2009) Never Done and Poorly Paid: Women’s Work in Globalising India, Delhi: Women
Unlimited
Justice Verma Committee Report, http://nlrd.org/womensrightsinitiative/justiceverma-committee-
report-download-full-report
N. Gandhi and N. Shah (1992) Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in the Women’s Movement,
New Delhi: Kali for Women.
V. Bryson (1992) Feminist Political Theory, London: Palgrave-MacMillan, pp. 175-180; 196- 200
M. Mies (1986) ‘Colonisation and Housewifisation’, in Patriarchy and Accumulation on a World
Scale London: Zed, pp. 74-111, http://caringlabor.wordpress.com/2010/12/29/maria-mies-
colonizationand-housewifization/
R. Ghadially (2007) Urban Women in Contemporary India, Delhi: Sage Publications.
Saheli Women’s Centre (2001) ‘Reproductive Health and Women’s Rights, Sex Selection and
feminist response’ in S Arya, N. Menon, J. Lokneeta (eds), NariwadiRajneeti, Delhi, pp. 284- 306
V. Bryson (2007) Gender and the Politics of Time, Bristol: Polity Press
Readings in Hindi:
D. Mehrotra (2001) Bhartiya Mahila Andolan: Kal, Aaj aur Kal, Delhi: Books for Change
G. Joshi (2004) Bharat Mein Stree Asmaanta: Ek Vimarsh, University of Delhi: Hindi Medium
Implementation Board
N. Menon (2008) ‘Power’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds) Political Theory: An Introduction,
New Delhi: Pearson
N. Menon (2008) ‘Gender’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds) Political Theory: An
Introduction, New Delhi, Pearson
R. Upadhyay and S. Upadhyay (eds.) (2004) Aajka Stree Andolan, Delhi: Shabd Sandhan.
मेनन, िनवेिदता, साधना आयार् और िजनी लोकनीता (ed.) नारीवादी राजनीित: संघषर् एवं मुद्दे, िदल्ली: िहं दी माध्यम कायर्न्वय
िनदेशालय,2001.

229
 GE 10: Digital Social Sciences

Course Objective
Digital technology in the discipline of Social Science cannot be viewed only as a tool for research
but as something that transforms the nature of Social Science and the object of its study- the
society- in course of researching about it. This very aspect of digital technology and its capacity
for social transformation is the mainstay of the emerging field of Digital Social Sciences. The
course aims to introduce students to this field of Digital Social Science sby primarily focussing on
two intertwined aspects of the field- first, impact of digital technologies on the society and two,
the role of digital technologies in the study of Social Sciences or the study of society. The
intertwined aspect of the twin focus can be alternately formulated as the attempt of the course to
understand social change taking place under the impact of digital technology while digital
technology providing with the tools to map out these changes. The course begins with a basic
introduction to digital literacy and its contribution to pedagogic Social Science and proceeds by
way of foundational introduction to prominent technologies and digital spaces through which the
aspects of the social can be understood. The course throws light on how the digital turn has
redefined the contours of debates surrounding personal identity and social identification through
biometrical techniques having consequences both for social welfare and social surveillance;
whether access to the digital spaces is impacting social cleavages, creating space for democracy
or re-entrenching social inequality through the digital divide; is the digital economy offering new
forms of employment or restructuring the vulnerability of the forms of labour; and how is
algorithm driven digital space reformulating social choice and social classification. These are some
of the illustrative questions through which the course intends to reflect upon the evolving
relationship between digital technologies and social sciences.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the students would demonstrate:
• An understanding of digital technology and the ways in which it shapes the society.
• An understanding into how digital tools are used as research and pedagogic devises to map
out social changes
• Clarity on concepts of the digital world such as Big Data, Artificial Intelligence, Algorithm,
etc.
• Familiarity with digital techniques such as the biometrics and digital spaces such as the
Social Media in the sphere of communication or the Gig Economy in the market sphere

Unit 1. Digital Literacy in Social Sciences

Unit 2. Digital Information and Science of Society

Unit 3. Biometrics and identification

Unit 4. Access to Technology and the Internet

230
 Unit 5. Social Media and Public Sphere

Unit 6. Labour in Digital Economy

Unit 7. Artificial Intelligence and Algorithm

Unit wise reading list

1. Digital Literacy in Social Sciences
Polizzi, Gianfranco, ‘Information literacy in the digital age: why critical digital literacy matters for
democracy.’ In: Goldstein, Stéphane (ed.) Informed societies: why information literacy matters for
citizenship, participation and democracy. Facet Publishing, London, UK (2020), 1-23.
Robert Todd Perdue & Joshua Sbicca (2013) "Public Access: For Socially Relevant. Knowledge
Production and a Democratic Cybersphere", Fast Capitalism, Volume 10, Issue 1, 2013
2. Digital Information, Data and Society
Buckland, Michael. Information and Society. United Kingdom: MIT Press, 2017. (Chapter 1 and 2)
Sandeep Mertia (edited), Lives of Data: Essays on Computational Cultures from
India. Netherlands: Institute of Network Cultures, 2020. (Introduction), pp. 9-25.
Holmes, Dawn E.. Big Data: A Very Short Introduction. United Kingdom: Oxford University
Press, 2017.
Sinha, Amber (2019). “The Politics of India’s Data Protection Ecosystem,” Economic and Political
Weekly. Vol. 54, Issue No. 49, 14 Dec, 2019.
3. Biometrics and identification
Fairhurst, Michael. Biometrics: A Very Short Introduction. United Kingdom: OUP Oxford, 2018.
Nayar, Pramod K., ‘I Sing the Body Biometric': Surveillance and Biological Citizenship,’ Economic
and Political Weekly, Vol. 47, No. 32 (August 11, 2012)
Singh, P. ‘Aadhaar: Platform over Troubled Waters.’ In: Athique, A., Parthasarathi, V. (eds)
Platform Capitalism in India. Global Transformations in Media and Communication Research,
Palgrave Macmillan, 2020.
4. Access to Technology and the Internet
Agrawal, Ravi. 2018. India Connected: How the Smartphone is Transforming the World’s Largest
Democracy. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Jeffrey, Robin and AssaDoron. 2013. Cell Phone Nation: How Mobile Phones Have Revolutionized
Business, Politics and Ordinary Life in India. Hachette India.
Narayanan Shalini and SunetraSen Narayan, India Connected: Mapping the Impact of New
Media. India: SAGE Publications, 2016.
Venkatraman, Shriram. Social Media in South India. United Kingdom: UCL Press, 2017. (Chapter

231
6: The Wider World: Social Media and Education in a Knowledge Economy)
5. Social Mediaand Public Sphere
Sunstein, Cass R. #Republic: Divided Democracy in the Age of Social Media. United
Kingdom: Princeton University Press, 2018.
Castells, Manuel. Networks of Outrage and Hope: Social Movements in the Internet
Age. Germany: Polity Press, 2015. (Chapter 1)
Sinha, Amber. The Networked Public: How Social Media Changed Democracy. New Delhi: Rupa,
2019.
Philipose, Pamela. Media's Shifting Terrain: Five Years that Transformed the Way India
Communicates. India: Orient BlackSwan, 2019.
Biju. P. R., Political Internet: State and Politics in the Age of Social Media. Taylor & Francis, 2016.
Rodrigues, U. (2020). Political Communication on Social Media Platforms. In: Athique, A.,
Parthasarathi, V. (eds) Platform Capitalism in India. Global Transformations in Media and
Communication Research, Palgrave Macmillan, 2020.
6. Labour in Digital Economy
Chander, Anupam. The Electronic Silk Road: How the Web Binds the World Together in
Commerce. United Kingdom: Yale University Press, 2013.
Dolber, Brian, ChenjeraiKumanyika, Michelle Rodino-Colocino, Todd Wolfson (edited), The Gig
Economy: Workers and Media in the Age of Convergence. United Kingdom: Taylor &
Francis, 2021. (Chapter 1 and 3)
Verma, Ravinder Kumar, P. VigneswaraIlavarasan, and Arpan Kumar Kar, ‘Inequalities in Ride-
Hailing Platforms.’ In: Athique, A., Parthasarathi, V. (eds) Platform Capitalism in India. Global
Transformations in Media and Communication Research, Palgrave Macmillan, 2020.
7. Artificial Intelligence and Algorithms
Boden, Margaret A. Artificial Intelligence: A Very Short Introduction. London: Oxford University
Press, 2018.
Frey, Carl Benedikt. The Technology Trap: Capital, Labor, and Power in the Age of
Automation. United Kingdom: Princeton University Press, 2020. (Chapter 12: Artificial
Intelligence)
Eubanks, Virginia. Automating Inequality: How High-Tech Tools Profile, Police and Punish the
Poor. St Martin’s Press. (2018) (Introduction: Red Flags)
Cheney-Lippold, J. We Are Data: Algorithms and the Making of Our Digital Selves. United
States: NYU Press. (2017). (Introduction)
Pasquale, Frank. The Black Box Society: The Secret Algorithms That Control Money and
Information. United States: Harvard University Press, 2015. (Introduction)

232
 SEC 1: Your Laws, Your Rights

Course Objective
More often than not, when we talk of laws we mean authoritatively sanctioned rules, which are considered
essential for a well-ordered society. Yet laws in a democracy are also about constituting a society marked
by equality, freedom, and dignity. The rights approach to law has assumed importance in democracies,
precisely because of people’s struggles to broaden the understanding of law as something which reflects
the will of the people. As such law becomes an important source of rights and duties, which develop and
strengthen alongside institutions of representative democracy, constitutional norms, and the rule of law.
This course aims to help the students understand law as a source of rights, and as a progressively widening
sphere of justice, welfare, and dignity. This relationship between laws and rights will be studied through
specific values which have come to be seen as integral for a democratic society viz., equality and non-
discrimination, empowerment, redistribution and recognition of traditional rights etc.

Course Learning Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students would be able to:
• Demonstrate an understanding of law as a source of right.
• Develop an understanding of democratic values such as equality, justice etc. and learn
about different laws enacted to uphold these values.
• Demonstrate an awareness of democratic rights guaranteed to Indian citizens and persons
• Develop skills related to using ordinary legal procedures to safeguard the rights
guaranteed to citizens and persons
• Show basic awareness of ordinary procedures such as obtaining different kinds of identity
documents.
• Show understanding of the structure and principles of the Indian legal system

Unit 1. Rule of law and the Criminal Justice System in India (1 week)

Unit 2. Laws relating to criminal justice administration (2 weeks)

a) How to file a complaint, First Information Report (FIR)
b) Detention, arrest and bail

Unit 3: Equality and non-discrimination (4 weeks)

a) Gender: the protection of women against domestic violence, rape and sexual harassment
b) Caste: laws abolishing untouchability and providing protection against atrocities
c) Class: laws concerning minimum wages
d) Disability and equality of participation and opportunity

Unit 4: Empowerment (2 weeks)

a) Access to information
b) Rights of the consumer

Unit 5: Redistribution, recognition and livelihood (2 weeks)

a) Traditional rights of forest dwellers and the issue of women’s property rights
b) Rural employment guarantee

233
Unit 6: Access to Identification documents and Social Security Schemes (1 week / exercises only)
Familiarise yourself with the following:
Procedure for obtaining an Election Commission of India Identity Card, Driving license,
Ration Card, Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojna, Old Age Pension Scheme.

Unit wise reading list

1. Rule of law and the Criminal Justice System in India

A. Andrew (1996) ‘Arbitrary Government and the Rule of Law’, in Arguing About the Law, An
Introduction to Legal Philosophy, Wordsworth, Boston, pp.3-19.
SAHRDC (2006) ‘Criminal Procedure and Human Rights in India’ in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights
and Criminal Justice in India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.5-15.
V. S. Deshpande (2006), ‘Nature of the Indian Legal System’ in Joseph Minattur (ed.), Indian Legal
System, 2nd ed., New Delhi: Indian Law Institute, pp. 1-21, available
at http://14.139.60.114:8080/jspui/bitstream/123456789/738/5/Nature%20of%20the%20Indian%20Legal
%20System.pdf
2. Laws relating to criminal justice administration
B. Pandey (2008) ‘Laws Relating to Criminal Justice: Challenges and Prospects’, in K. Sankaran and U.
Singh, Towards Legal Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.61-77.
SAHRDC (2006)‘Reporting a Crime: First Information Report’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights
and Criminal Justice in India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.16-26.
SAHRDC (2006) ‘Bail’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India- The system
and Procedure, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.59-71.
SAHRDC (2006) ‘Detention’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India- The
system and Procedure. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.72-84.
Nyaaya, India’s Laws Explained, FIR, Arrest, Bail, available at https://nyaaya.in/topic/first-information-
report-fir, https://nyaaya.in/topic/bail,https://nyaaya.in/topic/arrest
P. Mathew (2003) Your Rights if you are Arrested, New Delhi. Indian Social Institute.
3. Equality and non-discrimination
V. Kumari (2008) ‘Offences Against Women’, in K, Sankaran and U. Singh (eds.) Towards Legal
Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
S. Durrany (2006) The Protection of Women From Domestic Violence Act 2005, New Delhi: Indian
Social Institute.
M. Sakhrani (2017), Sexual Harassment: The Conundrum of Law, Due Process, and Justice, Economic
and Political Weekly (Engage), available at https://www.epw.in/engage/article/sexual-harassment-
conundrum-law-due-process-and-justice
P. D. Mathew (2004) The Measure to Prevent Sexual Harassment of Women in Work Place. New Delhi:
Indian Social Institute.
P. Mathew (2002) The Law on Atrocities Against Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, New Delhi:

234
Indian Social Institute.
K. Saxena (2011) ‘Dalits’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s Rights
in India. Delhi: Danish Books, Pp.15-38
P. Mathew (2004) The Minimum Wages Act, 1948, New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
K. Sankaran (2008) ‘Labour Laws and the World of Work’, in K, Sankaran and U. Singh (eds.) Towards
Legal Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.119-131.
K. Saxena (2011) ‘Adivasis’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s
Rights in India, Delhi: Danish Books, Pp.39-65.
N. Jain (2011) ‘Physically/Mentally Challenged’, in M. Mohanty et al. Weapon of the Oppressed,
Inventory of People’s Rights in India, Delhi: Danish Books, pp.171-179.
4. Empowerment
N. Kurian (2011) ‘Consumers’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s
Rights in India. Delhi: Danish Books.
Vishnu Konoorayar (2008), ‘Consumer Law’, In Towards Legal Literacy in India. K. Sankaran and U.K.
Singh (eds). New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
S. Naib (2013) ‘Right to Information Act 2005’, in The Right to Information in India, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, Available
athttp://www.humanrightsinitiative.org/publications/rti/guide_to_use_rti_act_2005_English2 012_light_A
spire.pdf, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
A. Baviskar (2010), Winning the right to information in India: Is knowledge power, I n J Gaventa & R
McGee (eds) Citizen Action and National Policy Reform, London: Zed
S. M. Laskar (2016), Importance of Right to Information for Good Governance in India, Bharati Law
Review, Oct-Dec, available at http://docs.manupatra.in/newsline/articles/Upload/AC9CD2C7-B8AD-
4C5A-B910-3751BFE5CB28.pdf
Nyaaya, India’s Laws Explained, Request to Obtain Information, available
at https://nyaaya.in/topic/right-to-information/request-to-obtain-information
5. Redistribution, Recognition and livelihood
M. Sarin and O. Baginski (2010) India’s Forest Rights Act -The Anatomy of a Necessary but Not
Sufficient Institutional Reform, Department for International Development. Available
at www.ippg.org.uk (Accessed: 10.04.2013).
J. Dreze, Dey and Khera (2008) Employment Guarantee Act, A Primer, New Delhi: National Book Trust
(Also available in Hindi).

Additional Resources:
Bare Acts:
Consumer Protection Act, 1986, http://chdslsa.gov.in/right_menu/act/pdf/consumer.pdf
Criminal law Amendment Act, 2013, http://egazette.nic.in/WriteReadData/2013/E_17_2013_212.pdf
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guaranty Act, 2005, http://nrega.nic.in/rajaswa.pdf

235
National Food Security Act 2011, http://nac.nic.in/foodsecurity/nfsb_final.pdf
Protection of Women Against Domestic Violence Act, 2005, http://wcd.nic.in/wdvact.pdf
Right to Information Act, 2005, Available at http://righttoinformation.gov.in/rti-act.pdf
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Prevention of Atrocities Act,
1989, http://tribal.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/poaact989E4227472861.pdf
Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act 2006,
http://tribal.gov.in/writereaddata/mainlinkFile/File1033.pdf
The Minimum Wages Act, 1948,
http://www.ilo.org/dyn/travail/docs/623/Minimum%20Wages%20Act%201948.pdf
The Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights, Full Participation) Act, 1995,
Available at http://bhind.nic.in/Sparsh_disability%20act%201995.pdf
The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009, http://www.delta.org.in/form/rte.pdf
The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Bill, 2012,
http://164.100.24.219/BillsTexts/LSBillTexts/PassedLoksabha/144C_2010_LS_Eng.pdf,
Criminal Law Amendment Act, 2013, mha.nic.in/pdfs/TheCriminalLaw030413.pdf
Additional Readings:
1. Rule of law and the Criminal Justice System in India
K. Sankaran and U. Singh (2008) ‘Introduction’, in Towards Legal Literacy. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp. xi – xv.
3. Equality and non-discrimination
Gender Study Group (1996) Sexual Harassment in Delhi University, A Report, Delhi: University of
Delhi.
A. Kidwai (2013), Sexual Harassment in the Workplace: The Verma Committee and After, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 48, Issue No. 06
D. Srivastva (2007) ‘Sexual Harassment and Violence against Women in India: Constitutional and Legal
Perspectives’, in C. Kumar and K. Chockalingam (eds) Human Rights, Justice, and Constitutional
Empowerment, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
4. Empowerment
Live Law, Highlights Of Consumer Protection Bill-2018, available at https://www.livelaw.in/highlights-
consumer-protection-bill-2018-read-bill/
A. Roberts (2010) ‘A Great and Revolutionary Law? The First Four Years of India’s Right to Information
Act’, Public Administration Review. Volume 70, Issue 6, pp. 925–933. SAHRDC (2006) ‘Consumer
Rights’, in Introducing Human Rights, Oxford University Press, pp. 118-134.
Other suggested readings:
K. Chaubey (2013) ‘Do Pragatisheel Kanoonon ki Dastan: Rajya, Jan Andolan aur Pratirdoh’ Pratiman:
Samay, Samaj, Sanskriti, CSDS- Vani Prakashn, pp. 149-177.
S. Dahiwale (2009) ‘Khairlanji: Insensitivity of Mahar Officers’, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 44

236
(31), pp. 29-33.
J. Kothari (2005) ‘Criminal Law on Domestic Violence’, Economic and Political Weekly,Vol. 40(46), pp.
4843-4849.
H. Mander, and A. Joshi, The Movement for Right to Information in India, People’s Power for the
Control of Corruption.
http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/References/English/Reports/12.%20An%20article%20on%20R
TI%20by%20Harsh%20Mander.pdf
P. Mathew, and P. Bakshi (2005) ‘Indian Legal System’, New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
P. Mathew, and P. Bakshi (2005) ‘Women and the Constitution’, New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
N. Menon (2012) ‘Sexual Violence’, in Seeing Like a Feminist, New Delhi: Zubaan and Penguin, pp.
113-146.
M, Mohanty et al. (2011) Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s Rights in India. Delhi: Danish
Books.
Centre for Good Governance (2008) Right to Information Act, 2005: A Citizen’s Guide, Available
at http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/Publications/A%20CITIZEN'S%20GUIDE.pdf , Accessed:
10.04.2013.
K. Sankaran, and U. Singh (eds.) (2008) Towards Legal Literacy. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
A. Pandey (2004) Rights of the Consumer. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.

Suggested exercises for students

1. Discuss the debates around any recent Ordinance, Bill or Act in Parliament.
2. How to file an FIR? In case there has been a theft in the neighbourhood how would you
file the first Hand Information Report?
3. Under what circumstances can detention and arrest become illegal?
4. Discuss any contemporary practice or event that violates the equality and protection
against discrimination laws.
5. Read Ordinance XV -D of University of Delhi and make a list of the kinds of conduct
that would qualify as sexual harassment.
6. Your friend has shared with you an incident of unwelcome verbal remarks on her by a
person of higher authority in your college, what would you do?
7. Visit any nearby construction site and talk to the workers about their daily wage. Find out
the minimum wage in Delhi for such construction work. Make an assessment of the
awareness among the workers about their minimum wages and the law related to it.
8. You have seen a lady in your neighbourhood being beaten up by her husband. Identify
the concerned Protection Officer in case you want to provide information about this
incident.
9. Read the Vishakha Guidelines as laid down by the Supreme Court and the Act against
sexual harassment at the workplace. Discuss what constitutes sexual harassment and the
mechanisms available for its redressal in your institution.
10. What is the procedure to file an RTI?
11. You bought a product from a nearby shop which was expired, the shop keeper refused to
return it. Use your knowledge of Consumer Protection Act to decide what you do next?

237
12. Do you think the provisions of Forest Rights Act (FRA) address the question of gender
equality?
13. What must you keep in mind as a consumer while making a purchase that may later help
you make use of Consumer Protection Act? (Hint- Should you ask for a Bill?)
14. In your surroundings have you witnessed any incident that would be considered offensive
under the SC and ST Act? Make a class room presentation on it.
15. After reading the Disabilities Act, discuss in your classroom, whether the differently
abled people in your college are able to exercise the rights and facilities guaranteed under
the law.
16. Discuss the procedure for issuing a job card under MNREGA.
17. You have read the rural job guarantee scheme under MNREGA. Do you think that there
is a need for similar guarantee scheme in urban areas? Discuss with your classmates

238
 SEC 2: Conduct of Elections in India: Voters, Candidates and Campaigns

Course Objective
This course has a dual objective. It aims to make students familiar with specific modalities and
tools of conduct of elections in India. It also attempts to create awareness about aspects of election
campaign to draw the attention of students to its conceptual, practical and ethical components. The
idea is to make the students think about the connections between election management, the nature
of election campaigns, and the ramifications they have for electoral democracy. Thus, the students
will be taught not only what a model code of conduct is but also how it is implemented and why it
is important for free and fair elections. Similarly, perusal of candidate affidavits and learning about
the process of filing one are ultimately associated with what ‘disclosure’ means for enabling the
rights of the citizen-voter to ‘know’. New technological innovations made manifest in campaigns
in the social media, and strategies of ‘booth management’ have opened up different challenges for
election management.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the semester, the students will become familiar with:
1. The technical aspects of conduct of elections including knowledge about the electoral
machinery
2. The ethical aspects of elections such as the ‘model code of conduct’ and how it is
enforced
3. The process of filing nominations by candidates and the contents of disclosure affidavits
4. Knowledge about preparation of electoral rolls and superintendence of elections at the
booth level
5. Changing forms of election campaigns, the traditional modes of campaigns and role of
social media
6. Election funding and issues of transparency and accountability

Unit 1. Electoral Democracy

Theoretical perspectives, significance of election management

Unit 2. Electoral management process, transparency and electoral morality

The Model Code of Conduct, election nomination and disclosure affidavits, knowing your
candidates

Unit 3. Management of election campaign and campaign ethics

Meetings, posters, pamphlets, social media and new technologies of campaign and political
communication, ethics in electoral campaign

Unit 4. Media Management

Print, electronic and social media, identifying fake news

239
Unit 5. Electoral funding
What is it, traditional and new ways of generating funds, corporate funding, anonymous
bonds, electoral expenditure, state funding of elections

Unit 6. Organisational aspects

Political parties and membership drives, booth level management of elections as party
electoral campaign strategy, booth level officers and conduct of elections, voter registration
and preparation of electoral roll

Unit wise reading list

1. Electoral Democracy
Guha, R. (2002), ‘Democracy’s Biggest Gamble: India’s First Free Election 1952’, World Policy
Journal, 19(1), pp. 95-103.
Kumar, Sanjay (2021). Elections in India, An Overview, Routledge
Krouse, R., & Marcus, G. (1984). Electoral Studies and Democratic Theory Reconsidered.
Political Behavior, 6(1), pp. 23-39.
Varshney, A. (2007). India's Democratic Challenge. Foreign Affairs, 86(2), pp. 93- 106.
Hauser, W., & Singer, W. (1986). The Democratic Rite: Celebration and Participation in the Indian
Elections. Asian Survey, 26(9), pp. 941-958.
Yadav, Y. (1999). Electoral Politics in the Time of Change: India's Third Electoral System, 1989-
99. Economic and Political Weekly, 34(34/35), pp. 2393-2399.
2. Electoral management process, transparency and electoral morality
Paul, S. (2003). Right to Information on Candidates: How Will the Voters Know? Economic and
Political Weekly, 38(15), pp. 1447-1449.
Singh, U. K. (2012), ‘Between Moral Force and Supplementary Legality: A Model Code of
Conduct and the Election Commission of India, Election Law Journal, 11(2), pp.149-169.
Election Commission of India (2009), Compendium of Instructions, Vol. 3: Model Code of
Conduct, New Delhi, Election Commission of India.
Election Commission of India (2009), Model Code of Conduct, L.S. Elections 2009 (for Political
Parties and Candidates), New Delhi, Election Commission of India.
Kumar, V. (2005). People's Right to Know Antecedents of Their Election Candidates: A Critique
of Constitutional Strategies. Journal of the Indian Law Institute, 47(2), pp. 135-157.
3. Management of election campaign and campaign ethics
Willnat, L., R. Verghese and R. Mammadov (2017), ‘Symbols, Slogans, and Charisma: Political
Posters in India’s 2014 National Election’, in C. Holtz-Bacha and B. Johansson (eds). Election
Posters around the Globe: Political Campaigning in the Public Space, Springer International
Publishing.

240
West, D. (1994). Television Advertising in Election Campaigns. Political Science Quarterly,
109(5), pp. 789-809.
Goldstein, K., & Freedman, P. (2002). Campaign Advertising and Voter Turnout: New Evidence
for a Stimulation Effect. The Journal of Politics, 64(3), pp. 721-740.
Kahn, K., & Kenney, P. (1999). Do Negative Campaigns Mobilize or Suppress Turnout?
Clarifying the Relationship between Negativity and Participation. The American Political Science
Review, 93(4), pp. 877-889.
Rogers, L. (1949). Notes on the Language of Politics. Political Science Quarterly,64(4): 481-506.
Sharma, Ankita and Udayan Ghose (2020). Sentimental Analysis of Twitter Data with respect to
General Elections in India, Procedia Computer Science, Vol 173, pp.325-334.
4. Media Management:
Kanungo, N. T. (2015), ‘India’s Digital Poll Battle: Political Parties and Social Media in the 16th
Lok Sabha Elections’, Studies in Indian Politics, 3(2), pp. 212-228.
Punathambekar, A. (2015), ‘Satire, Elections and Democratic Politics in Digital India’, Television
and New Media, 16(4), pp. 394-400.
Shirky, C. (2011). The Political Power of Social Media: Technology, the Public Sphere, and
Political Change. Foreign Affairs, 90(1), pp. 28-41.
Newton, K. (1999). Mass Media Effects: Mobilization or Media Malaise? British Journal of
Political Science, 29(4), pp. 577-599.
Simpson, D., O’Shaughnessy, B., & Schakowsky, J. (2016). Winning Elections in the 21st
Century. University Press of Kansas.
Allcott, H., & Gentzkow, M. (2017). Social Media and Fake News in the 2016 Election. The
Journal of Economic Perspectives, 31(2), pp. 211-235.
Udupa, Sahana (2019). ‘Digital Disinformation and Election Integrity: Benchmark for
Regulation’. Economic and Political Weekly, Vol 54, No.51
5. Electoral funding
Kapur, Devesh and Milan Vaishnav (ed.). (2018) Costs of Democracy, Political Finance in India.
New Delhi. OUP.
Election Commission of India. (2011). Instructions on Election Expenditure Monitoring. New
Delhi. Nirvachan Sadan. 13 September 2011.
George, H. (1883). Money in Elections. The North American Review, 136(316), pp. 201-211.
Jain, S. (2001). State Funding Of Elections and Political Parties in India. Journal of the Indian Law
Institute, 43(4), pp. 500-511.
Dolly, A. (2000). State Funding of Elections: Some Posers. Economic and Political Weekly,
35(37), pp. 3283-3286.

241
Kumar, B. V. (1999). Funding of Elections: Case for Institutionalised Financing. Economic and
Political Weekly, 34(28), pp. 1884-1888.
Sridharan, E. (2007). Toward state funding of elections in India? A comparative perspective on
possible options. The Journal of Policy Reform, 3:3, pp. 229-254.
6. Organisational aspects
Election Commission of India. (2009). Election Management in Metropolitan Cities, Nirvachan
Sadan, January 30, 2009.
Roy, A. (2012), ‘Identifying Citizens: Electoral Rolls, the Right to Vote and the Election
Commission of India’, Election Law Journal (special issue on Election Laws in India, edited by
David Gilmartin and Robert Moog), 11(2), pp.17-186.
Rosenblum, N. (2000). Political Parties as Membership Groups. Columbia Law Review, 100(3),
pp. 813-844.
Ackerman, B., & Ayres, I. (2006). The Secret Refund Booth. The University of Chicago Law
Review, 73(4), pp. 1107-1129.
Ayres, I., & Bulow, J. (1998). The Donation Booth: Mandating Donor Anonymity to Disrupt the
Market for Political Influence. Stanford Law Review, 50(3), pp. 837-891.

242
 SEC 3: Mapping the Policy Process: Research, Writing and Analysis

Course Objective
This course is designed for students to be able to understand:
• how policy documents are conceived,
• what processes, tools and techniques that go into their making the manner in which they
can be analysed.

Course Learning Outcomes

This course will enable the students to be able to actually do the following:
• Analyse any given policy document in terms of its given parameters
• Be able to select what tools are required to create new policy documents
• Be able to help with the writing of reports and policies, with clear focus.

Unit 1: How To Analyse A Policy Document?

a. Reading the Text
b. Identifying Background and Concepts
c. Tools & Techniques
d. Role of Formal and Informal Institutions

Unit 2: How To Make A Policy Document?

a. Identifying the focus
b. Policy Designs
c. Locating sources
d. Specific tools

Unit 3: Applying The Above Learning To Specific Policy Documents

a) Education:
• National Education Policy 1986
• National Education Policy 2020

b) Health:
• National Population Policy 2000
• National Policy on Indian Systems of Medicine & Homoeopathy-2002
• National Health Policy 2017

c) Environment:
• National Forest Policy 1988
• National Conservation Strategy and Policy Statement on Environment and
Development, 1992
• National Environment Policy 2006
• National Water Policy

243
 d) Agriculture
• National Policy for Farmers 2007
• National Agricultural Policy 2020

e) Industry
• Industrial Policy Statement 1980
• New Industrial Policy 1991
• New Industrial Policy 2020

Readings

Unit 1: How To Analyse A Policy Document?

Browne Jennifer, Brian Coffey, Kay Cook, Sarah Meiklejohn, and Claire Palermo (2018). A guide
to policy analysis as a research method, Health Promotion International, 2018, 1–13 doi:
10.1093/heapro/day052 Perspectives
Kraft Michael E and Scott R. Furlong (2020). Policy Analysis: An Introduction, Chapter IV in
Public Policy Politics, Analysis, and Alternatives, Sage Publication
Patton Carl V, DAVID S. Sawicki, JENNIFER J. Clark (2016).Basic Methods of Policy Analysis
and Planning, Routledge.
Unit II: How To Make A Policy Document?
Cardno Carol (2918). Policy Document Analysis: A Practical Educational Leadership Tool and a
Qualitative Research Method, Educational Administration: Theory and Practice 2018, Volume 24,
Issue 4, pp: 623-640.
Mayer Igor S., C. Els van Daalen and Pieter W.G. Bots (2014). Perspectives on policy analyses: a
framework for understanding and design, International. Journal of Technology Policy and
Management, Vol. x, No. x, xxxx.
Unit III: Applying The Above Learning To Specific Policy Documents
f) Education:
POLICY DOCUMENTS
National Policy on Education 1986, Department of Education, Ministry of Human Resource
Development, Government of India.
https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/upload_document/npe.pdf
New Education Policy 2020, Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India.
https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/NEP_Final_English_0.pdf
READINGS
Praveen Jha, Pooja Parvati (2020), “Long on Rhetoric and Short on substance National Education
Policy, 2020”, Economic and Political review journal, Vol. 55, Issue No. 34.

244
P.S. Aithal & S. Aithal,(2020), “Analysis of the Indian National Education Policy 2020 towards
Achieving its Objectives”, International Journal of Management, Technology, and Social Sciences
(IJMTS),Vol. 5, Issue. 2, pp. 19-41.
Devi, L. (2020). A Study on Awareness about the Impact of National Education Policy-2020
Among the Stakeholder of Commerce and Management Disciplinary. European Journal of
Business and Management Research, 5(6).
g) Health:
POLICY DOCUMENTS
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, GOI (2000). National Population Policy 2000.
https://main.mohfw.gov.in/sites/default/files/26953755641410949469%20%281%29.pdf
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, GOI (2002). National Policy on Indian Systems of
Medicine & Homoeopathy-2002.
https://www.indiascienceandtechnology.gov.in/sites/default/files/file-
uploads/sciencetechnologypolicies/1527506899_7870046089-
Ayush%20%20n%20policy%20ISM%20and%20H%20Homeopathy_0.pdf
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, GOI (2017). National Health Policy
https://www.nhp.gov.in/nhpfiles/national_health_policy_2017.pdf
READINGS
Bajpai, V. (2018 ). National Health Policy, 2017: Revealing Public Health Chicanery. Economic
and Political Weekly. Volume LIII, No.8, 31-35
Gupta, Rajiv & Kumari, Rashmi. (2018). National Health Policy 2017: An Overview.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/323629227_National_Health_Policy_2017_An_Overvi
ew
Basu, R. (2020). Universal Health Coverage and the National Health Policy 2017: Some
Observations. Indian Journal of Public Administration, 66(1), 127–132.
h) Environment:
POLICY DOCUMENTS
Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI (1992) National Forest Policy 1988.
https://asbb.gov.in//Downloads/National%20Forest%20Policy.pdf
Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI (1992) National Conservation Strategy and Policy
Statement on Environment and Development. http://moef.gov.in/wp-
content/uploads/2017/07/introduction-csps.pdf
Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI (2006) National Environment Policy 2006.
https://ibkp.dbtindia.gov.in/DBT_Content_Test/CMS/Guidelines/20190411103521431_National
%20Environment%20Policy,%202006.pdf
Central Water Commission, National Water Policy, http://jalshakti-dowr.gov.in/policies-
guideline/policies/national-water-policy

245
READINGS
Joshi, A.K., Pant, P., Kumar, P. et al. National Forest Policy in India: Critique of Targets and
Implementation. Small-scale Forestry 10, 83–96 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11842-010-
9133-z
Reich, M.R. and Bowonder, B. (1992), Environmental Policy in India. Policy Studies Journal, 20:
643-661. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1541-0072.1992.tb00188.x
Natalia Ciecierska-Holmes, Kirsten Jörgensen, Lana Laura Ollier, D. Raghunandan (2020)
Environmental Policy in India Routledge Studies in Environmental Policy, Routledge: New York.
V. S. Vyas, & V. Ratna Reddy. (1998). Assessment of Environmental Policies and Policy
Implementation in India. Economic and Political Weekly, 33(1/2), 48–54.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/4406267
Shah, M. https://www.business-standard.com/article/opinion/a-new-water-policy-for-india-
121092001544_1.html (a series of five articles on the new policy)
i) Agriculture
POLICY DOCUMENTS
Department of Agriculture & Cooperation Ministry of Agriculture GOI (2007), National Policy
for Farmers 2007. https://agricoop.nic.in/sites/default/files/npff2007%20%281%29.pdf
National Agricultural Policy, 2020- Policy Brief
https://www.agrimin.gov.lk/web/images/pdf/Policy/2021.03.27%20-
%20NAP/NAP%20Web%20Version%20-%2026%20March%202021.pdf
READINGS
DEOKAR, B. K., & SHETTY, S. L. (2014). Growth in Indian Agriculture: Responding to Policy
Initiatives since 2004-05. Economic and Political Weekly, 49(26/27), 101–104.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/24480175
Dayanatha Jha. (2003). Policy Drift in Agriculture. Economic and Political Weekly, 38(47), 4947–
4948. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4414308
Kumar, Anjani; Sonkar, Vinay Kumar; and Bathla, Seema. (2021) Farmers’ awareness and
perceptions of the new farm laws 2020 in India: Empirical evidence from a household survey.
Indian Journal of Agricultural Economics 76(3): 408-423. http://isaeindia.org/wp-
content/uploads/2021/12/04-Article-Anjani-K-II.pdf
Namita Kaur, Harjot Singh, Johar Singh (2021). Impact Of Three Farm Bills On Agriculture
During Covid-19 In India-- Palarch’s Journal Of Archaeology Of Egypt/Egyptology 18(4), 1952-
1962. ISSN 1567-214x
j) Industry
Singh, A. (2008) The Past, Present and Future of Industrial Policy in India: Adapting to the
Changing Domestic and International Environment, Working Papers wp376, Centre for Business
Research, University of Cambridge. https://www.cbr.cam.ac.uk/wp-

246
content/uploads/2020/08/wp376.pdf
Rayaprolu, Nagaraj. (2003). Industrial Policy and Performance Since 1980: Which Way Now?.
Economic and Political Weekly. 38. 3707-3715. 10.2307/4413970.
Burange, L. & Yamini, Shruti. (2011). A Review of India's Industrial Policy and Performance.
Working paper, Department of Economics, University of Mumbai WP No. UDE 34/1/2011.
Industrial Policy in India- https://dpiit.gov.in/policies-rules-and-acts/policies/industrial-policy

247
 SEC 4: Legislative Practices and Procedures

Course Objective
This course will acquaint the students with the legislative process in India at various levels, to
impart them with the elementary skills required to part of a legislative support team and expose
them to real life legislative work. The skills provided by this course will include the understanding
of legislative procedures, comprehending policy concerns which serve as the objective for
legislative practices, drafting new legislation, tracking and analysing feedback on ongoing bills,
writing press releases, conducting meetings with various stakeholders, monitoring media and
public opinion, managing constituent relations and handling inter-office communications. It will
also deepen their understanding and appreciation of the legislative process and its importance for
a robust democracy.

Course Learning Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students shall be able to:
• Understand the structure and functions of law-making bodies in India at different levels
• Demonstrate knowledge of the legislative procedures in India
• Acquire skills related to a close reading of legislative documents
• Understand the relationship between the people and their elected representatives
• Develop beginners’ skills to become a part of a support team engaged in different levels of
the law-making functions

Unit 1: Powers and functions of people’s representative at different tiers of governance

(6 lectures)
Members of Parliament, State legislative assemblies, functionaries of rural and urban
local self - government from Zila Parishad, Municipal Corporation to Panchayat/ward.

Unit 2: Supporting the Legislative Process (2 lectures)

How a bill becomes law, role of the Standing committee in reviewing a bill, legislative
consultants, the framing of rules and regulations.

Unit 3: Supporting the Legislative Committees (6 lectures)

Types of committees, role of committees in reviewing government finances, policy,
programmes, and legislation.

Unit 4: Reading the Budget Document (6 lectures)

Overview of Budget Process, Role of Parliament in reviewing the Union Budget, Railway
Budget, Examination of Demands for Grants of Ministries, Working of Ministries.

Unit 5: Support in media monitoring and communication (4 lectures)

Types of media and their significance for legislators; Basics of communication in print
and electronic media.

248
 Reading List

1. Powers and functions of people’s representative at different tiers of governance

M. Madhavan, and N. Wahi (2008) Financing of Election Campaigns PRS, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/uploads/media/conference/Campaign_finance_brief.pdf
S. Vanka (2008) Primer on MPLADS, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/mplads-487/
H. Kalra (2011) Public Engagement with the Legislative Process, PRS, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%202011/Public%20Engageme
nt%20with%20the%20Legislative%20Process.pdf
Government of India (Lok Sabha Secretariat) (2009) Parliamentary Procedures (Abstract Series),
http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/index.aspx,
2. Supporting the legislative process
Government of India (Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs) (2009) Legislation, Parliamentary
Procedure, http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-09.htm,
Government of India (Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs) (2009), Subordinate Legislation,
Parliamentary Procedure, http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-11.htm
D. Kapur and P. Mehta (2006) ‘The Indian Parliament as an Institution of Accountability’,
Democracy, Governance and Human Rights, Programme Paper Number 23, United Nations
Research Institute for Social Development,
http://www.unrisd.org/UNRISD/website/document.nsf/240da49ca467a53f80256b4f005ef2 45/8e
6fc72d6b546696c1257123002fcceb/$FILE/KapMeht.pdf
O. Agarwal and T. Somanathan (2005) ‘Public Policy Making in India: Issues and Remedies’,
http://www.cprindia.org/admin/paper/Public_Policy_Making_in_India_14205_TV_SOMANAT
HAN.pdf
B. Debroy (2001) ‘Why we need law reform’ Seminar January.
3. Supporting the Legislative Committees
P. Mehta, ‘India’s Unlikely Democracy: The Rise of Judicial Sovereignty’, Journal of Democracy,
Vol. 18(2), pp.70-83.
Government link: http://loksabha.nic.in/; http://rajyasabha.nic.in/; http://mpa.nic.in/
K. Sanyal (2011) Strengthening Parliamentary Committees PRS, Centre for Policy Research, New
Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%202011/Strengthening%20Pa
rliamentary%20Committees.pdf

249
4. Reading the Budget Document
A. Celestine (2011) How to Read the Union Budget PRS, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/how-to-read-the- union-budget-1023/
5. Support in media monitoring and communication
G. Rose (2005) ‘How to Be a Media Darling: There's No getting Away From It’, State
Legislatures, Vol. 31(3).
Additional Resources:
N. Jayal and P. Mehta (eds) (2010) The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, Oxford University
Press: New Delhi.
B. Jalan (2007) India’s Politics, New Delhi: Penguin.
Initiating Discussion on Various Type of Debates in Rajya Sabha,
http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/75RS.pdf
Praxis of Parliamentary Committees: Recommendations of Committee on Rules published
by Rajya Sabha, http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/Praxis.pdf
S.J. Phansalkar, Policy Research in the Indian Context
N. Singh, ‘Some Economic Consequences of India’s Institutions of Governance: A Conceptual
Framework’, http://econ.ucsc.edu/faculty/boxjenk/wp/econ_conseq_2003_rev2.pdf
R. Guha (2007), India After Gandhi, Macmillan: New Delhi.
Parliamentary Procedures (Abstract Series) published by Lok Sabha,
http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/index.aspx, website: www.loksabha.nic.in
Committees of Lok Sabha, http://164.100.47.134/committee/committee_list.aspx
Ethics Committee of Rajya Sabha,
http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/ethics_committee.pdf
Committees of Parliament, Parliamentary Procedure, Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs,
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-12.htm
Nomination of Members of Parliament on Committees, Councils, Boards and Commissions, etc.,
set up by the Government, Ministry of Parliament Affairs,
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-14.htm
Parliamentary Procedures: Problems and Perspectives 2009 Published by Rajya Sabha,
http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/parl_procedure2009.pdf
Primer on the Budget Process published by PRS,
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/the-budget-process-484/
Background note on Financial Oversight by Parliament published by PRS,
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%20note/Conference%20note
%20on%20financial%20oversight.pdf,Accessed: 19.04.2013.

250
P. Keefer and S Khemani (2009) ‘When Do Legislators Pass On "Pork"? The Determinants of
Legislator Utilization of a Constituency Development Fund in India’, in World Bank Policy
Research Working Paper Series 4929, pp. 1-45, http://ssrn.com/abstract=1405160
Parliamentary Procedures (Abstract Series), Lok Sabha,
http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/process.htm
Budget, Parliamentary Procedure, Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs, available at
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-07.htm
http://mpa.nic.in/mpahandbook/parlia13.pdf

251
 SEC 5: Peace and Conflict Studies

Course Objective
This course aims to develop skills for analysing and handling conflicts which can be immensely
useful in professional and personal lives. It provides students with a brief overview of the key
concepts, theories and practical skills for understanding conflicts, managing them and building
peace. Peace and Conflict Studies addresses the challenges of building peace and a culture of non-
violence domestically as well as globally, especially with a focus on the contributions from the
Global South. Indian ideas have deeply influenced the development of this field and therefore, the
paper tries to highlight the contributions of Indian thinkers to peace studies. The course is designed
to provide opportunities to students to deploy their learnings in real-life conflict situations and
explore practical ways of managing conflicts and building peace. The last unit is completely
devoted towards imparting basic know-how of training modules needed for becoming
peacebuilders and humanitarian aid workers. Finally, the course seeks to teach students the nuts
and bolts of participatory action research as a tool of peacebuilding.

Course Learning Outcomes

After the completion of the course students will acquire:
• An in-depth understanding of what is Peace and the Indian contributions to the
development of Peace Studies.
• Understanding of the changing patterns of conflict and various kinds of conflicts with
relevant examples drawn from the local, national, regional and global contexts.
• The ability to analyse causes of conflicts which will help them in practicing non-violent
techniques of conflict resolution and transformation.
• Basic skills for working with conflicts and conflict mapping.
• Basic training for working as peacebuilders, humanitarian aid workers and understanding
how participatory action research can work as a tool for peacebuilding.

Unit 1. Peace Studies (7 lectures):

a. Understanding Peace: Johan Galtung’s Positive Peace; John Burton’s Basic Human Needs;
John Paul Lederach’s Just Peace and Peter Wallensteen’s Quality Peace (3 Lectures)
b. Religion & Culture for Peace: Ancient Indian legacies to Gandhi and Tagore’s visions (3
Lectures)
c. Practices of Global South: The idea of Ubuntu (1 Lecture)

Unit 2. Conflict: Causes and Patterns (5 Lectures)

a. Causes of Conflict: Ethnic and Resource-based Conflicts, Migration and Conflicts (2
Lectures)
b. Changing patterns of Conflict: From interstate to intrastate conflicts (2 Lectures)
Activity 1: Groups of students selecting an ongoing conflict in India, analysing its causes,
identifying the stakeholders and evaluating possible policy options (1 lecture)

252
Unit 3. Approaches to Handling Conflict (6 lectures)
a. Conflict Suppression, Conflict Management, Conflict Resolution and Conflict
Transformation (2 Lectures)
b. Working with Conflict: Skills and Strategies: Dialogue and Conflict Mapping and Non-
violence (2 Lectures)
Activity 2: Discussion in class on inspiring stories of people who built peace in different conflict
scenarios across the world (2 lectures)

Unit 4. Building Peace: Training Modules (6 Lectures)

• Training peacebuilders (2 Lectures)
• Training humanitarian aid workers (1 Lecture)
• Participatory action research as a tool for peacebuilding (1 Lecture)
Activity III: Field visit for observing the importance of dialogues and relationships for
peacebuilding (for example, studying intercultural relationship or local peacebuilding efforts or
Track II efforts) (2 Lectures).

Unit wise reading list

1. Peace Studies
Essential
Understanding Peace
Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, peace, and peace research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167-191.
Upadhyaya, P. & Kolås, A. (2018). Perspectives from Peace Research. In P. Upadhyaya (ed.) Long
walk of peace: Towards a culture of prevention (pp. 26-69). Paris: UNESCO.
Religion & Culture for Peace
Upadhyaya, P. (2013), Exploring Indian Peace Perspectives in New Millennium. In N.C. Behera
& A. Vanaik (Eds.). Political Science: India Engages the World. (367-419) Oxford University
Press.
Weber, T. (2004). Gandhi as disciple and mentor (pp. 133-190). Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Chakravarty, R. (2015) ‘A world-wide commerce of heart and mind’: Tagore as cultural envoy. In
S. Tripathi, R. Chakravarty & Nivedita Ray (Eds.), Tagore the eternal seeker: Footprints of a world
traveler (pp. 390-397). New Delhi: ICWA.
Practices of Global South: The idea of Ubuntu
Mnyaka, M. & Motlhabi, M. (2005) The African Concept of Ubuntu/Botho and its Socio-Moral
Significance. Black Theology, 3(2), 215-237.
Additional
Lederach, J. P. (2005). The Moral Imagination: The Art & Soul of Building Peace (pp. 8-63). New
York: Oxford.

253
Ishida, T. (1969), Beyond the traditional concepts of peace in different cultures, Journal of Peace
Research, 6(2): 133-145.
Tagore, R. (1996). The Nobel Prize acceptance speech. In S. K. Das (Ed.), English Writings of
Rabindranath Tagore (Vol. 3), 961-966. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi.
Joshi, M., & Wallensteen, P. (2018). Understanding Quality Peace: Introducing the five
dimensions. In M. Joshi & P. Wallensteen (Eds.), Understanding Quality Peace: Peace building
after civil war (pp. 3-25). London: Routledge.
Burton, J.W. (2018). Conflict Resolution: The Human Dimension. The International Journal of
Peace Studies. 3(1). https://www3.gmu.edu/programs/icar/ijps/vol3_1/burton.htm?gmuw-
rd=sm&gmuw-rdm=ht
2. Conflict: Causes and Patterns (5 Lectures)
Essential
a. Causes of Conflict: Ethnic and Resource-based Conflicts, Migration and Conflicts
Le Billion, P. (2009). Economic and Resource Causes of Conflicts. In J. Bercovitch; V. Kremenyuk
& I.W. Zartman (Eds.) The Sage Handbook of Conflict Resolution (pp. 210-224). Los Angeles:
Sage.
Braithwaite, A., Salehyan, I., & Savun, B. (2019). Refugees, forced migration, and conflict:
Introduction to the special issue. Journal of Peace Research, 56(1), 5–11.
b. Changing patterns of Conflict: From interstate to intrastate conflicts
Levy, J.S., &Thompson, W.R. (2010). Section on ‘The changing nature of warfare’ in chapter 1
“Introduction to the Study of War” (pp. 11-14) and Ch. 7 “Civil War” (pp. 186-192). In Causes of
War. West Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell.
Additional
Wallensteen, P. (2002). Ch. 2: Armed Conflicts and Peace Agreements. In Understanding Conflict
Resolution: War, peace and the global system (pp. 13-32). London: Sage.
Rupesinghe, K. (1998). Civil wars, civil peace: An introduction to Conflict Resolution. London:
Pluto Press, pp. 25-58.
Dillon, M. (2008). What makes the world dangerous? In J. Edkins and M. Zehfuss (Eds.), Global
Politics: A New Introduction (pp. 519-538). New York: Routledge.
Kaldor, M. (2013). In Defense of New Wars. Stability: International Journal of Security and
Development, 2:1, 1-16.
UNHCR. 2021. UNHCR Global Trends: Forced Displacement in 2020. Geneva: UNHCR.
3. Approaches to Handling Conflict
a. Conflict Suppression, Conflict Management, Conflict Resolution and Conflict
Transformation
Assefa, H. (1999). The Meaning of reconciliation. In People building peace: 35 inspiring stories

254
from around the world (pp. 37-45), Utrecht: European Centre for Conflict Prevention.
Lederach, J.P. (2003). Conflict Transformation: Beyond intractability. Available at:
http://www.beyondintractability.org/essay/transformation (Abridged version of The Little Book of
Conflict Transformation. Good Books)
b. Working with Conflict
Fisher, S., Abdi, D. I., Matovic, V., Ludin, J., Walker, B. A., Mathews, D., & Williams, S.
(2000). Working with Conflict: Skills and Strategies for Action. London: Zed books.
Lund, M. (2001). A toolbox for responding to conflicts and building peace. In L. Reychler and T.
Paffenholz (Eds.), Peacebuilding: A field guide (pp. 16-20). London: Lynne Rienner.
Additional:
Ramsbotham, O., Woodhouse, T., & Miall, H. (2016). Contemporary Conflict Resolution (Fourth
ed.). (Chapter One, pp. 3-37). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Jeong, H.W. (2000). Ch 11: Conflict Resolution and Management. In Peace and conflict studies:
An Introduction (pp. 116-138). Burlington: Ashgate.
Weber, T. (2001). Gandhian philosophy, conflict resolution theory and practical approaches to
negotiation. Journal of Peace Research, 38 (4): 493-513.
European Centre for Conflict Prevention. (1999). People building peace: 35 inspiring stories from
around the world. Utrecht: European Centre for Conflict Prevention.
4. Building Peace: Training Modules (6 Lectures)
Essential:
Truger, A. (2001). Training peacebuilders and peacekeepers. In L. Reychler and T. Paffenholz
(Eds.), Peacebuilding: A field guide (pp. 35-42). London: Lynne Rienner.
Wouters, J. (2001). Training humanitarian aid workers. In L. Reychler and T. Paffenholz (Eds.),
Peacebuilding: A field guide (pp. 43-49). London: Lynne Rienner.
Stiefel, M. (2001). Participatory action research as a tool for peacebuilding: The WSP experience.
In L. Reychler and T. Paffenholz (Eds.), Peacebuilding: A field guide (pp. 265-276). London:
Lynne Rienner.
Reference Literature:
Boutros-Ghali, B. (1992). An Agenda for Peace. New York: United Nations.
Lederach, J.P. (1997). Resources: Making Peace Possible (chapter 7). In Building Peace:
Sustainable Reconciliation in Divided Societies (pp. 87-97). Washington, DC: United States
Institute of Peace Press.
Behera, N.C. (2010). Forging new solidarities: Non‐official dialogues. In M. Mekenkamp, P.
Tongeren and H. H. Burgess and G. Burgess, Conducting Track II, Washington D.C: United States
Institute of Peace.

255
 SEC 6: Public Opinion and Survey Research

Course Objective
This course will introduce the students to the debates, principles and practices of public opinion
polls in the context of democracies, with special reference to India. It will familiarize the students
with the principles and practice of survey research and conceptualizing and measuring public
opinion using quantitative methods. The course will give special attention to developing basic skills
pertaining to the collection, analysis and utilization of quantitative data.

Course Learning Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the importance of public opinion in a democracy and the role of survey research
in comprehending the working of a democratic political system
• Learn about the methods used for conducting surveys and interpreting survey data
• Acquire basic skill sets related to understanding public opinion formation and conducting
research through the use of sample date, framing a questionnaire, etc.
• Acquire basic skill sets related to measurement of public opinion such as data analysis using
statistical methods.

Unit 1: Introduction to the course (6 lectures)

Definition and characteristics of public opinion, conceptions and characteristics, debates about its
role in a democratic political system, uses for opinion poll

Unit 2: Measuring Public Opinion with Surveys: Representation and sampling (6 lectures)
a. What is sampling? Why do we need to sample? Sample design.
b. Sampling error and non-response
c. Types of sampling: Non random sampling (quota, purposive and snowball sampling);
random sampling: simple and stratified

Unit 3: Survey Research (2 lectures)

a. Interviewing: Interview techniques pitfalls, different types of and forms of interview
b. Questionnaire: Question wording; fairness and clarity.

Unit 4: Quantitative Data Analysis (4 lectures)

a. Introduction to quantitative data analysis
b. Basic concepts: correlational research, causation and prediction, descriptive and
inferential Statistics

Unit 5: Interpreting polls (6 lectures)

Prediction in polling research: possibilities and pitfalls
Politics of interpreting polling

256
 Unit wise reading list
1. Introduction to the course
R. Erikson and K. Tedin (2011) American Public Opinion, 8th edition, New York: Pearson
Longman Publishers. pp. 40-46.
G. Gallup (1948) A guide to public opinion polls Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1948. Pp.
3-13.
2. Measuring Public Opinion with Surveys: Representation and sampling
G. Kalton (1983) Introduction to Survey Sampling Beverly Hills, Sage Publication.
Lokniti Team (2009) ‘National Election Study 2009: A Methodological Note’, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. XLIV (39)
Lokniti Team (2004) ‘National Election Study 2004’, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol.
XXXIX (51).
‘Asking About Numbers: Why and How’, Political Analysis (2013), Vol. 21(1): 48-69 (first
published online November 21, 2012)
3. Survey Research
H. Asher (2001) ‘Chapters 3 and 5’, in Polling and the Public: What Every Citizen Should
Know, Washington DC: Congressional Quarterly Press.
R. Erikson and K. Tedin (2011) American Public Opinion, 8th edition, New York, Pearson
Longman Publishers, pp. 40-46.
4. Quantitative Data Analysis
A. Agresti and B. Finlay (2009) Statistical methods for the Social Sciences, 4th edition, NJ:
Pearson-Prentice Hall.
S. Kumar and P. Rai (2013) ‘Chapter 1’, in Measuring Voting Behaviour in India, New Delhi:
Sage.
5. Interpreting polls
R. Karandikar, C. Pyne and Y. Yadav (2002) ‘Predicting the 1998 Indian Parliamentary
Elections’, Electoral Studies, Vol. 21, pp.69-89.
M. McDermott and K. A. Frankovic (2003) ‘Horserace Polling and Survey Methods Effects: An
Analysis of the 2000 Campaign’, Public Opinion Quarterly 67, pp. 244-264.
Additional Readings:
K. Warren (2001) ‘Chapter 2’, in In Defense of Public Opinion Polling, Boulder: Westview Press,
pp. 45-80.
W. Cochran (2007) ‘Chapter 1’, Sampling Techniques, John Wiley & Sons.
G. Gallup (1948) A Guide to Public Opinion Polls. Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 14-
20; 73-75.
D. Rowntree (2000) Statistics Without Tears: An Introduction for Non Mathematicians, Harmond
sworth: Penguin.

257